Today’s News 5th August 2016

  • How Europe Is Getting Rich by Fueling Its Own Terror Epidemic

    Submitted by Darius Shahtahmasebi via TheAntiMedia.org,

    Though Europe does not have the rates of gun violence the United States continues to grapple with, European governments have made over a billion euros by fueling gun violence in the Middle East and North Africa.

    A report conducted by a team of reporters from the Balkan Investigative Reporting Network (BIRN) and the Organized Crime and Corruption Reporting Project (OCCRP) found a group of European nations has been funneling arms into the Middle East region since 2012, making at least 1.2 billion euros in the process.

    According to the report, 68 flights that took place within 13 months transported weapons and ammunition to the Middle East, including to NATO member Turkey, which in turn “funnelled arms into brutal civil wars in Syria and Yemen.” The report also notes that these flights make up only a small portion of the 1.2 billion euros in arms deals between Europe and the Middle East since 2012.

    The report’s conclusions are horrifying, to say the least. The report states:

    Arms export licenses, which are supposed to guarantee the final destination of the goods, have been granted despite ample evidence that weapons are being diverted to Syrian and other armed groups accused of widespread human rights abuses and atrocities.”

    Considering Europe is battling a continually rising terrorist threat, they seem to be going about tackling this issue the wrong way.

    Surely the best way to counter terrorism is to cease funding it in the first place.

    One astounding aspect of the report is that the lucrative war-profiteering business involves nations the world would not usually regard as overly-interested in war. The countries contributing to the rising terror threat, as identified by the report, are Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, the Czech Republic, and Romania, among others.

    This report adds to the already glaring problem of European countries making billions of dollars off the death and destruction of Middle Eastern civilian life. The Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI) found the United Kingdom was second only to the United States in arms sales, making up 10.4 percent of the total $401 billion worth of arms sold around the world for the 2014 period.

    Although these figures refer directly to companies selling arms, the fact remains that European governments do nothing to deter this. In fact, former U.K. Prime Minister David Cameron insists the U.K. has one of the strictest regimes anywhere in the world for sales of defence equipment but we do believe that countries have a right to self-defence.”

    Shamefully, the United Kingdom’s billion dollar arms sales have been fueling the conflict in Yemen — the poorest and most disadvantaged country in the Arab region — by arming the aggressive Saudi Arabian regime. Saudi Arabia’s ongoing intervention in Yemen merely benefits al-Qaeda.

    Arms sales from Britain to human rights abusers are only increasing. The idea that European governments want to prevent terrorist attacks on the European mainland is ludicrous given the fact European governments continue to directly arm terrorist groups and brutal regimes that export jihadist philosophies.

    But hey, at least they made a billion dollars, right?

  • Musical Chairs

     

     

     

     

    Musical Chairs
    Posted with permission and written by Jeff Thomas (CLICK HERE FOR ORIGINAL)

     


     

    You’re familiar with the children’s game of musical chairs. Ten children walk around nine chairs whilst listening to music. When the music stops, each must quickly find a chair and sit in it. One child is out of luck and is out of the game. Then a chair is removed and the nine remaining children walk around the eight remaining chairs, waiting for the music to stop again.

     

    Economics is a bit like musical chairs. In a recession, the economy takes a hit and there are some casualties. Some players fail to get a chair in time and are out of the game. The game then goes on without them. The economy eventually recovers.

     

    But a depression is a different game entirely. Since 2007, the world has been in an unacknowledged depression. A depression is like a game of musical chairs in which ten children are walking around, but suddenly nine of the chairs are taken away. This means that nine of the children will soon be out of the game. But it also means that all ten understand that the odds of them remaining in the game are quite slim and that desperate times call for desperate measures. It’s time to toss out the rule book and do whatever you have to, to get the one remaining chair.

     

    Of course, the pundits officially deny that we have even been in a depression. They regularly describe the world as “in recovery from the 2008-2010 recession,” but the “shovel-ready jobs” that are “on the way” never quite materialize. The “green shoots” never seem to blossom. So, what’s going on here?

     

    Depressions do not occur all at once. It takes time for them to bottom and, if an economy is propped up through economic heroin (debt) the Big Crash can be a long time in coming.

     

    In that regard, this one is one for the record books. As Doug Casey is fond of saying, a depression is like a hurricane. First there are the initial crashes, then a calm as the eye of the hurricane passes over, then, we enter the trailing edge of the other side of the hurricane. This is the time when things really get rough – when even the politicians will start using the dreaded “D” word. We have entered that final stage, as the economic symptoms demonstrate, and this is the time when the game of musical chairs will evolve into something quite a bit nastier.

     

    In normal economic times, even including recession periods, we observe financial institutions maintaining their staunchly conservative image. For the most part, they deliver as promised. But, as we move into the trailing edge of the second half of the hurricane, we notice more and more that the bankers are rewriting the rule book in order to take possession of the wealth that they previously held in trust for their depositors.

     

    And they don’t do this in isolation. They do it with the aid of the governments of the day. New laws are written in advance of the crisis period to assure that the banks can plunder the deposits with impunity. Since 2010, such laws have been passed in the EU, the US, Canada and other jurisdictions.

     

    Trial balloons have been sent up to ascertain to what degree they will get away with their freezes and confiscations. Greece has been an excellent trial balloon for the freezes and Cyprus has done the same for the confiscations. The world is now as ready as it’s going to be for the game to be played on an international level.

     

    So what will it look like, this game of musical chairs on steroids? Well, first we’ll see the sudden crashes of markets and/or defaults on debts. Shortly thereafter, one Monday morning (or more likely one Tuesday after a long weekend) the financial institutions will fail to open their doors. The media will announce a “temporary state of emergency” during which the governments and banks must resolve some difficulties in order to “assure a continued sound economy.” Until that time, the banks will either remain shut, or will process only small transactions. (This latter announcement is a nice way of saying that the depositors will be on an allowance from the bank until further notice.)

     

    Much as Greeks may now withdraw €420 per week, much of the rest of the world will be operated under a similar allowance. What about a business that would need to pay that amount for even one salary? What of a restaurant that would pay that amount for even a small food delivery? That remains to be seen – but business will not be robust.


    Of one thing we can be sure. The banks will part with no more than they absolutely have to in order to avoid riots. Their wish will be to confiscate as much as possible themselves, and the new laws allow them to do just that.


    And that’s when we’ll discover that nine chairs have disappeared.


    Remember, what we’re looking at is the end-game. The banks will no longer maintain the ruse of client-concern beyond this point. Each player grabs as much as he is able, because banking as we know it will come to an end.


    To be sure, a new banking system will rise from the ashes in a few years, but for now, the wealth that’s on the table will be swept up by those who have the laws on their side.


    Many of the most august names in banking may well disappear over the next few years. Some institutions folded in 2008, but re-opened under new names (minus the debt that sank them in the first place). Others, like Bear-Stearns and Lehman Brothers are gone for good. They will be joined by a host of other stalwarts of the industry. Merrill Lynch, AIG, Royal Bank of Scotland, Fortis, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac all teetered on the edge of collapse in 2008. These and many more stand to go off the cliff in the coming crisis.


    And they will not go with dignity. They will go out with a last-minute grab of as much of the deposits as they can manage. (Those who have taken part in a bank liquidation will know that, what little the departing bankers leave behind on the table, the liquidators gobble up in fees. Depositors, at best, get the scraps.)


    Well. Pretty grim. If history repeats, as it generally does, more than 95% of depositors will lose most or all of their savings. But there will be those who are only impacted in a minor way – those who decided to get their wealth (no matter how large or small) out of the banks before the crash.


    How so? First, and most essential, remove all your wealth (except for a maximum of three months’ operating capital) from the bank. Second, move it to a jurisdiction that’s at a lesser risk than the jurisdictions stated above. (Pick the healthiest one you can find, with the lowest taxation rate and a reputation for stable government over decades.) Third, since banks in other jurisdictions may also be at risk, place your wealth in those forms of ownership that are least likely to be under attack from your home government (precious metals and real estate). Overseas real estate is the safest bet, as any attempt for a foreign government to confiscate it amounts to an act of war. However, real estate is not the most liquid means of holding wealth, so quite a bit must be held in precious metals – again in the overseas jurisdiction where it’s harder to confiscate.


    Should you need a sudden cash infusion at home, precious metals are always easy to sell quickly and the proceeds are easily repatriated (countries in economic trouble never complain about money coming in, only money going out.)


    Finally, if possible, create an overseas location for yourself, either where your wealth is, or another location – one that’s likely to be peaceful to live in, when crisis reaches your home jurisdiction.


    In this game, the odds of being the lucky one who gets the last chair are very slim. The alternative requires more preparation, but is, by far, the safer choice.

     

     

    Please email with any questions about this article or precious metals HERE

     

     

     

     

     

    Musical Chairs
    Posted with permission and written by Jeff Thomas (CLICK HERE FOR ORIGINAL)

  • War Or Peace: The Essential Question Before American Voters On November 8th

    Submitted by Gilbert Doctorow via Russia-Insider.com,

    In the 1992 presidential election, the campaign team of Bill Clinton had the remarkable insight to simplify the choice before the American electorate in November, encapsulating the whole thought process in the phrase “it’s the economy, stupid.”  Following this advice, voters ignored the foreign policy triumphs of President George W. Bush’s administration, including the recently won war against Iraq to liberate occupied Kuwait, and the slightly more remote “victory” in the Cold War, which Bush recalled to the nation in the forlorn hope of eliciting gratitude. Indeed, going into the elections, the economy was anemic, for cyclical reasons, and it was not to the incumbent’s advantage that this fact be highlighted.

    Today, as another Clinton faces off with an unconventional and widely demonized Republican candidate, the economy is once again anemic, though this time under the stewardship of a Democratic administration, and again for cyclical reasons, but the economy and the domestic welfare programs that are so dependent on vibrant performance are not what the election is all about.

    Voters will not confront a typical Right-Left choice, although supporters of Hillary Clinton would like to play it that way. It will not be about who gets more of the economic pie and who gets less, who is more equal than others and who is less equal.

    Charges that Hillary is in the pocket of Wall Street and big business, who have generously financed her campaign, were first brought against her very effectively and persistently by her opponent in the Democratic primaries, Bernie Sanders, who embodied the Left by his persona and points in his platform. He lost to Hillary, the Centrist. Meanwhile, across the court, notwithstanding the support he has consistently received from Tea Party Republicans for his anti-establishment rhetoric, Trump is in many ways more of a Nelson Rockefeller Republican on domestic economic issues, that is to say a Centrist, who, unlike that quintessential Tea Party campaigner, Ron Paul, has no desire to tear down the Federal Reserve and deconstruct the federal government.

    In matters of substance as opposed to character assassination that both parties’ candidates have engaged in freely, what separates the candidates and makes it worthwhile to register and vote on November 8th is the domain of international relations. This, as a general rule, is the only area where a president has free hands anyway, whatever position his party holds in the Congress.  Here the choice facing voters is stark, I would say existential:  do we want War or Peace?

    Do we want to pursue our path of global hegemony, which is bringing us into growing confrontation with Russia, meaning a high probability of war, (the policy of Hillary Clinton), or do we want a harmonious international order in which the U.S. plays its role at the board of governors, just like other major world powers (the policy of Donald Trump).

    Let me go one step further and explain what “war” means, since it is not something that gets much attention in our media, whereas it is at the top of the news each day in Russia.

    “War” does not mean Cold War-II, a kind of scab you can pick to indulge a pleasure in pain that is not life threatening. War means what our military like to call “kinetics” to mask the horror of it all. It means live ammunition, ranging from conventional to thermonuclear devices that can devastate large swathes of the United States if we play our hand badly, as would likely be the case for reasons I explain below should Hillary and her flock of Neocon armchair strategists take the reins of power in January 2017.

    Let us consider the following:

    1.  Where we are presently in relations with the world’s only other nuclear superpower, Russia, which, I remind you, together with the United States, has 50:50 ownership of 95% of all nuclear warheads on earth.

    Briefly, we are in an escalating confrontation with the Russians, who have said openly and clearly that they view our ongoing build-up of NATO forces at their borders in the Baltics and Poland as posing an unacceptable threat to their security. They have also said openly and clearly that our completion this spring of what is called an anti-missile defense base in Romania and construction of a similar base in Poland, due for completion in 2017, threatens to upset the strategic nuclear balance by giving the United States a first strike capability. Whether they are right or wrong in their assessment of our words and deeds is beside the point. They are laying down their response based on their view of us, not our view of us.

    For the past year or more, the Kremlin has said vaguely that host countries of the missile defense bases would be in their “crosshairs.”  Russian positions have become more specific and more threatening following the NATO summit in Warsaw in early July that approved an American led program of provocative military exercises near Russia’s borders and stationing in the Baltic States of 4 brigades with mixed NATO Member State contingents. This has forced the Russian military to move to the previously ‘safe’ and undefended Western frontier region near St Petersburg large masses of troops and equipment from the center of their country, east of Moscow. By their public statements, the Russians have made no secret of their intention to act preemptively, as necessary, to wipe out the US bases in Romania and Poland and restore what they see as strategic parity.

    Just a couple of weeks ago, on a widely watched Russian state television run political talk show, Duma deputy and leader of the nationalist LDPR party Vladimir Zhirinovsky said that Germans risked utter destruction if they continued on their present track of operating Bundeswehr forces in the Baltics. Zhirinovsky would never make such threats without tacit Kremlin backing.

    Vladimir Zhirinovsky explaining that NATO's current course will result in war

    For his part, in a recent press conference, President Vladimir Putin asked rhetorically why Western leaders “don’t get it” – why they are not heeding Russia’s warnings on its determination to protect vital security interests, including by means of preemptive strikes.

    In this press conference from June 2016, Putin explains in detail why Russia sees NATO's behavior as threatening, and why Russia will be forced to react unless NATO changes course.  Strongly recommended!

    Indeed, why are we tone deaf when our very survival is at risk?

    2.  Why is it that the American political Establishment, of which Hillary Clinton is the standard bearer in this presidential election, does not take the Russians seriously?

    Back in the 1960s and 70s, when the bard Tom Lehrer was touring college campuses with his irreverent song devoted to the nuclear Armageddon “We’ll all go together when we go,”  Americans feared and even respected the USSR for what its military arsenal signified.

    Our sense that we had “won” the Cold War when the USSR collapsed in 1992 was followed by our witnessing the economic collapse of Russia as it struggled to make a transition from directed to market economy in the 1990s. Meanwhile Russia’s national wealth was siphoned off by newly emerged “oligarchs.” The vast majority of the population was pauperized in that period, as we plainly understood when our religious communities sent assistance packages to the Russian people.

    And Russia’s political infrastructure fell apart, replaced by regional satrapies and would- be successor states from among minority nationalities. The net result is that the United States Establishment’s respect for Russia degraded into open mockery. The fact that Russia was led in the 1990s by a confirmed alcoholic with multiple health problems that took him away from his desk for weeks at a time, only contributed to the sense that Russia had become the “Sick Man of Europe” both literally and figuratively.

    This image of Russia has persisted in the thinking of our Establishment, when it is not jostled by images of a tin-pot dictator named Vladimir Putin who holds onto power by making frightening poses against foreign powers, in particular, against the United States. For our establishment, Russia remains, as Barack Obama said a couple of years ago, “just a regional power,” “ a bully” in its neighborhood who has to be put in his place, and also a country that produces nothing that anyone wants, to which no one willingly emigrates (all patently false statements). In sharing all of these views, Hillary is no different from the rest of our political Establishment.

    It is Donald Trump and his questioning the wisdom of poking the Russian bear in the eye who is the odd man out. What makes Hillary different from her Establishment peers is the opportunity she has had in the Obama administration to act on her beliefs with all the powers of Secretary of State.

    We should have given our view of Russian capabilities a serious rethink following their military action in Crimea in March 2014, when they engineered a bloodless takeover of the peninsula notwithstanding the local presence of nearly the same number of Ukrainian armed forces (20,000) as their own. Another jolt back to present reality could have emerged from Russian military action in Syria as from October 2015, which they used as a proving ground for their most up-to-date military gear and troops.

    However, the U.S. response, with Hillary as cheerleader, has been to double down, ignore the potential risks of conflict, and continue to drive the Russians to the wall, so as to “negotiate from a position of strength” if indeed we have any intention of negotiating with the Russians at all.

    3.  Why do I say that Hillary Clinton is the War Party candidate?

    The record of  Hillary Clinton on foreign policy issues has been very well documented in a recent article that appeared in Consortium News, entitled, The Fear Of Hillary's Foreign Policy, and was republished in Russia Insider. The author, James Carden, is a former State Department employee with concentration in Russia who left the service in the George Bush Jr. years to become a journalist and now is a regular contributor to The Nation.

    I will not repeat blow for blow Carden’s chronology of Hillary's terrible foreign policy baggage, going back to the decisions taken in Bill's second term that brought us more US military interventions abroad than any other similar period in the country's history while also setting up the dangerous confrontation with Russia, the New Cold War, that dominates headlines today. As James Carden shows, the baggage carries through to Hillary's consistent behavior as Secretary of State in the Obama Administration, where she was always among the most hawkish, pro-military action voices, working hard to overcome the passive resistance of Obama to anything resembling policy decisions.

    Here I will focus on one non-Russian issue, for the sake of simplification and clarification:  Libya.  No, not the Libya of the Benghazi catastrophe and the killing of our US consul. That has been discussed endlessly in our media, but misses the point entirely regarding Hillary's culpability and why she will be a disastrous president.  

    The Libyan intervention to remove Colonel Gaddafi had the full support of Hillary within the Administration. She was a cheerleader in this exercise of American global (mis)management and regime change leading to chaos.  It was fully in line with her basic instincts, call it all-American hubris or arrogance.  And the most revealing proof of her unfitness to be Commander in Chief is the now widely publicized video sequence of Hillary, face distorted in glee, celebrating (!) the savage murder of Gaddafi following his being sodomized and grievously wounded:  "we came, we saw, he died."

    It is not for nothing that the Neocon vultures that took control of US foreign and military policy under Bush-Cheney are now avid supporters of Hillary's candidacy.

    As regards Russia, Hillary has been pouring oil on the flames of potential conflict for years now.  She has publicly likened Vladimir Putin to Adolf Hitler, an insult that no one dared to apply to Russian (Soviet) leaders during the 50 years of the Cold War.  That coming from our nation’s senior diplomat virtually closes the door on diplomacy and reason, leaving us with brute force to settle our differences. She has called repeatedly for providing lethal weapons to Ukraine, which, if implemented would put us on a direct collision course with Russia.  She has called for establishing a no-flight zone in Syria well after the Russians introduced their air force assets, including a highly advanced air defense system covering all of Syrian air space/ The result of implementing her recommendations in Syria would be direct armed conflict with the Russian forces in the region if we attempted to enforce an interdiction. And de jure, we  would be in the wrong, because Russian presence has the express support of the Syrian government, whereas ours does not.

    Hillary’s public statements on Russia are highly irresponsible and make sense only if we were prepared to launch a war on that country here and now.  I doubt that is the case.  Meanwhile, the asymmetrical structures of political decision making in the USA and Russia, whereby the Russian President can act with full authority far more quickly than his American counterpart, render this kind of US bluffing and posturing extremely dangerous. Russia is not Iraq. Russia is not Libya. The Russian leadership is tough, experienced and…brave.

    For reasons of Hillary’s past record of ill-considered adventurism abroad and for reasons of the mad advisers from the Neocon camp whom she has in her inner circle today, it could be a fatal mistake to vote Hillary Clinton on November 8th.  

    About Trump’s past record in power, there is not much to say.  About his present promises on foreign policy, one may have doubts.  However, the bad blood between him and the Neocons ensures us that a Trump presidency would finally put them out on the curb, where they belong. And if we step back from our present policies on Russia, Moscow will surely reciprocate and seek accommodation. After all, even as late as 2008 Vladimir Putin harbored hopes of his country joining NATO.

  • The Bank of England Just Provided Us With More Reasons to Own Gold and Silver

    Yesterday the Bank of England cut its main interest rate from 0.5% to 0.25% for the first time, marking its first interest rate change since March 2009, and provided all of us with more reasons to keep converting fiat currencies into physical gold and physical silver. In addition the BOE announced an increase in its QE bond-buying program of £60bn to £435bn. And in response, the British pound immediately fell by 1% to the USD and traders added to their British pound longs, exceeding previous record net long positions in the pound recorded three years ago. I understand that traders are seeking a stronger rebound in the British pound after its plunge post-Brexit, and since the process for the UK to exit the EU has not even begun since the yes referendum vote, traders may be right to assume that the British pound will eventually rebound significantly in strength following this rate cut after people realize that a Brexit yes referendum vote may translate into an indefinite stay of limbo for the UK within the EU.

     

    However, believing that any strengthening of any global fiat currency will be sustained over time is folly as all Central Bankers have aptly illustrated for years that they have already moved beyond the point of no return from their indefinitely low-interest rate, weak currency purchasing power policy years ago and can not raise interest rates to anything close to a free market interest rate. Thus, even if the British pound rebounds much more significantly from its post Brexit and post BOE interest rate cut, and it should, the spiraling weakening of its purchasing power will resume long-term without a doubt. The same knee-jerk trader reaction happened in response to the US Federal Reserve raising their Fed Funds interest rate by a paltry amount from a 0.00% to 0.25% range to a 0.25% to 0.50% range on 16 December 2015. The very next day, traders responding by dumping precious metals due to the silly Central Banker Janet Yellen’s talk of a strengthening economy spurring their interest rate raise. When she publicly announced this interest rate hike decision, Yellen stated that their decision was based upon “the committee’s confidence that the economy will continue to strengthen. The economic recovery has clearly come a long way, though it is not yet complete…but with the economy performing well and expected to do so, the committee judged that modest increase in the Federal Funds rate is now appropriate.”


    In response, gold and silver both dumped in price, with silver suffering an especially hard fall of more than 3.5% the next trading day. This undeserved weakness in gold and silver prices persisted for a couple of weeks in gold and for an entire month in silver, even though this paltry raise in the Fed Funds interest rate was the first hike in over 9 ½ years since 29 June, 2006, simply because this interest rate “hike” (if one can call a measly ¼ of 1% increase a hike) was accompanied by silly claims of a strengthening, robust US economy made by Fed Reserve Chairman Janet Yellen. I, for one, have never understood why traders lose their minds over such policy announcements, instigating sharp asset price spikes and falls depending upon the announcement, that are often very sharply reversed in the near future. Certainly the gold and silver price dumps that occurred in reaction to Yellen’s announcement of a 0.25% raise in the Fed Funds rate has been sharply reversed through all of 2016. Of course, I understand that traders don’t care about fundamentals and only care about profiting from any strong movement in asset price, even if the price move is very short-lived and counterintuitive.

     

    However, does a 0.25% Fed Funds rate increase really change the Central Banker fiat currency destruction policy adopted for decades, and provide an impetus to sell one’s gold and silver in exchange for devaluing paper and digital fiat currencies? We’ve all seen massive spikes and falls in crude oil spikes happen within a span of days in recent years. Is it really possible for a trader to be on the right side of every unexpected intraday spike higher and lower, especially when sharp movements higher are often reversed just days later and vice versa? Why not just understand the long-term picture, and position yourself to be on the right side of this equation? I guess that may be too much to ask of a trader, however, and it may be tantamount to asking a newborn duckling not to take to water. In other words, during that press conference, Yellen stated the same bunk that Federal Reserve bankers had stated in their minutes eight times a year, for 7 years in a row in which they implied an interest rate hike could be coming, only to never raise interest rates. And after 7 years of deception in which they finally made good on their threat to raise interest rates, the interest rate “hike” turned out to be a measly 0.25% raise, because that’s all they could afford to raise it without risking greater ripples and sell-offs in the financial markets. In other words, bankers released somewhere around 55 statements in a row about possibilities of raising interest rates without actually raising interest rates, before executing what amounted to the lowest possible “hike” they could possibly execute. And today, analysts incredibly still wait upon the public statements of Central Bankers with unbridled anticipation, and still incredibly use their statements to guide their investment strategies.

     

    For example, I randomly pulled a FOMC minutes statement from January 2011, more than five years ago, and that statement contained Central Banker affirmations of “strong” consumer spending, “improvements in household and business confidence and in labor market conditions [that] “would likely reinforce the rise in domestic demand”, talk of “gains” in employment and anticipation of “stronger growth” in the US economy for FY2011, with “gradual acceleration” of US economic growth in 2012 and 2013. In fact, one can pull any Federal Reserve FOMC statement from their archives over the past 5-½ years and you will find the same bunk and nonsense that they used to further inflate the US stock market bubble and to control gold and silver prices time after time after time. As I review the content of these statements every year, if one could go back and review years prior to 2011, though the Feds do not keep statements archived prior to 2011, one would discover that the Feds were using this same deceitful language since 2009.  I, for one, at a complete loss for why big bank analysts still talk about “normalization” of interest rates and parrot Janet Yellen’s frequent press statements in regard to this topic as if this were even a remote, much less, a realistic possibility. If we stop and think about the definition of “normalized” interest rates, how high of a level should normalized rates be when Bank of Japan bankers adopted ZIRP (Zero Interest Rate Policy) for 16 years before deciding ZIRP was inadequate enough to stimulate their economy and plunged interest rates into negative territory this year, and US Federal Reserve bankers maintained ZIRP for 7 years before finally “raising” interest rates for the first time in nearly 10 years on 16 December 2015?

     

    Thus, we’ve had 16 consecutive years of zero interest rate policy (and now negative interest rate policy) in Japan and 7 years of ZIRP (and now a paltry 0.25% to 0.50% Fed Funds rate) in the US to understand that normalization of interest rates is never happening, yet analysts from JP Morgan, Goldman Sachs, Citibank, etc. still frequently discuss the timeline for “normalized” interest rates in the mass media as if they will happen. That’s a whole lot of exhibited foolishness in not being able to read between the lines, especially when the lines are so clearly demarcated for all to see. Furthermore, my definition of “normalized” interest rates is the reinstatement of free market interest rates, which we all know will never happen during any of our lifetimes without Central Bankers being expelled out of nations. But what if we consider the Central Bankers’ definition of “normalized” interest rates, likely within a 0.50% to 1.00% interest rate range? Given the fact that the Fed Funds interest rates was as high as 20% in the early 1980s and consistently around 5% throughout most of the 1990s, a “normalized” 050% to 1.00% interest rate is not normal at all. Furthermore, if we understand how a rate hike today to 1.00% might cause a meltdown in the BIS last-reported figure of $493 trillion of global derivatives contracts and cause TPTB banks to fail, then we know that even an abnormally-low “normalized” interest rate is likely never to happen (furthermore, the amount of global derivatives contracts still outstanding in the world today, is in reality, still close to a quadrillion dollars and not the misleading figure reported by the BIS. Years ago, to arrive at their current figure of $493 trillion, the BIS cut the existing figure in half overnight by changing the metric to measure notional derivative contract valuations, which was tantamount to an Enron-like cooking of the books simply to significantly lessen the appearance of risk inherent in the global financial system.)

     

    In the end, there is no end in sight to the fiat currency purchasing power devaluation objectives of Central Bankers, and for this reason, we should stop taking our cues from traders that try to profit on every single short-term move in asset prices. Rather, we need to understand that the global currency wars still firmly remains a race to the bottom in purchasing power, and that converting fiat currencies into wealth preserving physical gold and physical silver still makes a whole lot of sense.

     

    To receive news about SmartKnowledgeU articles when we first release them, please subscribe to our article rss feed here. Click here for more information on the best junior gold and silver mining stocks and wealth preservation strategies.

  • In Rare Interview, Jailed Jihadist Warns ISIS Plans "Loads Of Concurrent Attacks In England, Germany, & France"

    It has been a dreadful 12 months for Europe, where last November, Islamic radical refugees unleashed a terrorist first in Paris in a dramatic suicide bombing and mass execution, and proceeded from there to Belgium and ultimately Germany in a trail of terror that gets worse by the week, if not day. And it’s about to get worse, because a jailed former Islamic State jihadist, German-born Harry Sarfo, has revealed that the terrorist group is actively seeking volunteers in Germany and the UK to carry out “loads of attacks at the same time in England, Germany and France.”

    Members of the Islamic State’s intelligence service, called Emni in Arabic, told Sarfo they were first and foremost interested in waging terrorism across the globe. In an interview with the New York Times, Sarfo, who is currently serving a three-year term on terrorism charges at a maximum security prison near Bremen, recalled what one masked commander once told him.

    “He was speaking openly about the situation, saying that they have loads of people living in European countries and waiting for commands to attack the European people. And that was before the Brussels attacks, before the Paris attacks.”

     

    Almost approaching the sophistication of its western peers, according to French, Belgian, German and Austrian intelligence and interrogation records cited by the Times, Emni is a fundamental part of IS, made from an “internal police force and an external operations branch.” It is led by IS spokesman and propaganda chief Abu Muhammad al-Adnani, who has a range of operatives authorized to plan attacks worldwide, including a “secret service for European affairs,” a “secret service for Asian affairs” and a “secret service for Arab affairs,” the former jihadist told the Times.

    Although Sarfo had initially desired to fight in Syria and Iraq, when he arrived in Syria to join the extremists there, IS operatives said they had a different plan for him. “They said, ‘Would you mind to go back to Germany, because that’s what we need at the moment,’” Sarfo told the Times. “And they always said they wanted to have something that is occurring in the same time: they want to have loads of attacks at the same time in England and Germany and France.

    “They told me that there aren’t many people in Germany who are willing to do the job,” the newspaper quoted Sarfo as saying shortly after his arrest last year, citing the transcript of his interrogation by German detectives. “They said they had some in the beginning. But one after another, you could say, they chickened out, because they got scared — cold feet. Same in England.”

    Following the recent spike in ISIS terrorist attacks on German soil, one can conclude that Emni has had success with its German recruiting. As for France…

    “My friend asked them about France. And they started laughing,” Sarfo said, recalling a conversation that took place seven months before the coordinated killings in Paris in November last year. “They said, ‘Don’t worry about France.’ ‘Mafi mushkilah’ — in Arabic, it means ‘no problem.’”

    According to the accounts of the arrested operatives, Emni’s members played a major role in the Paris attacks and built the suitcase bombs used in a Brussels airport and subway, adding that the secret group’s soldiers have also been sent to Austria, Germany, Spain, Lebanon, Tunisia, Bangladesh, Indonesia and Malaysia.

    There is much more to come. According to Sarfo, Emni has been actively recruiting potential terrorists from across the globe. The group has sent “hundreds of operatives” back to the European Union, with “hundreds more in Turkey alone,” according to a senior United States intelligence official and a senior American defense official, both of whom spoke on the condition of anonymity to discuss intelligence.

    The good news for the US is that one region where the secret service appears to have not sent its trained jihadists so far is North America, Sarfo said, with intelligence documents reportedly backing his words.

    Though dozens of Americans have become members of the Islamic State, and some have been recruited into the external operations wing, “they know it’s hard for them to get Americans into America” once they have traveled to Syria, he said.

    “For America and Canada, it’s much easier for them to get them over the social network, because they say the Americans are dumb — they have open gun policies,” Sarfo said.

    “They say we can radicalize them easily, and if they have no prior record, they can buy guns, so we don’t need to have no contact man who has to provide guns for them.”

    Although some details of Sarfo’s account cannot be verified, German prison officials and intelligence agents who debriefed him said they found him credible.

  • China Regulator Tells Banks To Evergreen Loans Of Troubled Companies

    From yesterday:

    And now the follow up by Valentin Schmid of Epoch Times

    China Banking Regulator Tells Banks to Evergreen Loans of Troubled Companies

    On the surface, China is talking the reform talk. But is it also walking the walk? There are many examples to demonstrate it isn’t. The most recent one is a directive from the China Banking Regulatory Commission (CBRC) to not cut off lending to troubled companies and evergreening bad loans. This first reported by The Chinese National Business Daily on Aug. 4.

    “A Notice About How the Creditor Committees at Banks and Financial Institutes Should Do Their Jobs” tells banks to “act together and not ‘randomly stop giving or pulling loans.’ These institutes should either provide new loans after taking back the old ones or provide a loan extension, to ‘fully help companies to solve their problems,'” the National Business Daily writes. 

    “It’s big news. A couple of weeks ago they were threatening Liaoning Province to cut off all lending to them if they didn’t tighten loan standards,” said Christopher Balding, a professor of economics at Peking University in Shenzen. “This is a pretty significant turn-around for them to do and it indicates how significant the problem is.”

    The official reform narrative is espoused in this Xinhua piece which claims China has to reform because there is no Plan B. “Supply-side structural reform is also advancing as the country moves to address issues like industrial overcapacity, a large inventory of unsold homes and unprofitable ‘zombie companies.'” Clearly resolving the bad debt of zombie companies is not high on the priority list.

    Goldman Sachs complained in a recent note to clients that companies can default on payments and often nothing happens. The investment bank notes that companies like Sichuan Coal default on payments of interest and principal for weeks or months and then maybe pay creditors later. The company in question defaulted on 1 billion yuan ($150 million) worth of commercial paper in June but made full payments later during the summer, a somewhat arbitrary process.  

    Another case is Dongbei Special Steel, which missed at least five payments on $6 billion of debt since the beginning of the year, but has done nothing to resolve the problem. This is why creditors wrote an angry letter to the local government to help resolve the issue.

    According to Goldman Sachs, Dongbei was the reason Liaoning Province came under pressure:

    “A bondholders meeting took place … with bondholders requesting that the [regulators] halt fundraising by the Liaoning provincial government and the enterprises in Liaoning province, and that institutional investors should stop purchasing bonds issued by the Liaoning government and the enterprises in Liaoning province. According to news reports, this demand stems from disappointment in progress by the provincial government in resolving Dongbei Special Steel’s debt problems, with a lack of information and no clear resolution plan.”

    “Going forward, we do expect this trend to continue, with more defaults given our expectation of slower growth in the second half, and continued uncertainties on how these defaults are resolved.”

    With the blessing of the regulator, Goldman’s prediction is probably correct. The investment bank notes that 11 out of 18 high-profile defaults have not been resolved since the first official default of a Chinese company by Chaori Solar in 2014.   

    (Goldman Sachs)

    (Click to enlarge. Source: Goldman Sachs)

    Christopher Balding thinks the directive shows how serious the debt situation has gotten. “This does indicate that there is a relatively significant pressure on the system and people aren’t making their payments. ‘Look, don’t rock the boat and push people into default.’ To say it so publicly or bluntly is amazing.”

    The notice did include a modifier stating that the companies to be supported “must have a good outlook in terms of either their products or services and have restructuring values,” and that the “the development of the companies should be in line with the macro-economic policy, industrial policy and financial supporting policy of the country.” How serious banks will take this modifier is open to debate. 

    Overall bankruptcies in China have surged 52.5 percent in the first quarter of 2016 compared to a year earlier with 1028 cases being reported by the Supreme People’s Court. Most cases that are resolved involve small companies with few employees. The small firms are liquidated rather than restructured, according to the Financial Times. As we have seen there is another measure applied to larger companies, much to the dismay of Goldman Sachs:

    “A clearer debt resolution process … would help to pave the way for more defaults, which in our view are needed if policymakers are to deliver on structural reforms.” If they want to deliver.

  • "It's A Sad Time In History" Clint Eastwood Rages “We're Really A Pussy Generation… F##king Get Over It"

    Submitted by Mac Slavo via SHTFPlan.com,

    The following requires no further commentary.

    Actor, former mayor and true American legend Clint Eastwood nails it perfectly:

    Excerpted from The Wrap via Drudge Report:

     

    [Trump’s] onto something, because secretly everybody’s getting tired of political correctness, kissing up.

     

    We’re really in a pussy generation. Everybody’s walking on eggshells. We see people accusing people of being racist and all kinds of stuff. When I grew up, those things weren’t called racist.

     

     

    I’d have to go for Trump … you know… because she’s declared that she’s gonna follow in Obama’s footsteps.

     

    There’s been just too much funny business on both sides of the aisle. She’s made a lot of dough out of being a politician. I gave up dough to be a politician.

    On Trump’s “racist” comments to a Judge of Mexican descent presiding over a Trump University legal challenge:

    Yeah, it’s a dumb thing to say. I mean, to predicate your opinion on the fact that the guy was born to Mexican parents or something. He’s said a lot of dumb things. So have all of them. Both sides.

     

    But everybody — the press and everybody’s going, ‘Oh, well, that’s racist,’ and they’re making a big hoodoo out of it. Just fucking get over it. It’s a sad time in history.

    Full interview at Esquire

    Related:

    “You see… in this world there’s two kinds of people my friend… those with loaded guns … and those who dig.”

  • Previewing Tomorrow's Payrolls: Watch Out For Short-End Fireworks

    As the world awaits the next in the series of "most important jobs numbers ever," which has now been shown as only relevant to the degree by which it moves the S&P 500 higher (or god forbid lower), consensus expectations are for a goldilocks 180k gain in jobs and flat 4.9% unemployment rate. The market will be looking to see if the Fed's recent optimism surrounding labor market conditions (despite a collapse in their own LMCI) are justified and if the employment figures of July and August demonstrate a new trend in conjunction with June ahead of the September meeting… and of course the 'election adjustment'.

    Consensus Expectations:

    • US Change in Nonfarm Payrolls (July) M/M Exp. 180K (Prey. 287K, May. 11K) – close to the average of 172K for the first half of the year.
    • US Unemployment Rate (July) M/M Exp. 4.8% (Prey. 4.9%, May. 4.7%)
    • US Average Hourly Earnings (July) M/M Exp. 0.2% (Prey. 0.1%, May. 0.2%)

    So just ignore this… It's probably nothing…

     

    Goldman expects a 190k increase in nonfarm payroll employment in July, slightly above consensus expectations for a 180k gain.

    Most labor market indicators were roughly in line with their recent trends, though a couple of key indicators were somewhat stronger in July.

    Arguing for a stronger report:

    • Job availability. The Conference Board’s labor differential—the difference between the share of consumers saying jobs are plentiful vs. hard to get—moved back into positive territory in July, rising 1.2pt to +0.7. The index remains below the highs reached in the last few expansions.
    • Jobless Claims. The four-week moving average of initial jobless claims leading into the payroll reference week fell 9k to just 258k in July, and claims during the survey week were just 252k. While seasonal adjustment is often challenging in July due to the annual auto plant shutdowns, we nonetheless take some positive signal from the very low recent level of jobless claims.

    Neutral factors:

    • Service sector surveys. The employment components of the service sector surveys were mixed in July. The ISM non-manufacturing survey (-1.3pt to 51.4) and the Richmond Fed survey (-5pt to +12) declined, while the Markit PMI, NY Fed (+3.9pt to +6.9), and Dallas (+1.8pt to +3.8) surveys improved. Service sector employment rose 256k last month and has increased 166k on average over the last six months.
    • Manufacturing surveys. The employment components of the manufacturing surveys were also mixed in July. The Markit PMI, Chicago PMI, Philly Fed (+9.3pt to -1.6), Richmond Fed (+5pt to +6), and Dallas Fed (+8.9pt to -2.6) surveys improved, while the ISM manufacturing (-1pt to 49.4), NY Fed (-4.4pt to -4.4), and Kansas City Fed (-1pt to -5) surveys worsened. Manufacturing employment growth declined by an average of 4k over the last six months, but rebounded to +14k in June.
    • ADP. ADP reported a 179k gain in private payroll employment in July, roughly in line with the increases seen in May and June. Service-sector job gains softened a bit to 185k, manufacturing employment rebounded by 4k, construction employment fell 6k, and energy-sector employment appeared to fall by 4k, the smallest reported decline in that sector since 2014.
    • Online job ads. The Conference Board’s Help Wanted Online (HWOL) report showed increases in both new and total online ads in July, though to levels that remain below those seen earlier this year. We put only limited weight on this indicator at the moment in light of recent research by Fed economists that argued that the HWOL ad count—which had departed significantly from the job openings figures in the official Job Openings and Labor Turnover Survey (JOLTS)—has been influenced by price increases for online job ads.
    • Job cuts. According to the Challenger, Gray & Christmas report, job cuts fell a touch on a seasonally adjusted basis in July. Announced job cuts in the energy sector spiked to 18k in July, indicating that energy job losses likely have a bit further to go.
    • Weather. Weather effects on the monthly payroll numbers were a big story in the first half of this year, as we noted last month. At this point, however, the large swings in weather-sensitive industries are likely behind us, and we have found in past research that weather does not have a statistically meaningful effect on payroll growth from June to October.

    We expect the unemployment rate to remain at 4.9% in July from an unrounded 4.899% in June, but see the risks as tilted to the downside. The headline U3 rate rose 0.2pp in June, while the broader U6 underemployment rate fell 0.1pp to 9.6% as a result of a very large drop in involuntary part-time employment. In our recent labor market status report, we estimated that there is about 0.5pp of broad slack remaining in full-time equivalent terms. With trend employment growth still running at roughly double our 85k estimate of the breakeven rate, we expect the labor market to reach full employment by early 2017 and to surpass it thereafter.

    Average hourly earnings for all workers are likely to rise 0.3% in July, in part reflecting favorable calendar effects. This should leave the year-on-year rate unchanged at 2.6%, though we see the risks as tilted to the upside. Our wage tracker—which aggregates four measures of wage growth—has accelerated to 2.8% year-on-year in our preliminary Q2 estimate, a sign that diminishing slack is boosting wage growth.
     

    Market Reaction

    As ever with the NFP release, the headline is likely to garner much of the initial focus with algorithms and fast money moves jumping on any large discrepancies. Participants are likely to view the jobs report with a wide context, as recent months have seen two extreme numbers on either side of the spectrum, and any substantial revision to last month's large beat could weigh on the USD. However, how the report is received will ultimately be decided on whether it can justify more of the few calling for a September hike and to do so a very strong report must be seen.

    And BNP's strategists Timothy High and Daniel Tangho warn risks to short-end yields appear underpriced…

    Markets continue to discount the possibility of a rate hike in September; the Fed funds market estimates there is a 20% chance.

     

    A strong NFP could push 2y Treasury yields higher by 20bp or more, which would match yield levels seen before the May NFP report derailed the odds of a hike in June or July.

     

    The 2y Treasury yield was 0.90% in mid-May when market participants assigned a 55% probability of a July rate hike. While a weak NFP report could derail a September hike, a strong report is likely to force the markets to re-evalute the situation, in which case a 20% probability of a September rate hike is too low: 55% is more appropriate, and the 2y Treasury yielding about 0.90% is also appropriate.

  • As Obama Slams Iran "Ransom" Allegations, He Refuses To Answer One Simple Question

    Unable to keep the $400 million cash drop to Iran off the front pages, the Obama administration came out swinging today with denials, conspiracy-theory-accusations, and allegations of biased reportingas the mainstream media was forced by the striking actions of The White House to ask uncomfortable questions.

    Bloomberg reports that critics of Obama’s nuclear deal with Iran say the payment was ransom, a contention the White House has strongly denied; that it will encourage Iran to take more Americans hostage; and that it’s likely the money will be funneled into terrorist groups.

    “If true, this report confirms our longstanding suspicion that the administration paid a ransom in exchange for Americans unjustly detained in Iran,” House Speaker Paul Ryan, a Wisconsin Republican, said in a statement.

     

    “It would also mark another chapter in the ongoing saga of misleading the American people to sell this dangerous nuclear deal.”

    Obama administration officials have, of course, dismissed the controversy as old news, noting that the settlement was fully disclosed by the White House and State Department at the time the Iran nuclear deal was announced.

    “The United States of America does not pay ransom and doesn’t negotiate ransoms with any country — we never have and we’re not doing that now,” Secretary of State John Kerry said Thursday in Buenos Aires.

    As The Hill reports, President Obama chastised the press for their coverage of the payment, noting that the deal with Iran was announced months ago as part of a larger diplomatic settlement.

    “This wasn’t some nefarious deal,” Obama said.

     

    “It’s been interesting to watch this story surface,” the president said. “Some of you may recall, we announced these payments in January. Many months ago. There wasn’t a secret, we announced them to all of you.”

     

    “What we have is the manufacturing of outrage on a story that we disclosed in January,” he added later.

     

    “The notion that we would somehow start now in this high-profile way, and announce it to the world, even as we’re looking in the faces of other families whose loved ones are being held hostage and say to them, ‘we don’t pay ransom,’ defies logic,” Obama said.

    Defies logic indeed, like the logic of “keeping your doctor if you like him” or the logic of “no boots on the ground in Syria”? But to summarize, today we got “look over there at Donald Trump”-distractions and “We do not negotiate ransoms with any country” jabbed Kerry; “We do not pay ransom for hostages” lambasted Obama; “it defies logic” snapped Earnest.

    *  *  *

    Still, one big question has yet to be answered, for the second day in fact. It’s a simple question: did the hostages’ plane leave before or after the plane arrived carrying pallets full of $400 million worth of non-USD-denominated cash?

     

    Yesterday the question was asked by James Rosen… and not answered: “I might be able to you an answer on that…”

     

    ,,, and today, none other than The Associated Press’ Matt Lee asked again: “we’re still looking into it”

    Still no answer: Odd for the “most transparent adminstration ever” not to have this kind of basic, flight information at their fingertips: tracking $400 million worth of US taxpayer money – in cash – and the lives of four members of the American military?

    Of course, we suspect the explanation is simple and the two planes just happened to coincidentally arrive on the tarmac at the same time and the hostages and the money carriers merely discussed grandkids and golf games.

    * * *

    And then, later today, we may have stumbled what really happened.

    As a reminder, the four hostages that were allegedly exchanged for the $400 million ransom are the following.


    L to R: Matt Trevithick (Photo Credit Robin Wright) Amir Hekmati, Jason Rezaian
    (Photo Credit AP), Saeed Abedini (News 4).

    Today, one of the US Iranian hostage shown above, Saeed Abidini, spole to FOX Business and explained that the Iranian regime would not let his plane leave Tehran until the ransom plane arrived, Gateway Pundit reports.

    They waited on the tarmac for hours.

    Saeed Abidini: I just remember the night at the airport sitting for hours and hours there and I asked police— why you not letting us go — And he told me we are waiting for another plane and if that plane take off we gonna let you go.

     

    Trish Regan: You slept there at the airport?

     

    Abidini: Yes, for a night. They told us you going to be there for 20 minutes but it took hours and hours. And I ask them why you don’t let us go, because the — was there, pilot was there, everyone was there to leave the country. And he said we are waiting for another plane so if that plane doesn’t come we never let us go.

     

    Hopefully, this can jog Mr. Toner’s memory if the hostage plane left before or after the “non-rasom” cash arrived.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 4th August 2016

  • 10 Facts The Mainstream Media Won’t Tell You About The War In Syria

    Submitted by Darius Shahtahmasebi via TheAntiMedia.org,

    Corporate media regularly attempts to present Bashar al-Assad’s regime in Syria as solely responsible for the ongoing conflict in the region. The media does report on events that contradict this narrative — albeit sparingly — but taken together, these underreported details shine a new light on the conflict.

    10: Bashar al-Assad has a higher approval rating than Barack Obama

    Despite Obama’s claims Assad is illegitimate and must step down, the fact remains that since the conflict erupted in 2011, Assad has held the majority support of his people. The elections in 2014 – which Assad won by a landslide with international observers claiming no violations – is a testament to the fact that although Assad has been accused of serious human rights violations, he continues to remain reasonably popular with the Syrian people.

    Obama, on the other hand, won elections in 2012 with a voter turnout of a mere 53.6 percent of the American public; only 129.1 million total were votes cast. This means approximately 189.8 million American people did not vote for Obama. His current approval rating sits at about 50 percent.

    9: The “moderate” opposition has been hijacked

    There is no longer such a thing as “moderate” opposition in Syria – if there ever was. The so-called Western-backed Free Syrian Army (FSA) has been dominated by extremists for years. The U.S. has known this yet has continued to support the Syrian opposition, despite the fact the New York Times reported in 2012 that the majority of weapons being sent to Syria have been ending up in the hands of jihadists. A classified DIA report predicted the rise of ISIS in 2012, stating:

    “If the situation unravels, there is the possibility of establishing a declared or undeclared Salafist principality in eastern Syria… and this is exactly what the supporting powers to the opposition want, in order to isolate the Syrian regime.”

    Further, an FSA commander went on record not only to admit his fighters regularly conduct joint operations with al-Nusra (al-Qaeda in Syria), but also that he would like to see Syria ruled by Sharia law.

    Apparently, moderate can also mean “al-Qaeda affiliated fanatic.”

    8: Assad never used chemical weapons on his own people

    A U.N. investigation into the first major chemical weapons attack committed in early 2013 — an atrocity the West immediately pinned on Assad — concluded the evidence suggested the attack was more likely committed by the Syrian opposition. A subsequent U.N. investigation into the August 2013 attack never laid blame on anyone, including Assad’s forces. In December 2013, Pulitzer prize-winning journalist Seymour Hersh released an article highlighting deficiencies in the way the situation was handled:

    “In the months before the attack, the American intelligence agencies produced a series of highly classified reports…citing evidence that the al-Nusra Front, a jihadi group affiliated with al-Qaida, had mastered the mechanics of creating sarin and was capable of manufacturing it in quantity. When the attack occurred al-Nusra should have been a suspect, but the administration cherry-picked intelligence to justify a strike against Assad.”

    7: Toppling the Syrian regime was part of a plan adopted shortly after 9/11

    According to a memo disclosed by 4-star General Wesley Clark, shortly after 9/11, the Pentagon adopted a plan to topple the governments of seven countries within five years. The countries were Iraq, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia, Sudan, Syria, and Iran.

    As we know, Iraq was invaded in 2003. American ally Israel tried its hand at taking out Lebanon in 2006. Libya was destroyed in 2011. Prior to this intervention, Libya had the highest standard of living of any country in Africa. In 2015, alone, it dropped 27 places on the U.N. Human Development Index rating. U.S. drones fly over Somalia, U.S. troops are stationed in South Sudan — Sudan was partitioned following a brutal civil war — and Syria has been the scene of a deadly war since 2011. This leaves only Iran, which is discussed below.

    6: Iran and Syria have a mutual defense agreement

    Since 2005, Iran and Syria have been bound by a mutual defense agreement. The Iranian government has shown they intend to fully honor this agreement and has provided the Syrian regime with all manner of support, including troops, a $1 billion credit line, training, and advisement. What makes this conflict even more dangerous, however, is the fact Russia and China have sided with Iran and Syria, stating openly they will not tolerate any attack on Iran. Russia’s military intervention in Syria in recent months proves these are not idle threats – they have put their money where their mouth is.

    Iran has been in the crosshairs of the U.S. foreign policy establishment for some time now. George W. Bush failed to generate the support needed to attack Iran during his time in office — though not for lack of trying — and since 2012, sanctions have been the go-to mantra. By attacking and destabilizing Iran’s most important ally in the region, the powers that be can undermine Iranian attempts to spread its influence in the region, ultimately further weakening Iran.

    5: Former Apple CEO is the son of a Syrian refugee

    The late Steve Jobs, founder of Apple, was the son of a Syrian who moved to the United States in the 1950s. This is particularly amusing given the amount of xenophobia, Islamophobia, racism and hatred refugees and migrants seem to have inspired — even from aspiring presidents. Will a President Donald Trump create the conditions in which future technological pioneers may never reach the United States? His rhetoric seems to indicate as much.

    4: ISIS arose out of the U.S. invasion of Iraq, not the Syrian conflict

    ISIS was formerly known as al-Qaeda in Iraq, which rose to prominence following the U.S.-U.K. led invasion of Iraq in 2003. It is well-known that there was no tangible al-Qaeda presence in Iraq until after the invasion, and there is a reason for this. When Paul Bremer was given the role of Presidential Envoy to Iraq in May 2003, he dissolved the police and military. Bremer fired close to 400,000 former servicemen, including high-ranking military officials who fought in the Iran-Iraq war in the 1980s. These generals now hold senior ranking positions within ISIS. If it weren’t for the United States’ actions, ISIS likely wouldn’t exist.

    ISIS was previously known by the U.S. security establishment as al-Qaeda in Iraq (AQI), but these fighters ultimately became central to Western regime change agendas in Libya and Syria. When the various Iraqi and Syrian al-Qaeda-affiliated groups merged on the Syrian border in 2014, we were left with the fully-fledged terror group we face today.

    3: Turkey, Qatar, and Saudi Arabia wanted to build a pipeline through Syria, but Assad rejected it

    In 2009, Qatar proposed a pipeline to run through Syria and Turkey to export Saudi gas. Assad rejected the proposal and instead formed an agreement with Iran and Iraq to construct a pipeline to the European market that would cut Turkey, Saudi Arabia, and Qatar out of the route entirely. Since, Turkey, Qatar, and Saudi Arabia have been staunch backers of the opposition seeking to topple Assad. Collectively, they have invested billions of dollars, lent weapons, encouraged the spread of fanatical ideology, and helped smuggle fighters across their borders.

    The Iran-Iraq pipeline will strengthen Iranian influence in the region and undermine their rival, Saudi Arabia — the other main OPEC producer. Given the ability to transport gas to Europe without going through Washington’s allies, Iran will hold the upper-hand and will be able to negotiate agreements that exclude the U.S. dollar completely.

    2: Leaked phone calls show Turkey provides ISIS fighters with expensive medical care

    Turkey’s support for hardline Islamists fighting the Syrian regime is extensive. In fact, jihadists regularly refer to the Turkish border as the “gateway to Jihad.” In May 2016, reports started emerging of Turkey going so far as to provide ISIS fighters with expensive medical treatment.

    Turkey is a member of NATO. Let that sink in for a moment.

    1: Western media’s main source for the conflict is a T-shirt shop in Coventry, England

    This is not a joke. If you follow the news, you most probably have heard the mainstream media quote an entity grandiosely called the “Syrian Observatory for Human Rights” (SOHR). This so-called “observatory” is run by one man in his home in Coventry, England — thousands of miles away from the Syrian conflict — yet is quoted by most respected Western media outlets (BBC, Reuters, The Guardian, and International Business Times, for example). His credentials include his ownership of a T-shirt shop just down the road, as well as being a notorious dissident against the current Syrian president.

    *  *  *

    Despite the fact much of the information in this article comes from mainstream outlets, those circulating it refuse to put all of the storylines together to give the public an accurate picture of what is going on in Syria.

    Assad may be brutal — and should face trial for allegations of widespread human rights abuses — but this fact alone does not make the other circumstances untrue or irrelevant. People have the right to be properly informed before they allow themselves to be led down the road of more war in the Middle East, and consequently, more terror attacks and potential conflicts with Russia and China.

  • Money Supply Arguments Are Flawed

    by Keith Weiner

     

    It goes without question, among economists of the central planning mindset, that if a central bank can just set the right quantity of dollars[1], then the price level, GDP, unemployment, and everything else will be right at the Goldilocks Optimum. One such approach that has become popular in recent years is nominal GDP targeting.

    How does a central bank affect the quantity of dollars? In discussing a nominal income targeting, Wikipedia gives the usual laundry list of how to do their magic: “…interest rate targeting or open market operations, unconventional tools such as quantitative easing or interest rates on excess reserves and expectations management…”

    Other than expectations management—which is just telling the market “blah blah blah”—managing an income aggregate is about manipulating one interest rate or another.

    In the real economy, people don’t factor the quantity of dollars into their economic calculations. If you are in the grocery store to buy apples, you do not think about M0 money supply. Whether you are a farmer or miner, whether you operate a factory or trucking company, or even a bank or insurer, the money supply is irrelevant to you.

    By contrast, the interest rate figures in every economic calculation in the economy. How much to borrow, how much to save, and how to assess the tradeoff between consumption and investment are all dependent on interest. The rate of interest is a factor in every price and the relationship between all prices in the economy.

    For example, to grow apples you need land and you must plant trees. Then you have to wait for the trees to mature before they bear fruit. This requires an investment up front, in expectation of earning a return in the future. How high does this return need to be? It depends on the interest rate.

    This decision, made by thousands of current and potential apple farmers, determines the price of apples in the grocery store. And this, in turn, determines the decisions of consumers to buy apples, to buy something else, or to do without fruit if they cannot afford it.

    Whether the interest rate is manipulated upwards, whether it is forced downwards, or whether it is artificially locked in stasis, every price in the economy is affected and everyone’s decisions are altered by the rate of interest. I have written a lot on the perverse incentives caused by interest rate manipulation, but today I want to focus on a different aspect of the problem.

    So, let’s perform a little thought experiment. Suppose a business must pay 20% interest on its capital. If it somehow manages to eke out a 21% rate of profit, it forks over 95 percent of what it earns to its lenders. If it can’t earn at least 20 percent, then it ends up feeding its capital to its creditors.

    Now consider a perverse world where enterprises can borrow at -5 percent. They literally repay investors less capital than they borrow. This case is the opposite of the one above; Lenders feed their capital to enterprises.

    If interest is too high, the Fed is sacrificing entrepreneurs to investors. If interest is too low, then investors are sacrificed to entrepreneurs. Either way, our monetary planners pervert lending into a win-lose deal.

    So what’s the right rate of interest?

    Only a market to determine that. Central planners have never gotten it right, are not right now, and will never get it right. They do, however, inflict collateral damage.

    Market Monetarism—the idea of central planning of credit based on a GDP target—promises improved outcomes over what would happen in a free market. However, it’s no better than conventional Keynesianism or Monetarism.

    We should not be debating different approaches to central planning. We should be rediscovering the idea of a free market in money and credit.


    [1]
    Most commonly this is called money supply. However, there are two problems with this. One, the dollar is credit not money. Two, it is not a supply in the sense of flows—e.g. corn supply or oil supply. It is a measure of stocks, Unlike corn or oil, dollars are not consumed in a transaction.

  • The Social Justice Cult Should Blame Itself For The Rise Of Trump

    Submitted by Brandon Smith via Alt-Market.com,

    I have not been writing much concerning the U.S. election this November, and with good reason – elections are always a distraction from tangible solutions.  They are an anathema to honest debate; a circus of delusions and prefabricated talking points.  They offer the illusion of choice in order to placate the masses.  They are a theater of false hopes.

    That said, elections do accomplish one thing very well — they are great for mobilizing large numbers of people into opposing camps and pitting them against each other over ideologies and political celebrities.  Sometimes, these elections can lead to internal war.  This is where we stand in 2016.

    In my article Will A Trump Presidency Really Change Anything For The Better, published in March, I outlined why I believed that the election of 2016 would revolve around a Trump vs. Hillary free-for-all.  The two sides are perfectly diametrically opposed.  At least, as far as public image is concerned, one is the exact antithesis to the other, and I don’t think this is a coincidence.

    Over the course of the past century social instability and outright internal conflicts have in most cases been the product of a specific catalyst — namely various flavors of Marxism and communism.  That is to say, communists attempt to socially or economically sabotage conservative or free market based systems with civil unrest and political chicanery, and in response, nations are either overrun by color revolution or they swing to the other side of the collectivist spectrum and resort to fascism.

    This is often by design.  As I have examined in detail in numerous articles in the past, it is the financial elite that tend to play BOTH sides of this modern battle between the communists and the “nationalists,” usually promoting or supporting groups with communist leanings, radicalizing them and exploiting them to drive normally level headed conservatives to respond with anger and totalitarianism to keep them at bay.  Of course, these totalitarian regimes also end up under the control of the establishment.  It is the best way to hijack and co-opt a conservative population.

    Today, we have a similarly pervasive communism in the West funded by the same kinds of elites, only in the form of a more frantic style of cultural Marxism.  One need only examine the cash infusions by billionaires like George Soros and his Open Society Institute into Black Lives Matter as well as other “social justice” organizations.

    Under the guise of philanthropy, global financiers exploit mindless followers and the entitlement mob like a heavy bludgeon, swinging them wildly at any cultural mainstay that represents the bedrock of the target nation.  Apparently, the irony is completely lost on the social justice warriors, who completely ignore the fact that rich white guys are bankrolling their battle against… rich white guys.

    It is important to note that while the financial establishment is the very CORE of the problem and the primary instigator and manipulator of the public psyche (they have this down to a science), their success in these endeavors would not be as frequent without so many mindless followers and academic idiots to perpetuate the momentum of chaos.  These groups share almost as much blame as the elites in the destruction of civility and prosperity.

    In this age of unstable economies and societies, there are many people who are desperate to be told what to do rather than lead themselves.  However, none are quite as horrifying as the social justice cultists.

    These people are, in my view, nearly the pinnacle of the communist ideal.  They are die hard collectivists, and are willing to rationalize almost any action as long as they believe it is being done in the name of the “greater good.”  Usually, this greater good is based on entirely arbitrary determinations rather than any inherent moral code, making it vaporous and easily changeable.  A “greater good” without principles based in inherent conscience or natural law can be shifted on a whim to suit any evil imaginable.

    They believe fervently in the purity of their world view.  Most of them are not open to even the slightest question or concern over their ethos.  Their blind faith is unshakeable, even in the face of extensive empirical evidence and superior logic.  Such people are the ultimate cannon fodder for the elites.

    Social justice cultists act on the assumption that history is on their side, and that they will one day be seen as heroes for their deeds.

    They not only seek to promote and spread their ideology — this would merely make them a new form of religion.  No, they are not just evangelists, they also want their own version of a caliphate; an all dominating cult that crushes any embers of dissent and destroys its philosophical opponents trapped within its ever expanding borders.

    A recent and starling example of this mentality can be found in the following video of a BBC show called “The Big Questions.”  The subject of the debate — “Does social media reveal men’s hatred for women?”  Milo Yiannopoulos faces off with a crowd of mouth breathing true-believers and barely gets a word in edgewise as they do what cultural Marxists do best:  use the mob to shout down their opponent and attack the person’s character rather than confront his arguments and evidence:

    Though this show is produced out of the U.K. and not the U.S., I am using it to shed light on the inevitable end game of all social justice cultists regardless of where they live — to dominate all discussion and erase conservative thought from society.  The attitudes displayed by the feminists and the rather pathetic members of the audience are truly frightening. Not only do they argue that Yiannoupoulos has no right to even be dignified  with time to respond, they are at bottom also claiming the right to assert force of law to ban ideas they disagree with and even to imprison the people that argue those ideas.

    Instead of simply ignoring or blocking the people who offend them like rational adults, or participating in a free exchange, they want the power of government to silence opposition. If their ideas were truly superior in merit then they would have no need to use force to silence or imprison their opponents.  They want to turn the whole of the web, the whole of the WORLD, into a federally enforced “safe space” for their ideology and their ideology alone.

    It is this kind of zealotry that leads to outright totalitarianism and collectivism. This is the kind of evil that is done in the name of the so-called “greater good.”

    The fact is, their feelings are irrelevant. They do not matter.  Most rational people don’t care if SJWs are offended, or afraid or disgusted and indignant. Their problems are not our problems.  Our right to free expression and freedom of association is far more important than their personal feelings or misgivings.  We do not owe them a safe space.  If they want a safe space, then they should hide in their hovels or crawl back to the rancid swamps from whence they slithered.

    A backlash is building against the social justice cult that will be unleashed sooner rather than later, and so far it is accelerating at the height of the election frenzy under the banner of Donald Trump.

    Social justice warriors seem to find themselves befuddled at the rise of Trump, but as I predicted in March, a Trump vs. Hillary face-off was inevitable.

    For conservatives, Hillary is the ultimate representation of political hell spawn.  She is a proven elitist puppet, with a criminal record that reads like a transcript from the Nuremberg trials.  She is also a part of an ongoing trend of dynasties in U.S. politics.  Americans have grown tired of the Bushes and the Clintons.  We have grown tired of the endless reign of neo-cons and neo-liberals.  We are looking something different, or what we hope is something different.  Trump at first glance at least looks like a candidate outside of the establishment norm.

    Beyond this increasing aversion to the status quo, though, is the growing American contempt for the social justice cult.  This will be a primary driver of the U.S. election.

    While many in the cult had thrown their support behind Bernie Sanders for a time, Bernie showed his true colors by bowing down to the Clinton machine.  This is typical of socialists, who regularly forgo their proclaimed principles in the name of “unity” and “victory” under a single collectivist umbrella.  Many in the social justice crowd have quickly jumped on Hillary’s bandwagon, as her campaign now rides solely on the disposition of her own sexual organs.

    That is to say, Clinton is now the new mascot for the SJW crowd, even though many of them don't really like her.

    I’m not so sure the “vote for me because I’m a woman” theme is going to go over quite as effectively as Obama’s “vote for me because I’m black” theme.  The Hillary campaign symbol, looking strangely like a warped version of the arrowed symbol for “Male” and Mars, is emblazoned on worshipful feminist posters and cartoons everywhere.  A nice touch was the cringe-worthy display of Clinton’s giant head on the DNC mega-screen bashing through photos of past male presidents as if “shattering” the proverbial glass ceiling.  Set aside the fact that over half of American voters are women, and that there is no glass ceiling preventing women from being voted into office by other women if being a woman rather than a decent candidate was all that mattered.

    The theater of the feminist absurd aside, this election is going to tumble about wildly on all sorts of carnival sideshows.

    The so called “controversy” over comments made by Trump against the parents of a Muslim soldier killed in U.S. service in Iraq is just the beginning of the circus.  To be fair to Trump, the sheer hypocrisy of Hillary Clinton, a warmonger of the highest degree and a participant by-proxy in the death of the soldier in question, using his parents as fuel for a campaign controversy goes so far into the realm of the disturbing that I might be shocked if I didn’t understand that the whole thing is a mind game.  These kinds of distractions are meant to fuel the flames and I predict they will become frequent and overwhelming by November.

    To reiterate, it is clear that the Clinton campaign is going the route of pandering to the SJWs.  This is the script, and I as I said after the Brexit referendum vote, I believe that the script ends with a Clinton failure and a Trump victory.  Pandering to SJWs rarely leads to success.  And, a faltering economy blamed on Trump would be far preferable to one blamed on Clinton.

    My regular readers know well that I personally do not have much faith in the Trump campaign; I’ve seen too many constitutional inconsistencies and too many meetings with elitist representatives so far to give him the benefit of the doubt.  If he turns out to be a true constitutionalist, then I will be pleasantly surprised and happy to admit I was wrong.

    That said, I do understand why the public is rallying around Trump.  They see him not as a candidate, but as a vehicle to push forward a fight against a social justice juggernaut that has gone unanswered for far too long.  They don’t much care about him as a man, which is why the character attacks by the social justice cult and the media have fallen flat again and again.  They only care that he might not be the status quo.  They are looking for something radical to counter the radicalism of cultural Marxists.

    I am not here to argue over which candidate is “better,” or preferable or the “lesser of evils.”  None of this matters.  I realize that I am not going to convince anyone to vote in anyway different than how they have already decided to vote.  In fact, I am certain that most people decided exactly how they were going to vote as soon as the candidates were publicly finalized.

    The zealotry will be evident on both sides.  Democrats will accuse me of being biased in favor of Trump because I outline in articles the endless parade of horrors surrounding Clinton's career.  Republicans will accuse me of "secretly working for the Democrats" because I refuse to throw full blind faith behind Trump.  That's just how elections work – follow my mascot or you are my enemy.

    I really couldn't care less.  I'm on the side of liberty and individualism and I'll fight on this side alone if I have to.

    I will say that I KNOW exactly what will happen under Hillary Clinton – despotism in the name of "equality", leading to outright civil war.  I only SUSPECT according to what I have seen so far that Trump is not a constitutional candidate.

    The danger is that in our search for the counterbalance to social justice despotism and Hillary Clinton's evident communist addictions, we conservatives will fall into the old historical paradigm of fascism in the name of defeating communism, helping the elites instead of dethroning them.  The danger is that we get so caught up in trying to destroy the social justice mob that we forget our principles.

    If a President Trump shows any indications of being anti-constitution, even in the name of our own “greater good,” conservatives MUST stand by our ideals and stand against him, or we become no better than the SJW psychopaths we seek to stop.  No man, no woman, no president is more important than the liberties and heritage of this nation and its citizenry.

    As far as social justice activists are concerned, if they really want to change this country for the better, then they should consider dropping out of their little cult and finding something productive to do.  Stop spending your parents’ money on garbage gender studies classes.  Become scientists and engineers.  Become doctors and inventors. Create a better planet through ingenuity rather than manic ideology.  Make yourselves useful or something.  You're not only wasting your own time wreaking havoc with your collectivism, you are also wasting our time, because now we have to spend it working to stop you and the elites that fund you.

    Become self sufficient instead of begging for handouts or feeding off your family and their savings accounts.  Add to the world instead of bleeding it dry.  Help people through personal action instead of trying to micro-manage their lives and their speech and their thoughts through force of government.

    Otherwise, all you are is more gasoline on a fire that will result in inevitable conflict; a conflict which you will lose.  A conflict which may only serve the interests of the very elites which you think you are fighting against.  Remember, whatever happens, it was the social justice cult that helped to create the conditions by which such a conflict became unavoidable.  Without the cultural Marxists, there would be no rationale for any division.  If they would simply leave us all alone to think and say what we feel, to choose our associations without interference or invasive conquest of “spaces” and to live in a functioning society based on merit rather than victimhood and artificial fear, there would be no fertile ground for an election circus of this magnitude.

    And finally, if EVERYONE relied less on political celebrities, if everyone stopped waiting for a knight on a white horse, or a feminist icon, or a crusade to fight, or a social justice mob to join and started determining their own futures; if everyone began looking far more carefully at the people behind the curtain, then perhaps we could finally see a change in humanity not seen in thousands of years.  Not a collectivist change, but an individualist change, which is the only kind of change everlasting or worth a damn.

  • Full BOE Preview, And A Look At What UK Corporate Bond QE Will Look Like

    After several prominent central bank disappointments over the past few weeks, culminating with last week’s BOJ fiasco, earlier this week the RBA finally did as it was expected by both the market and a majority of analysts, when it cut rates by 25 bps to a record 1.50%, even if the reaction was unexpected, sending the AUD sliding briefly then soaring as the accompanying statement suggesting far less dovishness would follow.

    Which brings us to tomorrow’s Bank of England decision, where as of this moment the OIS market shows that a 25bps rate cut is 100%  priced in. But a plain vanilla rate cut may be just the tip of the Iceberg: as the WSJ writes, piggybacking on an analysis by BofA’s Barnaby Martin, investor bets are rising that Mark Carney could “start snapping up” corporate bonds as part of the stimulus plan to be announced tomorrow. 

    As a reminder, the BoE previously bought corporate bonds between 2009 and 2012. As BofA writes, the purchase numbers were not headline-grabbing (£2.1bn) but the aim of the programme back them was a lot different to what we could envisage now. Using the ECB’s template to create a £ CSPP equivalent, the BoE would end up with an eligible universe of £128bn (44% of the Sterling credit market), and could possibly grow it to £211bn if they bought Euro-denominated bonds (as suggested in ‘09). With a universe this big, the BoE should be able to sustain around £2bn of corporate purchases a month.

    But before we look in depth into the possibiliy of a British CSPP, here is a detailed breakdown of what to expect, and what Wall Street believes will happen, courtesy of RanSquawk:

    * * *

    • Bank of England are widely expected to cut rates to 0.25% with a 25bps rate reduction fully priced in OIS markets.
    • The central bank is also touted to announce further stimulus measures including the potential restart of its QE program (APF currently stands at GBP 375BN) and the Funding for Lending Scheme.
    • 2017 GDP growth forecast is likely to see a significant downgrade amid early signs of a deterioration in the UK economy, while GBP depreciation is likely to support 2017 Inflation forecasts.

    BACKGROUND

    The Bank of England will reconvene for the second time since the UK’s decision to leave the EU, whereby they are widely expected to ease monetary policy. This view is supported by the fact that at the last meeting the MPC said that most officials saw the need to adjust policy in August. Furthermore, Governor Carney himself has already announced that the central bank will probably need to take action in the summer, which leaves Thursday as the remaining option.

    POST-BREXT DATA/COMMENTARY

    Heading into the meeting the BoE has had little (Brexit exposed) economic data to act on. Most notably the PMI figures for July, in which Mfg. and Composite readings contracted to 41-month and 87-month lows, respectively, while the key Services figure saw its largest decline in 7-yrs. Given that services accounts for 79% of the UK economy, a severe contraction in this sector has obvious consequences for GDP and jobs moving forward. Allied with this, tier-2 data points (which would not normally garner significant attention) have also showed sharp declines in business confidence and as such contributed to the heightened uncertainty regarding the UK economy, reinforcing the case that policy adjustments are needed.

    Against that backdrop, several MPC members have recently stated that they are willing to ease policy, with BoE’s Haldane stating that this meeting will likely see material easing while there has also been a shift in some of the more hawkish members. In particular BoE’s Weale, who in a sudden U-turn from his usual stance shifted his view in favour of easing.

    POSSIBLE MEASURES

    In terms of touted measures, OIS markets have fully priced in a 25bp rate cut while there is also a small chance priced in for a 50bps rate reduction. However, a cut in interest rates will likely weigh on GBP which would be somewhat of an undesirable effect at present, given that the currency is already hovering at more than 30-yr lows, while it would also lead to damaging import price inflation. Additionally, with Governor Carney previously stating that he does not believe that rates “too low” (or negative) could have positive outcomes, this would suggest that there is little room to manoeuvre.

    At the last meeting, the central bank’s minutes stated that the MPC had an initial exchange of views on the various possible packages of measures. Consequently, this alludes to the fact that the BoE is looking for further measures other than cutting rates. In turn, this has raised the possibility that the bank could re-launch the Funding for Lending Scheme which would ensure ample liquidity by allowing commercial banks to borrow funds cheaply in order for this to be passed on in the form of cheap loans to firms. Analysts at Nordea Bank note that the central bank could enhance the FLS either by broadening its scope to include household lending or by improving the terms of liquidity provision.

    Moreover, some participants expect the BoE to implement a new QE programme (Asset Purchase Facility which currently stands at GBP 375bn) with analysts noting that Gilts are likely to account for the majority of the new asset purchases with also the inclusion of corporate bonds. Previous expansions to the QE programme have seen holdings rise in GBP 50-75b1n increments.

    INFLATION AND GROWTH FORECASTS

    The MPC will also arm themselves with the latest set of inflation forecasts, which they have stated that will act as an important guide as to the magnitude and calibration of stimulus measures. Additionally, the July meeting minutes stated that the depreciation in GBP (Trade Weight fallen around 12%) has put upward pressure on inflation with BoE’s Haldane commenting that inflation could overshoot its 2% target, in turn inflation forecasts may be upgraded with some suggesting 2017 inflation may be over 2% (Prey. 1.5%). On the other hand, with economic indicators showing early signs that the UK economy is weakening significantly, GDP outlook is likely to see sharp downward revisions. Prior to the Brexit vote, the BoE forecast GDP growth for 2017 at 2.3%, with the consensus amongst analysts now at 0.6% (Prey. 2.1%) while some are expecting growth to be slashed to 0.0%.

    MARKET REACTION

    In terms of market reaction, given that OIS markets have fully priced in 25bps rate cut, this alone may be met with disappointment and as such see some initial upside in GBP. A similar reaction may be seen in GBP if the vote split is deemed too tight (5-4) with also a flattening of the UK curve. While a unanimous 9-0 in favour of a cut might suggest that a follow up move is on the table leading to potential pressure in GBP. Additionally, if a plethora of measures are utilised by the central bank involving a potential restart to its QE programme allied with a rate reduction and credit easing, may lead to upside in equities. While Gilt yields could also post fresh record lows as many analysts note that a restart to QE will likely include the purchase of Gilts.

    SELECTED ANALYST EXPECTATIONS

    • BofAML expects the BoE to cut interest rates by 25bps, alongside a GBP 50bIn expansion in the APF and credit easing package.
    • Goldman Sachs forecasts an increase in asset purchases of over GBP 100bIn over the next 6 months, with a mix of sovereign and corporate bonds.
    • HSBC states that the central bank will cut rates by 25bps, coupled with an announcement of measures to support credit to the real economy.
    • Nordea Bank sees a 25bps cut to 0.25% with a GBP 100bIn increase in the APF over the next few months.

    * * *

    Which brings us back to the all too real possibility that the BOE will, in a few hours, unveil its own CSPP program, copying what the ECB did back in March.

    Here is BofA’s Barnaby Martin, laying out “the case for a £ CSPP”

    Despite the benign backdrop for yields and spreads, we do feel that there is a strong case to be made for the Bank of England pursuing another corporate QE programme for the Sterling credit market. To be clear, market dysfunction in not the problem. Yes, uncertainty is high after the Referendum outcome, but the Sterling credit market is clearly not shut given the three recent new issues over the last week (BAT, Brown-Forman and Santander UK).

    But in a post-Brexit world, if the UK is to flourish on its own then it must have a vibrant and deep credit market underlying it, especially if the ability of the UK banking sector to lend becomes challenged amid a backdrop of lower interest rates and rising delinquencies. Building a “super competitive-economy” with low corporation tax and investment from China, for instance, requires a £ credit market where the ability to issue bonds and raise capital is not in doubt.

    But the reality is that the Sterling credit market – in its current form – is far from this. In our view, it looks to have been suffering a “slow death” of sorts over the last few years. Chart 7 shows that issuance of £ corporate bonds has been dwindling since 2013. This year, there has been only £4bn of non-financial IG issuance in the Sterling credit market, and by year-end it is unlikely to get anywhere near the lofty levels of issuance seen in 2012 (£33bn).

    But we don’t think the dwindling in £ issuance reflects the risk-averseness of UK companies. On the contrary. We believe the explanation is simply that the ECB’s extraordinary monetary policies of the last few years have pulled UK (and global) funding capital into the Euro credit market. Chart 8 makes this point. In 2009, 53% of UK corporates’ liabilities were denominated in Sterling. Today, the figure is just 29%.

    The allure of negative yields in Euros and the market-pacifying impact of the ECB’s CSPP have driven UK companies to fund more and more in Euros (and prior to this the $ credit market, helped by the attractive basis swap).

    But the selling point for greater investment in a post-Brexit UK economy cannot be the ability of UK companies to issue in Euros! (especially with rising currency volatility). Thus, we think the BoE would be playing its part in supporting the UK economy if it helped revitalize the £ credit market with a new corporate bond purchase programme.

    In effect, we believe there is a need to “balkanize” credit markets again, especially the Sterling corporate bond market. We think a “£ CSPP” would act as a nice counterbalance to the ECB’s CSPP, and would return European credit markets to a more level playing field. And importantly, we think there would be the possibility of Carney and Draghi “coordinating” their respective corporate bond buying.

    What could a £ CSPP look like today?

    To bring the £ credit market “back to life”, we think a BOE corporate QE programme would need to be much bigger than 2009’s version. Only regular and continuous buying would ensure that depth returns to the £ primary market. Just as Mario Draghi is showing with his corporate bond buying programme, tightening spreads helps achieve this (as well as purchasing corporate bonds in the primary market,  which the BoE has never done before).

    In Chart 12, we draw from the methodology of the ECB’s Corporate Sector Purchase Programme to create the same idea for the Sterling credit market (we call it the £CSPP). We calculate the volume of eligible corporate bonds that would be available for the Bank of England.

    • We start with our UR00 Sterling corporate bond index (which includes financials and non-financials). We then exclude bank debt, but keep insurance (in line with ECB CSPP methodology),
    • We then exclude all subordinated debt (again in line with ECB CSPP methodology),
    • We then limit the universe to “UK relevant companies” which means either a) UK domiciled companies or b) non-UK domiciled companies with significant exposure to the UK (which we define as companies having at least £3bn of Sterling corporate bonds outstanding). This results in £128bn of eligible corporate bonds for the BoE.
    • As an additional filter, we note that in 2009 the BoE stated that they were prepared to buy corporate bonds denominated in currencies other than £. In the end they kept purchases just to £. But here we add the Euro-denominated bonds issued by UK corporates to which the rules above apply. In this case, we get £211bn of eligible corporate bonds for the BoE.

    How big are these numbers?

    • £128bn is 44% of the Sterling IG corporate bond market.
    • Interestingly, we think the ECB has an eligible universe of €710bn for their CSPP while the Euro IG corporate bond market is €1.72tr in size (41%).

    The ECB is currently buying between €9-10bn of corporate bonds per month. If the BoE was to create their own £CSPP then we think around £2bn of purchases per month would be a sensible starting point.

  • Dear Job Market, Take This Indicator & Shove It!

    Authored by Danielle DiMartino Booth,

    Some songs are just destined to be belted out while speeding down an open highway with the all the windows down, your hair whipping in the wind and the dust flying. Donald Eugene Lytle, aka, Johnny Paycheck, delivered one in spades with his catchy, purposely grammatically incorrect rendition of David Allan Coe’s working man’s anthem. The song, Take this Job and Shove It, which has earned cult status in the Honky Tonk hall of fame proved to be the only number one hit of Paycheck’s career.

    Ironically, Paycheck didn’t change his name to fit the song; that happened 13 years earlier when he borrowed it from a top-ranked Chicago boxer whose claim to fame was his 1940 fight against Joe Lewis for the heavyweight title.

    Very few of us have escaped those lyrics invading our mind from time to time. You might have been slopping sauce on one more pizza, bagging yet another bag of leaves on someone else’s lawn or plugging away at a spreadsheet for which you’d never get credit – all for meagre pay. Whatever the thankless task, you sure would have relished unleashing those words to your boss’ face. Just take this job and shove it!

    The 1977 hit was so popular it went on to inspire a not so popular 1981 movie. Alas the movie of the of the same name, billed as “The comedy for everyone who’s had it up to here…” fell flat at the box office. It was the timing that was all wrong. A movie with a “job shoving” theme was unseemly considering the economy was veering headlong into a double-dip recession. The worker bees of the economy were understandably unamused by the idea of brazenly quitting their jobs.

    Today, in 2016, it’s looking more and more like Janet Yellen is less than amused with her own greatest hit, The Labor Market Conditions Index. She conceived this alternative measure of the job market and debuted it to much fanfare in an August 22, 2014 speech at the Shangri La of economic confabs in Jackson Hole, Wyoming.

    With that, a whole new cottage industry was born. Two gauges measuring the state of the job market, nonfarm payrolls and the official unemployment rate, ballooned into 19. Joy for the economist community in the form of 17 new raison d’etres!

    How have things worked out since then?

    Appreciating the historic context is an essential first step to answering that question. At its December 2012 meeting, with unemployment at 7.8 percent, the Federal Open Market Committee announced its first ever unemployment rate target of 6.5 percent. Fed economists projected that this bogey would not be reached until the end of 2015. At that point, they anticipated the rate would be inside a 6.0-6.6-percent range.

    One voter in the FOMC room begged to differ. Richmond President Jeffrey Lacker dissented, recognizing the folly of the quantitative commitment. The Fed was effectively boxing itself in as financial markets would price in a rate hike the minute the threshold was visible on the horizon.

    As if wearing blinders, then-Chairman Ben Bernanke predicted that the target would act, “as an automatic stabilizer,” with the added qualifier that the new policy, “by no means puts monetary policy on autopilot.”

    Of course, that’s just not the way financial markets work. They are forward-looking beasts precisely because they set prices based on the inputs provided.

    Hence the Fed’s panicked emergency videoconference meeting on March 4, 2014 on the heels of that year’s April jobs report, which revealed a steady unemployment rate of 6.7 percent. The markets’ conclusion: A June rate hike was imminent, a full year and a half before Bernanke had any intention of tightening policy.

    Though still the subject of furious debate, the missing link from Fed economists’ models was the permanence of the decline in the labor force participation rate fed by the 2009 introduction of 99 weeks of unemployment insurance. Needless to say, politicians clamoring for easy votes extended these extraordinary benefits time and again.

    By the end of 2013, 99 weeks had become all too ordinary. Millions of workers had simply dropped out, disincentivized by design. Because the unemployment rate is calculated against the number of people in the labor force, it declined much more rapidly than historic precedent suggested it would.

    And so, with mis-measured inflation still too low for comfort (another full blown story for another day), policymakers backtracked on their commitment. The March 2014 FOMC meeting minutes attempted to explain: “The Committee currently anticipates that, even after employment and inflation are near mandate-consistent levels, economic conditions may, for some time, warrant keeping the target federal funds rate below levels the Committee views as normal in the longer run.”

    The schizophrenic behavior did nothing to bolster the Fed’s credibility. To counter perceptions, the Fed, under the new leadership of labor economist Yellen, came up with yet another model. As she illustrated in great detail at that year’s Jackson Hole gathering, the LMCI would better measure the slack in the labor market without unduly “rewarding” the decline in the labor force participation rate which cast the low unemployment in too positive a light.

    “Assessments of the degree of remaining slack in the labor market need to become more nuanced because of considerable uncertainty,” Yellen said, reminding the audience that in 2012 the Fed had caveated that, “factors determining maximum employment ‘may change over time and may not be directly measurable.’”

    More variables, more math, more clarity? Not hardly. OK – that was a pretty extensive history lesson. But sometimes the setup is key to understanding the outcome.

    Once again, the markets are heavily anticipating Yellen’s 2016 Jackson Hole speech. Will she posit that the LMCI was flawed at inception to now justify a rate hike? Her baby, so to speak, has been wailing for six straight months, the longest slide since the end of the 2009 recession.

    At this year’s June 15th press conference, Yellen once again highlighted the importance of the context of the current backdrop, which has apparently rendered the LMCI, “a kind of experimental research product.” Is it any wonder the media characterized her remarks as “bipolar”?

    The question is, what went wrong, if anything?

    The nature of the LMCI’s components is a good starting point. As a recent Goldman Sachs report detailed, “The LMCI inputs are detrended, and the estimated trends likely ‘soak up’ some of the growth in labor market activity (such that only growth in excess of the trend contributes positively).” Yours truly added the emphasis as this ‘detrending’ is key to explaining away the alarm emanating from the LMCI.

    The Goldman report goes on to say that labor market indicators tend to level off in the middle of an economic cycle even as trends continue on their established pathways, driven by momentum: “The LMCI in effect reflects a combination of the rate of change in labor market conditions – the first difference – as well as recent acceleration or deceleration – the second difference.”

    Did someone mention ‘Nuanced” with a capital ‘N’?

    And then there are the actual inputs. The index’s 19 indicators endeavor to capture movements not just in job creation, but underemployment, wages, worker flows and both consumer and business surveys. A few examples help to illustrate.

    The National Federation of Independent Businesses queries small businesses on their hiring plans and whether it is hard to fill open positions. So fairly straight forward, forward-looking indicators.

    Then you have temporary employment, which once provided a reliable signal on the direction of nonfarm payrolls to come. But temps have lost some of their predictive powers in a world increasingly dominated by firms cutting costs where they can, even if it entails classifying near-permanent employees as temporary to reduce benefit expenses.

    The same goes for new help-wanted ads, which have been trending down for a year now. Not to worry, says the Fed itself, whose economists recently debunked fresh postings as unreliable given Craigslist’s near doubling of fees since the end of 2012. The rising costs associated with advertising thus distills the message in the mere four percent rise in postings through yearend 2015 in the help wanted data vs. the 48 percent rise in the job openings data series. We’re supposed to file that one in the “If you say so” file.

    Finally, you have the distinct ‘job leavers unemployed for less than five weeks,’ which is buried in the household survey, and the now-beloved ‘quit rate’ from the monthly job openings data. Workers having the hutzpah to tell their employers where they can put their cruddy job is measured by the quit rate. When the rate rises, it tends to coincide with a high degree of confidence that you can storm out one door and waltz into another in a short timeframe. So a rise in unemployed for less than five weeks is thus a good thing reflecting workers’ certainty about the job market’s prospects.

    While the unemployed-for-less-than-five-weeks metric has held up of late, the quits rate has fallen. So call this a wash for the moment. In addition, net hiring plans have come off their highs, concomitant with the decline in the number of job openings. These data are released with varying degrees of lag, which can be frustrating for the impatient type who’d prefer to not be sideswiped by a data miss.

    That brings us to perhaps the best indicator of what’s to come, which cannot be explained away, though it too comes from help wanted ads. You may recognize the name Jonathan Basile, AIG’s Head of Business Cycle Research. As his pragmatic title suggests, he is duty bound to have a crystal clear crystal ball.

    Let’s just say we should all adopt one of his favorite indicators on the labor front, the reposting of job positions. Just about every anecdote we’ve heard in recent years has touched on the dearth of skilled labor. As that slack was absorbed, it became increasingly difficult to source good talent. What to do if you can’t fill a position? Well, you repost it until it does get filled. That way you succeed in achieving your original goal of growing that top line by satisfying the incremental demand that triggered the need for a new hire in the first place.

    You see where this is going. If you no longer need to repost that position while the hiring rate is falling…well you get the picture, a picture that’s come into increasing focus since repostings peaked last November.

    “When companies stop reposting help wanted ads, it means they’ve given up on adding additional headcount,” Basile said. “It’s a more cautious signal about the outlook. It means their balance sheets can’t handle the additional labor costs. This is what happens when revenue and earnings headwinds bleed into the labor-intensive parts of the economy, like construction and services.”

     

    Revenues? Earnings? Those certainly don’t sound like economic data points. They sound so much more real.

     

    “Labor sits at the intersection of revenues and earnings because it is the biggest cost on corporate balance sheets,” Basile continued. “Many sell-side nonfarm payroll (NFP) models show labor begetting labor – labor data used as inputs to generate NFP as the output. But in business, balance sheets beget labor. You increase or decrease your headcount based on what your revenues and earnings do, the source that pays for labor. How is this left out of the equation?”

    Great question. The conclusion: the earnings recession we’ve been told to ignore is, after all, relevant. Get it, got it, good.

    You will recall that the bright spot in the awful GDP report was consumption. Hate to go out on any limbs here, but it’s pretty hard to consume if you don’t have a job.

    “All it takes is another shock to tip this one-legged pirate of an economy over,” Basile worries. “That’s why I’m on 100% watch.”

    We should probably all be watching Yellen’s math as she shoves the jobs data around until it’s contorted enough to fit her agenda’s perfect picture frame. Not so perfect are the prospects for those ungainfully employed who are apparently a figment of our collective imagination. They can only dream of a world where jobs are plentiful enough to not-so-respectfully request their employer take their job and shove it.

  • Hyperinflation Defined, Explained, and Proven

     

     

     

     

     


    Hyperinflation Defined, Explained, and Proven


    Written by Jeff Nielson (CLICK FOR ORIGINAL)
     

     


     

    Regular readers already know that hyperinflation is not merely an economic “threat” looming in our near future, it is a certainty. Indeed, it has already occurred. Sadly, the term “hyperinflation” is still widely misused, and thus widely misunderstood. Definition of terms is required.


    The reason why the term “hyperinflation” is widely misused/misunderstood is a very simple one. It is because the term “inflation” is widely misused/misunderstood. If one does not have a clear grasp of the concept of inflation, obviously it is impossible to have an adequate comprehension of hyperinflation.


    Inflation is an increase in the supply of money. That is the economic definition of the term. It is the only correct definition of the term. It is a derivative of the verb “inflate”: to increase (i.e. inflate) the supply of money.


    The term “inflation” is widely, erroneously, and (in the case of central bankers) deliberately misused as meaning an increase in the price of goods. But this price inflation is merely the direct and inevitable consequence of the initial act of inflation: the increase in the supply of money.


    Thanks to decades of brainwashing (and the fraudulent “inflation” statistics which came along with that), this simple but important distinction is almost beyond the comprehension of most readers. Yet it is a concept which is already well-understood in the realm of our markets. It is the concept of dilution.


    When a company prints up a new share, it has diluted its share structure, and the value of all shares in circulation falls commensurately/proportionately. This is nothing more than elementary arithmetic. If a company which originally had a share base of 1,000,000 increases the number of shares to 2,000,000, the value of all those shares decreases by 50%. If we priced the world in terms of the value of our shares (rather than the bankers’ paper), the dilution of the share structure would automatically result in proportionate price inflation.


    This concept applies directly and identically to our monetary system. If a central bank prints up a new unit of its (un-backed) fiat currency, it dilutes its monetary base, and the value of all units of currency already in existence falls. It is the fall in the value of the currency through diluting that currency which directly translates into higher prices: price inflation. Yet incredibly (thanks to our brainwashing) this elementary concept is not accepted. A simple allegory is necessary.


    Let us all journey to Gilligan’s Island: a closed system, and a small population – ideal for our purposes. But let us change one detail. For the sake of mathematical convenience, we will assume that there are ten “castaways” on the island rather than only seven.


    Even among the residents of the island, some commerce takes place. Mr. Howell, the island’s resident banker, suggests that they create their own currency, on the hand-operated printing press he happened to have in his luggage.


    He dubs this currency the Coconut Dollar, and each resident is issued ten Coconut Dollars. No new currency is created, i.e. the monetary base is perfectly flat. Under these circumstances, there would never and could never be any (price) “inflation” on Gilligan’s Island – ever.


    Initial prices (in Coconut Dollars) would be determined by the relative preferences of the residents, and unless those preferences changed, prices would remain absolutely stable, because the amount of currency in circulation was not increasing – i.e. there was no inflation.


    Then circumstances change. Mr. Howell, now the island’s central banker, tells the island’s residents that they should not have to endure such a meager standard of living. He tells the other residents he can raise their standard of living by printing more Coconut Dollars, in order to create “a wealth effect”.


    He issues all the residents 40 more Coconut Dollars. The island’s residents now all have 50 Coconut Dollars. They all feel much “wealthier”. But what happens on the island?


    The residents’ preferences for goods have not changed. Mary Ann bakes one of her highly-prized, coconut-cream pies, slices it into ten pieces, and (as she always does) offers slices for sale. After months/years of baking and selling pies, the standard price for each slice has always been one Coconut Dollar.


    The Skipper, who has a much larger appetite than the other residents, and now five times as many Coconut Dollars in his pocket decides he wants to increase his own share of slices. He offers Mary Ann two Coconut Dollars for a slice. But all the other residents also have five times as many Coconut Dollars in their pockets, and they match the Skipper’s price, in order to maintain their own level of consumption. The “price” for a slice of coconut-cream pie is now two Coconut Dollars.


    The Skipper, with still a large surplus of Coconut Dollars in his pocket tries again to increase his share, by raising his ‘bid’ to three Coconut Dollars. The other residents again match that offer, and the price-per-slice increases to three Coconut Dollars. This process continues until a new price equilibrium is established for coconut-cream pies, as well as all the other goods bought/sold by the residents.


    With the supply of goods on the island being fixed, the island’s residents would soon allocate all of their additional Coconut Dollars, and new (much higher) “standard” prices would emerge. Naturally, no increase in their standard of living ever takes place. The “wealth effect” is purely an illusion. At that point; there would never be any additional price inflation, unless/until Mr. Howell printed even more Coconut Dollars – and “inflated” the monetary base, again.


    Inflation does not appear out of thin air, conjured by magical fairies, as the lying central bankers would have us believe. It is
    always and exclusively a product of their own (excessive) money-printing. That is “inflation”, in the real world. Hyperinflation, by obvious extrapolation, is the extremely excessive money-printing of the central bankers.


    Skeptics and (central bank) Apologists will remain unconvinced. They will point out that “the real world” is a place which is much more complex than Gilligan’s Island, and thus the allegory carries no weight.


    Yes and no. Yes, the real world is much more complex than Gilligan’s Island. No, the allegory loses none of its validity as a result, because the underlying principles can be (easily) incorporated into the real world.


    Our real world is a world with a steadily increasing population, and a steadily increasing supply of goods to meet the needs of that growing population. But it is still a fixed system. It is not Gilligan’s Island, it is the Island of Earth.


    This is how the dynamics of our previous allegory translate onto the Island of Earth. While our population is growing at an alarming rate (from a long term perspective), the annual rate of growth is a low, single-digit number, generally in the 1 – 2% range. The supply of goods increases at a roughly parallel rate – to meet the demand of this (slightly) growing population.


    In economic terms; this is known as “the natural rate of growth”. Equally, it can be described as the sustainable rate of growth. In a finite system, with fixed resources, growth beyond that “natural” rate is both artificial and unsustainable.


    In our monetary system; if the central bankers restrain their level of money-printing to this natural rate of growth, i.e. if central bank inflation matches this rate of growth, then there would, could, and should be no price inflation in the world. The rate of growth in the supply of currency matches the rate of growth in population/goods, and thus price equilibrium can be maintained.


    It is very interesting to note that over the long term, the increase in the global supply of gold has always roughly paralleled the natural rate of growth. This is but one of many reasons why a gold standard, i.e. a gold-backed monetary system, is the optimal basis for our monetary system.


    Robbed of our gold standard in 1971, by Paul Volcker and his lackey Richard Nixon, the central bankers have been free to print their fraudulent paper currencies at will. The “Golden Handcuffs” so despised by John Maynard Keynes have been removed.


    Cautiously, at first, and then with steadily more-reckless abandon, the central bankers have accelerated their money-printing. This has culminated with what readers have already seen on many occasions: the Bernanke Helicopter Drop.

     


     

    As has been explained before; this is the literal, mathematical representation of hyperinflation: the exponential, out-of-control expansion of a nation’s money supply. As readers now know, the monetary base of any legitimate economy (and monetary system) is supposed to be a horizontal line, as we see with the U.S. monetary base (and other currencies) in all the decades during which we operated under some form of gold standard.


    As soon as the last remnant of our gold standard had been eliminated, the horizontal line began to acquire an upward slope. This in itself was visual/mathematical proof that the U.S. dollar, now just an un-backed fiat currency, was being diluted to worthlessness – at a linear (i.e. gradual) rate.


    Then came the Crash of ’08. What was an upward sloping line became a vertical line: conjuring new currency into existence at literally a near-infinite rate. When the horizontal line of a nation’s monetary base is transformed into a vertical line, this is absolute, conclusive proof that hyperinflation has already taken place: the extreme and irreversible dilution of a currency to worthlessness.


    Again, the Skeptics and Apologists have their obvious retort. If the U.S. dollar has already and “irreversibly” been diluted to worthlessness, why has its exchange rate not fallen to zero/near-zero? The glib and succinct reply to that question comes in two words: currency manipulation.


    The Big Bank crime syndicate has been criminally convicted of manipulating all of the world’s currencies, going back to at least – you guessed it – 2008. However, this is only a small portion of the complete answer to that question. A more comprehensive reply will be the starting point of the next installment of this series.

     

     

    Please email with any questions about this article or precious metals HERE

     

     

     

     

     

     

    Hyperinflation Defined, Explained, and Proven


    Written by Jeff Nielson (CLICK FOR ORIGINAL)
     


  • Why We Need a Much Better Plan Than Diversification to Survive the Next Couple of Years

    The first time I’ve made the above claim was well over a decade ago, and I’ve stated it many times since, and this time probably won’t be the last time I discuss this topic. However, this year is an especially easy year to make this argument. If commercial fund managers are so insistent that diversification strategies work, then why have the bulk of them completely ignored the best performing asset class of 2016? What kind of diversification is that? (I will refute some of the better-known arguments in response to this question later in this article, so stay tuned.)

     

    Consider that despite the stellar performance of gold mining stocks this year that have been, by far, the strongest performing asset class of 2016 (along with silver mining stocks), and that even with the massive growth in market cap of PM stocks during H1 2016, the total market cap of all the mining stocks that comprise the HUI Gold Bugs index, as of 2 August 2016, is still barely larger than 1/3 the market cap of Facebook and Amazon. In fact, we could own every single company in the entire HUI gold bug index, and their total market cap would incredibly be less than 1/4 the market cap of one company, Apple. Should Apple’s market value really be in excess of 4-times the market value assigned to of all the gold reserves and resources held by all the companies that comprise the entire HUI gold bugs index? Should Facebook, a glorified advertising company masquerading as a social networking organization that produces no tangible product, really possess a market value nearly 3 times all the gold mining companies that comprise the HUI Gold Bugs Index? The market will tell us that the answer to both these questions is yes. In my opinion, however, the answer to both of these questions is a resounding no, and I believe that within the next couple of years, the market will violently correct these misconceptions. So even with the great run higher in the prices of gold (and silver) mining share prices, the market is still underpricing these shares considerably.

     

    In my opinion, there is no better inventory for a company to own, given the grave fragility of the global banking and finance system, than the only real, sound money in the entire world, proven and probable reserves of physical gold and physical silver. (Sorry, BTC enthusiasts, the answer is not bitcoin, even though I fully support open currency competition, including all cryptocurrencies. However, the recent 30% dump in the price of BTC in just 2 days, after Hong Kong BTC exchange Bitfinex was hacked and nearly 120,000 BTCs were stolen, deftly illustrates that there is no substitute for physical gold and physical silver. While BTC will rebound in price from this event as it has in the past from similar events, and cryptocurrencies provide a good mechanism to move currencies around the world outside of the authority of governmental capital controls and tracking, they still leave a lot to desire in terms of fitting the “sound money” definition. Just perform a Google search of the formerly most hated female at JP Morgan, “Blythe Masters” and “cryptocurrencies” to understand how bankers are trying to transform the use of digital currencies into just another tool of control.) Yet, despite the reality of PM Mining Stocks being the best performing asset class by far in the stock world this year, nearly every commercial bank and commercial brokerage fund manager completely avoids the asset class of Precious Metal mining stocks like it is kryptonite, and in fact, most of the time, refuses to even acknowledges the existence of this unique asset class, despite a supposed commitment to diversification.

     

    As those of you that have been following my writings since 2006 know, including the more than 600 postings on my blog, I used to work at a Wall Street firm more than 10 years ago, before I quit in disgust after witnessing systemically fraudulent practices. However, it may surprise you to discover that I considered portfolio diversification strategies to be one of these systemically fraudulent practices. Before any of you doth protest too much about this conclusion, let me explain the rationale for my inclusion of diversification strategy among the other much better known systemically fraudulent practices regularly engaged in by big commercial brokerage firms and banks.

     

    Most people never ask their financial advisers about their educational backgrounds, and just assume that their adviser retains a certain level of investment expertise. I guarantee you 100% that this assumption is incorrect. In fact, one of the most surprising aspects I learned about financial advisers while working for a Wall Street firm back in the day was the enormously diversified pool of educational and professional backgrounds from which managers plucked their team of financial advisers. Some of my peers came from liberal arts background, teaching backgrounds, government/political policy backgrounds, sports backgrounds and science backgrounds just to name a few. And what was my background? I majored in neurobiology as an undergraduate. Sure, I later obtained an MBA with a concentration in finance, but I also guarantee you that this advanced degree taught me next to nothing about intelligent investment strategies. Instead, I learned a bunch of theories that don’t even apply in the real world of dark pools and computer HFT algorithm controlled markets. In fact, back then, my manager that hired me seemed more interested in the psychological profile I completed as part of the application process versus my possession of any real investment advisory qualifications.

     

    At this point, most people will inquire about a firm’s training program, believing that this program provides the necessary skills for financial advisers to formulate intelligent strategies under all market conditions and not just raging, bloated, Central Banker induced price distortions higher. Again, this assumption would be wrong. Our training program, by my estimation, was 90% focused on closing sales techniques to capture AUM (Assets Under Management) and block and bridge techniques to overcome client objections during the closing process versus the development of any real strategic investing acumen. Of course, many among us may be reading this, thinking “tell me something I don’t already know”, and if so, this article is not intended for you. However, every single year, I still casually meet loads of people that tell me the most important part of their wealth building plan is diversification. This article is intended for this subset of people.

     

    But I digress. So how did so many people with little background, if any, in investing and/or finance, and some with no background at all, become the most successful financial advisers at the firm (as measured by AUM fees generated), you may wonder? That is an excellent question that took me a little while to discover the answer to as well. During my years spent in the commercial investment world, I came to the conclusion that diversification strategy was by far, the most important key to not only the success of firms in capturing hundreds of millions in AUM, but also the key to preventing assets from leaving during down years as well. If every commercial firm utilized the same diversification strategies, then in up years, every firm’s financial advisers more or less returned the same yields within a tight range to their clients, and in down years, every firm’s financial advisers more or less returned the same losses within a tight range to their clients. If every other firm lost roughly the same percentage of money for their clients in a down year, why bother jumping ship to a competing firm if you were a client, right? Thus the industry-wide adoption of portfolio diversification strategy was not executed to benefit clients, as is sold to naive clients, but done to benefit the firms within the industry in maintaining AUM fees.

     

    You see, it really didn’t matter at all if a financial adviser knew what they were doing, because selling diversification strategies to clients made it sound like they knew what they were doing, which was an infinitely better proposition for commercial investment firms than employing financial consultants that actually knew what they were doing. Yes, the analogies to convince clients of diversification strategies were clever, like comparing the necessity of a diversified stock portfolio to the necessity of a diversified, well-balanced diet that consisted of some protein, some fats, and some carbohydrates. The only problem with this analogy, no matter how clever it was, is that it has always been patently untrue.

     

    Consider the global stock market crashes that afflicted the world in 2008. No matter how well someone’s US stock portfolio was diversified that year, if they remained invested in any diversified portfolio that mirrored US stock market indexes like the S&P500 or the Dow Jones Industrial Average, as is the overwhelming case with portfolio asset allocation among fund managers, they lost 40% or more that year in their diversified portfolio. In 2008, we maintained a very concentrated SmartKnowledgeU Crisis Investment Opportunities portfolio allocated to just a couple of asset classes, and we ended up the year with not a lesser 20% loss against the 40%+ losses of a diversified US S&P500, but we ended up with slightly positive yield for the year. And if diversification is such a wealth protective strategy, can you guess which commodity firms declared the largest impairments to their balance sheets by far in 2015? The most diversified ones: Glencore, Vale, Freeport and Anglo-American. These four massively diversified mining giants declared cumulative impairments in 2015 that nearly totaled $36 billion. Of course, one of the reasons their declared impairments were so massive was simply due to the giant size of these corporations, but the fact of the matter is that diversification of their business segments into many different commodities didn’t help these companies from suffering massive losses in 2015 and diversification didn’t prevent US stock portfolios from crashing in 2008.

     


    So why exactly is diversification such a great strategy if it only works when a bubble is building but fails miserably to preserve wealth when a bubble implodes or a significant downturn occurs? The reason commercial investment firms and commercial banks all over the world, no matter if they are located in Cologne, Madrid, Reykjavik, Buenos Aires, New York, London, Wellington, Melbourne, Toronto, Vancouver, Montreal, Shanghai, Kunming, Hong Kong, Singapore, or Nairobi try to convince all clients to embrace diversification strategy as an essential part of their wealth building plan is not because it actually works, but because it covers up the weaknesses and flaws of an unqualified financial consultant. Diversification strategies appeared to have “worked” during the golden years of the 1980s and 1990s, simply because US stock markets were returning 17% to 18% every year on average during those two decades and Stevie Wonder could have pointed to a bunch of stocks from a newspaper listing the components of the US S&P500 during that period and likely would have fared very well. Thus, the “success” of diversification strategies was confused with luck during these times and such a strategy even provided incompetent financial consultants with a cover of credibility as it empowered them with an undeserved veneer of competency. However, the ability to sell the appeal of diversification, as I explained above, completely changes when yield becomes much more difficult to achieve than just throwing darts at a board, and one really has to understand market risks to formulate strategies that can produce significant yield during difficult times. At this point, reliance on a diversified bubble of assets to further significantly inflate to produce yield pulls the curtain back on the diversification scam.

     

    As Credit Suisse’s Andrew Garthwaite discovered, during these times, the weakness and low utility of diversification is really exposed. If a strategy only works when everything is working but doesn’t work in years when times are tough, then I would argue such a strategy is a bad strategy. Just last month, it was reported that Credit Suisse strategist Andrew Garthwaite lamented dismal yields for the past couple years in a client report, writing that “his team has come across almost no one who seems to have outperformed or made decent returns this year” and “we have never had so many client meetings starting with statements such as ‘we are totally lost’.” The reason that Garthwaite’s team cannot find anyone that has made decent returns this year and are totally lost is because his team is likely diversified in the types of asset classes that only work when stock markets are not price-distorted bubbles. Garthwaite’s team’s failure to perform this year likely is due to their refusal to deviate from past strategies and their likely failure to concentrate on only asset classes that are highly undervalued, such as PM mining stocks.

     

    Garthwaite’s commentary takes me back to a conversation I had with a top producer in my office when I worked for a Wall Street firm back in the day. Back then, when I asked this top producer how to become successful, he answered (and I’m paraphrasing here to the best of my memory) that I should not waste any more than 10 to 15 minutes making asset allocation decisions once I closed on a large account. I remember him being very explicit that the pathway to success was to focus on closing 1M+ AUM clients and to not “waste time” on asset allocation decisions, instead taking no more than 10 to 15 minutes to assign this responsibility by making four phone calls to four pre-picked portfolio managers, a small-cap, a mid-cap, a large-cap and an international stock manager, each of whom should receive 25% of the account’s assets. From there, my job as a financial adviser was done, and my role, if I wanted to be successful, was to go out and capture the next $1M or $5M to build my cumulative AUM figure. And with building my AUM total, this was the way to keep the firm happy and be rapidly promoted. In fact, I often heard stories of a new “star” financial adviser arriving at our firm after blowing up their clients’ portfolios at another competing firm. When I would ask why such a person would be given a bonus of 1M+ to come to our firm if they lost considerable amounts of money for all their clients at a previous firm, the answer I heard time and time again was because such a person was awesome at building AUM. After hearing this advice from a top producer and hearing these stories, there was no longer any question in my mind that the diversification strategy was a systemic scam of the financial industry.

     

    At SmartKnowledgeU, I spend hundreds of hours every year determining my asset allocation models for my Crisis Investment Opportunity newsletter and my Platinum Member portfolio. Furthermore, I spend a minimum of 400+ hours a year to produce the bi-annual reports that I send to every Platinum Member that includes analysis and purchase price points for several dozen gold and silver mining stocks that trade on various global stock exchanges that I conclude are among the best in the world. The point is that I discovered that most commercial investment firms could care less if their financial consultants/ advisers know next to nothing about investing, and spend less than 10 minutes per client in determining a client’s asset allocation, as long as they are racking up the AUM fees. If one’s counterargument to this fact is that this particular task is the job of a portfolio manager, then (1) why assign such misleading titles like “financial consultant/adviser” to their employees when salesman is a more appropriate title; and (2) why does nearly every portfolio manager employed by commercial investment firms stick to low-utility diversification strategies that consistently underperform non-managed, passive index funds year after year?


    More than a decade ago, during my meetings with these portfolio managers, if I inquired as to whether the manager had any gold and silver mining stocks in his “diversified” portfolio, the fund manager always answered no. When I probed further, they stated that they never considered gold and silver mining stocks because their small market capitalization made them “too risky”, even if they were a small-cap portfolio manager. The large-cap managers stated that they may consider well-diversified, large-cap, mining stocks like BHP Billiton for inclusion in their portfolio, but that they couldn’t consider other mining companies solely focused on gold or silver production because their smaller-cap size and share prices didn’t meet their fiduciary mandate. Again, I understand if a large-cap fund manager that is restricted by a fiduciary mandate can not buy any PM mining stocks, but small-cap portfolio managers that also avoided PM mining stocks like they were the plague always provided excuses that were pure rubbish. Remember, I last worked in the commercial banking and investment industry over a decade ago, when the bull market for gold and silver was just getting started and the best gold and silver mining stocks were soaring in share price. Most likely, small-cap portfolio managers utilized the too much “risk” excuse back then to mask an utter lack of knowledge regarding how to properly assess a gold and silver mining stock’s value and upside potential.

     

    Back then, there were junior gold and silver mining companies that were a fraction of the market cap of their much larger-cap mining peers that had much stronger management, had managed geopolitical risk in a superior manner, and had streamlined operations to a far greater degree than their larger-cap peers that were not huge risks. Today, these arguments are even more applicable, and one can find junior gold and silver mining companies that are much better bets than their larger cap peers. I have uncovered many instances in the gold and silver mining world in recent years of smaller cap companies that acquired gold and silver mining operations from their much larger peers and

    (1) turned around the operations of a PM mine that was woefully mismanaged by their larger peers,

    (2) improved recovery rates of the metals,

    (3) increased exploration and successfully increased reserves and resources, and

    (4) even improved the grade of ore being mined with the employment of different mining techniques and the sale of non-core assets.

     

    In a day and age in which regular asset classes that commercial portfolio managers normally consider have become overwhelmingly bloated in price as a consequence of the persistent and extended cheap money policy of global Central Bankers, an investment strategy of concentration in few select still undervalued assets versus diversification is likely the only strategy that will work moving forward in returning significant yields. As support of this thesis, just read some of the archived links I’ve provided below. In conclusion, when managers refuse to buy gold and silver mining stocks in their “diversified” portfolio because they consider them too “risky”, even in an environment in which they admit nothing is working, maybe it’s time we should dig a little deeper to learn the truth behind their refusal to ever deviate from their stubborn adherence to diversification strategies that don’t work. If fund managers are trying to pass off some of the best safest assets today as risky, simply because their mandates restrict them from investing in them, then it’s time for us to take back control of our own wealth management. Currently, there are a lot of junior gold and silver mining companies I would rather own moving forward for their upside potential of their valuation versus owning Facebook and Amazon, and frankly, we should all feel the same way as well.

     

    More recent articles from SmartKnowledgeU:

    Can You Imagine the Mass Media Headlines if the S&P500 Index Were Experiencing the Same Year as Gold and Silver Stocks?

    The Current Fall in Gold and Silver Prices Will Prove to be Just a Lull in a Continuing Uptrend That Started Last Year

    Proof that the Largest Gains in the Best Gold and Silver Mining Stocks are Still Ahead

     

    About the author: JS Kim is the Managing Director and Founder of SmartKnowledgeU, a fiercely independent research, consulting and education firm that focuses on gold and silver asset investment strategies as a means of countering the damaging effects of rapidly devaluing fiat currencies worldwide and price-distorted stock market and asset bubbles created by Central Bankers. YTD, his Crisis Investment Opportunities newsletter has more than tripled the yield of the US S&P 500 after also returning positive yields last year, at a time in which the HUI gold bugs index declined by more than 50% from January 2015 to January 2016.

  • Not "The Onion": Argentina's Fernandez Says She Deserves A Nobel Prize In Economics

    /* Style Definitions */
    table.MsoNormalTable
    {mso-style-name:”Table Normal”;
    mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0;
    mso-tstyle-colband-size:0;
    mso-style-noshow:yes;
    mso-style-priority:99;
    mso-style-parent:””;
    mso-padding-alt:0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt;
    mso-para-margin:0in;
    mso-para-margin-bottom:.0001pt;
    line-height:115%;
    mso-pagination:widow-orphan;
    font-size:11.0pt;
    font-family:”Arial”,sans-serif;
    color:black;}

    /* Style Definitions */
    table.MsoNormalTable
    {mso-style-name:”Table Normal”;
    mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0;
    mso-tstyle-colband-size:0;
    mso-style-noshow:yes;
    mso-style-priority:99;
    mso-style-parent:””;
    mso-padding-alt:0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt;
    mso-para-margin:0in;
    mso-para-margin-bottom:.0001pt;
    line-height:115%;
    mso-pagination:widow-orphan;
    font-size:11.0pt;
    font-family:”Arial”,sans-serif;
    color:black;}

    Cristina Fernandez de Kirchner, former First Lady and President of Argentina (2003-2015), confessed in an interview that “instead of having the courts chase us, they should be giving us a Nobel prize for economics… We inherited a country in default and we left it without any debt. ” Brilliant.

    Amongst her accomplishments, Cristina boasts one sovereign debt default after failing to negotiate with creditors (2014), cooking the national economic figures for 8 years, an IMF censure for faking such data, devaluing her currency from 4:1 to 15:1 USD, and leaving her successful with 50% inflation. Perhaps the BoJ could use her advice?

    She and her cabinet have also been the subject of multiple corruption scandals following her departure of office. She has naturally expressed shock, condemned any corrupt officials and denied any knowledge of such actions.

    For those who like to focus on her track record,  Bloomberg has compiled a helpful GDP growth that compares GDP in Cristina’s mind versus GDP growth in the real world.

    To her credit, she has a chance… the Nobel committee did award Paul “we need a bigger housing bubble” Krugman the Economics Nobel and Barack Obama the Nobel Peace prize…..

  • Goldman Finds The Treasury Market No Longer Reacts To Economic Data

    For all the younger traders in our audience, we would like to inform you that maybe not now, but once upon a time, markets actually used to respond to economic data.  That includes both stocks as well as the market that has been historically considered far “smarter” than equities, the Treasury market. Sadly, as central banks took over, the significance of economic data released declined until recently it has virtually stopped mattering, something we predicted would happen back in 2009 when we warned that soon the only financial report that matters is the Fed’s weekly H.4.1 statement.

    Today, some six years later, Goldman picks up where we left off nearly a decade ago, and asks “Does the Treasury Market Still Care about Economic Data?”

    What it finds is simple (and something even the most lay of market observers these days could have told them): no.

    As Goldman’s Elad Pashtan writes, “the sensitivity of US Treasury yields to economic data surprises has declined to near record-lows over the last two years. We find that the pattern of reactions to data surprises across the yield curve matches pre-crisis norms—with higher sensitivity for short-term rates than longer-term rates—but the average reactions are much lower; for breakeven inflation reactions to growth data are not discernible from zero.”

    So if it is not the economy, then what does the “market” respond to?  Take a wild guess:

    In contrast, Treasury yields have reacted more strongly to Fed communication, at least according to one measure of policy surprises, and the sensitivity of exchange rates to activity news has increased.

    Here are the details:

    Economic data “surprises”— the difference between reported values for major economic indicators and consensus forecasts—have had a limited impact on US Treasury yields lately. Typically, Treasury yields rise on news of stronger-than-expected economic growth as investors anticipate either higher inflation and/or tighter monetary policy, and fall on news of weaker growth as markets discount lower inflation and/or easier monetary policy. In recent months, yields have had a much smaller reaction than normal to these types of data surprises. In Exhibit 1, we show the estimated impact of a 10-point surprise in our MAP index—a scaled measure of US growth surprises—on Treasury yields by year, controlling for changes in both risk sentiment (using the VIX index) and oil prices. The impact on 2-year yields has fallen to the lowest level since 2012, and the impact on 10-year yields has fallen to the lowest level since our dataset begins.

    Treasury Rates Becoming Less Responsive to Data Surprises

    Here Goldman expresses its confusion: “The limited impact of data surprises on rates is surprising given that the funds rate is no longer pinned at zero, and the Federal Reserve is actively considering further rate increases. When the funds rate was at the zero lower bound (ZLB) and the Fed was easing policy through forward guidance and QE, investors rightly saw little prospect of near-term rate hikes, even if the economy firmed meaningfully. The responsiveness of short-term Treasury yields to data surprises picked up as the Fed approached liftoff last year, but has since retreated back to ZLB levels.”

    Actually, the reason for the collapse in the market’s response is precisely because the same “market” no longer believes the Fed, or its reaction function, and as a result is no longer as concerned about rate hikes, as it was for example in 2015.  Where things get even more confusing is that over the past several years, Fed policy has been largely driven by the market itself, which however no longer responds to the data but merely to the Fed, creating the most diabolical and reflexive “circular reference” in capital markets existence.

    That particular discussion is the topic of a separate post, however.  For now we are more interested by Goldman’s “amazement” at something that had been largely obvious to most non-academics. Here is Goldman’s attempt to “explain” this phenomenon.

    One possible explanation for this phenomenon is that investors are now more focused on Fed communications, rather than to economic data releases—perhaps due to uncertainty about the central bank’s reaction function. And we do see some evidence along these lines. For example, we can use the same regression framework, but replace the MAP score variable with a measure of monetary policy surprises. We quantify monetary policy surprises using the correlation in daily returns across asset classes. Unexpected monetary policy changes create a particular pattern in market returns, which allow us to isolate them from growth and inflation shocks, and estimate their relative magnitudes over time (for further details see here). We calculate policy shocks using average correlations from 2000 through 2016 (i.e. the principal component loadings are fixed over this time period), so the regression results can be thought of as how the reaction in rates differs from the sample average. When we apply this regression to nominal forward rates on FOMC meetings and minutes release days, we see that interest rates have indeed become more sensitive to monetary policy events—both today and during the crisis—than they were during the pre-crisis era (Exhibit 3).

    Treasury Reactions Similar but Larger to Monetary Policy Surprises

    While most of Goldman’s analysis is commonsensical, they do find an interesting tangent, namely that as the “sensitivity of the Treasury curve to data surprises has declined, the sensitivity of the dollar has increased.” So are we all now just one big FX-trading family? Here’s Goldman

    Why are investors no longer reassessing their inflationary outlook in response to economic data? One possible explanation relates to investor perceptions about divergent global monetary policy regimes. While the sensitivity of the Treasury curve to data surprises has declined, the sensitivity of the dollar has increased: since mid-2014 the dollar has been roughly twice as sensitive to data surprises compared to pre-crisis levels (Exhibit 4, right panel). This result hints that investor may be focused on the effects of dollar pass-through to domestic prices, such that breakeven inflation remains stable even as activity data surprises markets (though we would note that the implied effects are larger than our normal pass-through estimates would suggest, and much more persistent as well).

    Breakevens no Longer Sensitive to Data, but Dollar Sensitivity Higher

    Summarizing Goldman’s findings:

    we find that that the sensitivity of nominal Treasury yields to US economic data surprises is currently very low, despite the fact that the FOMC has hiked once and is considering further increases. The reaction of breakeven inflation in particular is not discernible from zero. At the same time, Treasury markets appear more sensitive to Fed communication—at least according to one measure of policy surprises—and the dollar is reacting more strongly to activity data. Although it is difficult to draw strong conclusions, there could be a few explanations behind these disparate facts, including (1) higher uncertainty about the Fed’s reaction function, (2) investor focus on exchange rate appreciation and pass-through to domestic prices, and (3) low confidence that cyclical forces will lift domestic inflation.

    While we are genuinely surprised at Goldman’s surprise to the bond market’s lack of a reaction to surprises, we would add a (4): the market, in its conventional role of a discounting mechanism which is constantly calibrated by processing an near infinite amount of information about the future, no longer does that and is simply responding to the latest statement or act by the Fed which – paradoxically – is reflexively responding to the market (especially if the market is selling off). Which is why on occasion you will find us writing it as market, because thanks to the Fed, it no longer exists.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 3rd August 2016

  • The End Of IMF Credibility (Or Why Christine Lagarde Should Be Fired… But Won't Be)

    Submitted by Raul Ilargi Meijer via The Automatic Earth blog,

    The IMF’s Independent Evaluation Office (IEO) issued a report a few days ago entitled ‘The IMF and the Crises in Greece, Ireland, and Portugal’. It is so damning for managing director Christine Lagarde and her closest associates, that it’s hard to see, certainly at first blush, how they could all keep their jobs. But don’t be surprised if that is exactly what will happen.

    Because organizations like the IMF don’t care much, if at all, about accountability. Their leaders think they are close to untouchable, at least as long as they have the ‘blessing’ of those whose interests they serve. Which in case of the IMF means the world’s major banks and the governments of the richest nations (who also serve the same banks’ interests). And if these don’t like the course set out, a scandal with a chambermaid is easily staged.

    But the IEO doesn’t answer to Lagarde, it answers to the IMF’s board of executive directors. Still, despite multiple reports over the past few years out of the ‘inner layers’ of the Fund that were critical of, and showed far more comprehension of events than, Lagarde et al, the board never criticizes the former France finance minister in public. And maybe that should change; if the IMF is to hold on to the last shreds of its credibility, that is. But that brings us back to “Organizations like the IMF don’t care much, if at all, about accountability.”

    What the IEO report makes very clear is that the IMF should never have agreed, as part of the Troika, to assist the EU in forcing austerity upon Greece without insisting on significant debt relief, in the shape of a haircut, or (a) debt writedown(s). The IMF’s long established policy is that both MUST happen together. But its Troika companion, the EU, is bound by the Lisbon Treaty, which stipulates: “The Union shall not be liable for or assume the commitments of central governments”. Also, the ECB can not “finance member states”.

    If Lagarde and her minions had stayed true to their own ‘principles’, they should have refused to impose austerity on Greece if and when the EU refused debt relief (note: this has been playing out since at least 2010). They did not, however.

    *  *  *

    The IMF caved in (how willingly is hard to gauge), and the entire Troika agreed to waterboard Greece. The official excuse for bending the IMF’s own rules was the risk of ‘contagion’. But in a surefire sign that Lagarde et al were not acting with, let’s say, a “clear conscience”, they hid this decision from their own executive board.

    Moreover, the IEO now says it was unable to obtain key records or assess the activities of secretive “ad-hoc task forces”. “Many documents were prepared outside the regular established channels; written documentation on some sensitive matters could not be located; [the IEO] has not been able to determine who made certain decisions or what information was available, nor has it been able to assess the relative roles of management and staff..”

    One must wonder why the IMF has an executive board at all. Is it only to provide a facade of credibility and international coherence? When it becomes so clear, and -no less- through a report issued by one of its own offices, that its ‘boots on the ground’ care neither for its established policies nor for its board, isn’t it time for the board to interfere lest the Fund loses even more credibility?

    The IMF’s main problem, which many insiders may ironically see as its main asset, is the lack of transparency, combined with the overwhelming power exerted by the US and Europe. And Europe’s grip on the IMF is exactly what the report is about, in that it accuses Lagarde et al of bowing to EU pressure, to the extent that it abandons its own guiding ‘laws’. It acted like it was the European Monetary Fund, not the international one.

    So there’s no transparency, no accountability, and in the end that will lead to no credibility and no relevance. Well, that’s exactly how the EU lost Britain. And that shows where accountability and credibility are important even for non-democratic supra-national institutions, something these institutions are prone to neglect.

    No, there will not be a vote put to the people, no referendum on the IMF. Though that would sure be interesting. What can happen, though, is that countries, even large ones like China and Russia, threaten to leave, perhaps start their own alternative fund. These things have already been widely discussed.

    What is sure is that the US/Europe-centered character of the Fund will have to change. If Washington and Brussels try to appoint another European as managing director (an unwritten law thus far) they will face a rebellion.

    *  *  *

    That next appointment may come sooner than we think. Because Christine Lagarde is in trouble. It’s even a bit strange, and that’s putting it gently, that she’s still in her job. What’s hanging over her head is a 2008 case, in which she approved a payment of €403 million to businessman Bernard Tapie, for ‘losses’ he was to have suffered in 1993 when French bank Crédit Lyonnais supposedly undervalued his stake in Adidas.

    Lagarde is accused of negligence in the case, in particular because she ignored advice from her own ministry (yeah, that does smack like the IMF thing) and let the Tapie case go to a special arbitration committee instead of the courts. That Tapie was a supporter of the Sarkozy government Lagarde served as finance minister at the time makes it juicier.

    So does this: In 1993 Crédit Lyonnais was a private bank. But in 2008, it had been wound up and was run by a state-operated consortium. Therefore, the €403 million ‘awarded’ to Tapie out-of-court was all taxpayers money. Even juicier: in December 2015, a French appeal court overruled the compensation and ordered Tapie to repay the money, with interest.

    What’s peculiar about Lagarde staying on at the IMF is that she is not merely under investigation or even ‘only’ accused of committing a crime. Instead, she has been ordered to stand trial, something she’s spent 8 years trying to avoid. Still, apparently nobody sees any problem in her continuing to act as Managing Director of the IMF.

    That is quite something. And it directly affects the Fund’s credibility. If a president or prime minister of a country, any country, had been ordered to stand trial, the likely procedure would be to temporarily stand down and let someone else take care of government business pending the trial.

    As it stands, however, Lagarde is allowed to sit pretty. And then? Borrowing from the Guardian: “A charge of negligence in the use of public money carries a one-year jail sentence and a €15,000 fine. The CJR is made up of six members of the French Assemblée Nationale, six members of the upper house, the Senate and three magistrates. No date has been set for the hearing.”

    Ironically, negligence turns out to be a very light charge. Someone in Lagarde’s position could have given away or squandered trillions of euros and then be fined €15,000. But then, class justice is alive and well in France. What are the odds that she will be convicted? She’d have to be found with a chambermaid in Manhattan for that to happen…

    *  *  *

    That’s perhaps what the IMF board are thinking too. Whether that’s wise remains to be seen. Hubris rules all these institutions, sheltered as they are from the real world. But the real world is changing.

    Ironically, many people think these changes will reinforce the IMF. Since the Fund can issue a sort of ‘super money’ in the shape/guise of Special Drawing Rights (SDRs), and especially China would seem to like SDRs becoming the world’s reserve currency instead of the US dollar, the IMF in some people’s eyes holds a trump card.

    There may well be an effort to hide private and public debt throughout the planet even more than it is hidden now, through SDRs. We’ll likely see governments and perhaps large corporations issue bonds denominated in SDRs. China seems to think that this could potentially halt much of its capital flight.

    My trouble with this is that it’s either too unclear or too clear who would profit most from such schemes. Even if the next managing director of the IMF is not European, but Asian or African, the puppet masters of the Fund will still be the same western financial ‘cabal’. And I don’t see China or Russia signing up to that kind of control, and willingly expand it by making SDRs far more important.

    Then again, there’s a sh*tload of debt that needs to be hidden, and the whole world is running out of carpet to sweep it under. Then again, Russia is not that indebted. It’ll be hard to get a consensus.

    *  *  *

    But all that won’t help Greece. Let’s get back to that. We left off where Lagarde conspired with the EU, under the guise of preventing contagion, to abandon the IMF’s own rules in order to waterboard the country. Of course, we know, though nobody writing on the IEO report mentions it, that the contagion they were trying to prevent was not so much between nations but between banks.

    The bailout-related policies and actions that Lagarde hid from her own board (!) were designed to make French and German banks ‘whole’ at the cost of the Greek people. It became austerity, so severe as to make no sense whatsoever -certainly inside an alleged ‘Union’-, even if the IMF -not the world most charitable institution- has always banned this without being accompanied by strong debt relief.

    Schäuble and Dijsselbloem saved Germany and Holland at the expense of Greece. This will end up being the undoing of the EU, even if nobody’s willing to acknowledge it despite the glaring evidence of the Brexit.

    It will probably be the undoing of the IMF as well. And there I get back to what I’ve said 1000 times: centralization can only work in times of growth. There is no conceivable reason, other than dictatorship, why people would want to be part of a centralizing movement unless they get richer from it.

    In today’s shrinking global economy, we have passed a point of no return in this regard. Everyone will want out of these institutions, and get back to making their own decisions about their own lives, instead of having these decisions being taken by some far away board with no accountability.

    Let’s end with a few quotes about the IEO report. Ambrose Evans-Pritchard was in fine form:

    IMF Admits Disastrous Love Affair With The Euro and Apologises For The Immolation Of Greece

    The International Monetary Fund’s top staff misled their own board, made a series of calamitous misjudgments in Greece, became euphoric cheerleaders for the euro project, ignored warning signs of impending crisis, and collectively failed to grasp an elemental concept of currency theory.

     

    [..] In Greece, the IMF violated its own cardinal rule by signing off on a bailout in 2010 even though it could offer no assurance that the package would bring the country’s debts under control or clear the way for recovery, and many suspected from the start that it was doomed. The organisation got around this by slipping through a radical change in IMF rescue policy, allowing an exemption (since abolished) if there was a risk of systemic contagion. “The board was not consulted or informed,” it said. The directors discovered the bombshell “tucked into the text” of the Greek package, but by then it was a fait accompli.

     

    [..] The injustice is that the cost of the bailouts was switched to ordinary Greek citizens – the least able to support the burden – and it was never acknowledged that the true motive of EU-IMF Troika policy was to protect monetary union. Indeed, the Greeks were repeatedly blamed for failures that stemmed from the policy itself. This unfairness – the root of so much bitterness in Greece – is finally recognised in the report. “If preventing international contagion was an essential concern, the cost of its prevention should have been borne – at least in part – by the international community as the prime beneficiary,” it said.

    *  *  *

    That would seem to leave the IMF just one option: to apologize profoundly to Greece, to demand from the EU that all unjust measures be reversed and annulled, and to set up a very large fund (how about €1 trillion) specifically to support the Greek people, including retribution of lost funds, repair of the health care system, reinstatement of a pension system that can actually keep people alive and so on and so forth.

    And to top it off of course: debt writedowns as far as the eye can see. You f**k up, you pay the price. This makes me think of a remark by Angela Merkel a few weeks ago, she said ‘we have found the right mix when it comes to Greece’. Well, Angela, that is so completely bonkers it’s insulting, and the IMF’s own evaluation office says so.

    I like this one from Bill Black as well:

    It was only after forcing the Greek people into a pointless purgatory of a decade of disaster that the troika would consider providing debt relief…The only ‘debt relief’ they offer to discuss is a ‘long rescheduling of debt payments at low interest rates.’ This, under their own dogmas, will lock Greece into a long-term debt trap that will materially lower Greece’s growth rate for decades and leave it constantly vulnerable to recurrent financial crises. That is a recipe for disaster for Greece, Italy, and Spain (collectively, 100 million citizens) and for the EU. It is financial madness – and that ignores the political instability it will cause to force an EU member nation to twist slowly in the wind for 50 years.”

    Got that one off of Yanis Varoufakis’ site, and he must be feeling very vindicated, even if not nearly enough people express it, by the IMF report. Because he’s said all along what they themselves are now admitting. But it ain’t much good if nothing changes, is it? Or, as Varoufakis put it:

    [..] to complete this week’s drubbing of the troika, the report by the IMF’s Independent Evaluation Office (IEO) saw the light of day. It is a brutal assessment, leaving no room for doubt about the vulgar economics and the gunboat diplomacy employed by the troika. It puts the IMF, the ECB and the Commission in a tight spot: Either restore a modicum of legitimacy by owning up and firing the officials most responsible or do nothing, thus turbocharging the discontent that European citizens feel toward the EU, accelerating the EU’s deconstruction.

    [..] The question now is: What next? What good is it to receive a mea culpa if the policies imposed on the Greek government are the same ones that the mea culpa was issued for? What good is it to have a mea culpa if those officials who imposed such disastrous, inhuman policies remain on board and are, in fact, promoted for their gross incompetence?

     

    In sum, an urgent apology is due to the Greek people, not just by the IMF but also by the ECB and the Commission whose officials were egging the IMF on with the fiscal waterboarding of Greece. But an apology and a collective mea culpa from the troika is woefully inadequate. It needs to be followed up by the immediate dismissal of at least three functionaries. 

     

    First on the list is Mr Poul Thomsen – the original IMF Greek Mission Chief whose great failure (according to the IMF’s own reports never before had a mission chief presided over a greater macroeconomic disaster) led to his promotion to the IMF’s European Chief status. A close second spot in this list is Mr Thomas Wieser, the chair of the EuroWorkingGroup who has been part of every policy and every coup that resulted in Greece’s immolation and Europe’s ignominy, hopefully to be joined into retirement by Mr Declan Costello, whose fingerprints are all over the instruments of fiscal waterboarding. And, lastly, a gentleman that my Irish friends know only too well, Mr Klaus Masuch of the ECB.

    You probably guessed by now that I would certainly and urgently add Christine Lagarde to that list of people to be fired. And not appoint another French citizen as managing director. Too risky. They do crazy things. The IMF must be reorganized, and thoroughly, or it no longer has a ‘raison d’être’.

    I see no reason to doubt that those who call the shots are too blinded by hubris to execute such measures, so I’ll list these things one more time: transparency, accountability, credibility and if you don’t have those you will lose your relevance.

    But it’s probably a bad idea to begin with to let an economy, if not a world, in decline, be governed by the same people who owe their positions to its rise. It would seem to take another kind of mindframe.

  • Why Did Khizr Khan Delete His Law Firm's Website?

    Khizr Khan, the Muslim Gold Star father of Captain Humayun Khan, set off a media firestorm at the DNC last week when he criticized Trump for his "unconstitutional" policies aimed at banning Muslim immigration to the United States.  A question posed by Breitbart is whether Khizr Khan's law firm, KM Khan Law Office, actually derives profit directly from Muslim immigration to the United States making him more than just an innocent conscientiousness objector to Trump's policy

    Breitbart suggests that Khan did, in fact, stand to profit from his viewpoints shared at the DNC and point to his website bio which lists "EB-5 Investments & Related Immigration Services" as a specific area of practice.  Oddly enough, since these reports have surfaced the website of Mr. Khan's law office has been taken down.  Luckily, prior versions of the website are available on the wayback machine which can be seen here:

    Khan Law

    Why would Khan remove his website over such a discovery?  Perhaps it's related to the fact that the EB-5 program has come under intense scrutiny from certain members of Congress, the SEC, Homeland Security and the NSA.  Senator Chuck Grassley recently described the program as "riddled with flaws and corruption."  Below are some relevant excerpts from Senator Grassley's prepared remarks at the Judiciary Committee Hearing on February 2, 2016 regarding EB-5:

    It is widely acknowledged that the EB-5 program is riddled with flaws and corruption. Maybe it is only here on Capitol Hill—on this island surrounded by reality—that we can choose to plug our ears and refuse to listen to commonly accepted facts. The Government Accountability Office, the media, industry experts, members of congress, and federal agency officials, have concurred that the program is a serious problem with serious vulnerabilities.

     

    There are also classified reports that detail the national security, fraud and abuse.  Our committee has received numerous briefings and classified documents to show this side of the story. 

     

    The enforcement arm of the Department of Homeland Security wrote an internal memo that raises significant concerns about the program.  One section of the memo outlines concerns that it could be used by Iranian operatives to infiltrate the United States.  The memo identifies seven main areas of program vulnerability, including the export of sensitive technology, economic espionage, use by foreign government agents and terrorists, investment fraud, illicit finance and money laundering

     

    An interagency working group was organized by the National Security Staff because of the serious concerns.  This group’s draft memo said, “The capital raising activities inherent in the regional center model raise concerns about investor fraud and other conduct that may violate US securities laws.

    More information about the EB-5 Immigrant Investor Program can be found on the Department of Homeland Security website.

    While it's unclear how this saga will play out, one thing we're pretty sure of is that we'll see a couple more days of related headlines before we finally get to put this to bed.

    Senator Grassley's full comments can be viewed below:

  • Peter Schiff: Time Is Running Out, "Crisis Worse Than 2008 Coming"

    Submitted by Mac Slavo via SHTFPlan.com,

    We are headed for disaster, and the only question is how long the economy can dodge a bullet.

    The illusory bubble on Wall Street claims to be at record highs, but the reality, the underbelly, is dark indeed.

    Economic expert Peter Schiff speaks on not only the safe haven of gold, and what is at stake in the election, but just how dire the financial consequences will be when the great storm hits and batters everyone.

    As Before Its News reports:

    The endgame for the U.S. economy is oblivion. 2008 was a minor correction compared to the eventual collapse of the U.S. Dollar.

     

    WHY: After the dot.com bubble burst in 2000, Fed chairman Alan Greenspan-led the Federal Reserve through a series of interest cuts that brought down the Federal Funds rate to 1% by 2004. The bubble created by those years of cheap Fed money at 1% resulted in U.S. households losing a total wealth of almost $14 TRILLION in the 2008 crisis. Stock markets fell by almost half for losing $7.9 trillion, and the housing market lost $6 trillion.

     

    FAST FORWARD TO TODAY: We’ve had 7 years of interest rates at 0%. As a result, there is more than just a housing bubble this time. There’s a stock bubble, a housing bubble, a bond bubble, a student loan bubble, and I could go on. As Peter explains, the Fed only has ONE option at this point: Continue to fake it for as long as possible by printing more money (otherwise known as “quantitative easing”), or let the whole system come crashing down.

     

    HERE IS THE REALITY: The world has caught on, and the gig is up. Under Obama’s stewardship, the U.S. national debt has gone from $10 Trillion, to what will be $20 Trillion by the time he leaves office, with nothing more than 100 MILLION Americans out of work, and 50 MILLION in poverty and on food stamps. That’s what cheap money bought for us. It was all “borrowed” cheap money too, making it infinitely worse, and the world is tired of lending.

    In no uncertain terms, Schiff warns that the next crisis will be far, far worse than the 2008 collapse, and the “recovery” that has since rotted away at the house:

  • 65 Million Americans Would Like To Work But Can't Risk Losing Their Entitlements

    At the DNC last week, Anastasia Somoza, who has cerebral palsy and spastic quadriplegia, took to the stage to deliver an emotionally-stirring speech advocating for the rights of disabled people across the country.  She also took the opportunity to brand Trump as a candidate that "feeds off of fear and division" and "shouts, bullies and profits off of the vulnerable Americans" while describing Hillary as someone who "sees her."  Unsurprisingly, this is a narrative which has reverberated with America's media outlets as they couldn't help but assist the Democrats in their effort to exploithelp Anastasia in her quest to elect Hillary.

    Just today, Bloomberg published an article entitled "These Government Rules Trap Millions of Americans in Poverty" that details the personal stories of various folks with disabilities who are willing and able to work but don't out of fear of oppressive rules which could result in the loss of their government benefits. Take the case of Susanne Brasset, who says she only keeps $5 in her bank account because she's "scared to save more" due to the risk that she might lose her social security "medicaid and other crucial benefits".  Brasset goes on to confirm that:

    "There’s more money I could be making, but I’m discouraged by all the rules I need to adhere to.

    How rude!  We're truly disgusted that our government would seek to oppress the country's benefit recipients with outlandish rules aimed at determining a person's financial wherewithal prior to doling out billions of taxpayer dollars.  This country claims it wants to protect its citizens but blatant taxpayer protections like this only serve to permanently impoverish marginalized segments of our electorate.  Bloomberg describes these taxpayer protections as rules that are:

    "intended to bar freeloaders [but] end up keeping disabled people in a permanent state of poverty, unable to put money away for emergencies, retirement, and other life goals."

    How could anyone argue with that?  But don't worry, as Bloomberg points out, there is a "loophole" that allows benefit recipients to save up to $100,000 without risking their taxpayer-funded benefits.  Introducing ABLE:

    ABLE is a savings account, created by Congress in 2014, that can be opened by or for people with a disability that began before they turned 26.  Like a 529 college savings plan, ABLE accounts are run by states, which need to pass legislation of their own to create them.  Just as investment gains in a 529 plan aren’t taxed if the money is used for higher education, the funds in an ABLE account are tax-free if they go toward disability-related expenses, a broad category that includes housing, education, health care, and basic needs.

     

    ABLE goes only so far in fixing a confusing and frustrating system, but it does create a much-needed loophole.  For some, the account offers a way to prepare for emergencies.  For others, like 35-year-old filmmaker and activist Dominick Evans, it could let them save money that doesn't count toward the asset cap so they can work without losing benefits.

     

    Strings are attached. Total contributions, whether by an account holder, friends, or family, are capped at $14,000 a year. If an account exceeds $100,000, the holder can lose eligibility for cash benefits from Social Security's Supplemental Security Income program until the overage has been spent. When a Medicaid recipient dies, the health insurance program for the poor can take the contents of an ABLE account as compensation for the care that was provided.

    News of this option brought a huge sigh of relief from Susanne, who said that ABLE:

    “…gives me peace of mind.  Saving money should be a right to each and every American.”

    We're a little fuzzy on our founding documents but admit that we missed the constitutionally protected right of all Americans to redistributed wealth. 

  • Boomers Again? What Another “Scorched Earth Generation” President Means For Gold

    Submitted by Pater Diekmeyer via SprottMoney.com,

    Donald Trump and Hillary Clinton’s acceptance as Republican and Democratic parties’ nominees for President sets the stage for the contest to begin in earnest.

    Both Trump, who is 70, and Clinton, who is 68, were born in the post-war Baby Boom era. So were their vice-presidential back-ups, Mike Pence and Tim Kaine, as well as all U.S. presidents since Bill Clinton.

    Gold investors thus need to consider the implications of a member of one of the most delusional, spendthrift, and amoral generations in history, occupying the White House for another four years.

    After “the greatest generation” … “the scorched earth generation”

    In his best-selling book “The Greatest Generation,” Tom Brokaw profiled Baby Boomers’ parents’ generation, which he described as “American citizen heroes, who came of age during The Great Depression and World War Two … united by common values – duty, honor, economy, courage, service, love of family and country.”

    In their youth, Boomers, who were born between the mid-1940s and the early 1960s, stated loudly that they wanted to be nothing like their parents before them.

    They succeeded.

    Andrea Yalnizyan, of the Canadian Centre for Policy Alternatives, has described this privileged group, which replaced religion with consumption, as “the scorched earth generation.”

    Not surprisingly, the records of U.S. leaders from the Boom generation have been disastrous.

    Starting with Bill Clinton, through George Bush the Younger (who though born in 1943 was a child of a returning WW II veteran) and Barack Obama, Boomer presidencies have been characterized by increased government spending, borrowing, and money printing. More recently, they have introduced a new innovation: perpetual war.

    Trump and Clinton’s pronouncements suggest if either were to take office, they would follow the paths of previous Boomer presidents. Their administrations would thus almost certainly be characterized by:

    Delusional politics

    Boomer Presidents have presided over what Chris Hedges characterizes of an “Empire of Illusion,” where image and spectacle trump (forgive the pun) reality. That includes governments that:

    • Produce phony numbers (unfunded liabilities, off-balance sheet debts, massaged government statistics). Trump’s personal financial statements, which suggest that his personal brand name alone (excluding real assets) is worth more than $3 billion, provide a taste for what is in store.
    • Extend and pretend, refusing to deal with current problems, ranging from insolvent financial regimes, bankrupt pensions and healthcare systems to climate change, but instead passing on the growing problems to their successors.
    • Support captured regulatory bodies and oversight authorities (these include debt rating agencies and auditors who rubber stamp the most egregious misrepresentations, if their checks are big enough)

    Bigger government

    Baby Boomer presidents have all acted on the belief that there is no problem that cannot be solved by more government. The Clinton Administration was one of the first to use off-balance sheets liabilities in a material way, to disguise the unsustainable costs. George Bush the Younger nearly doubled the national debt and Barack Obama did so again.

    Both Trump and Clinton look set to instigate continued government spending increases when they take office, this time financed with an innovation suggested by another Baby Boomer Ben Bernanke: helicopter money.

    More wars from the Chicken Hawks

    Millions of Boomers served the United States nobly in wars of questionable value, such as Vietnam. However, prominent Boomer leaders almost all ducked active military service. Calvin Trillin, of The Nation magazine, describes such folk, many of whom were active in promoting wars that others would fight, as “Chicken Hawks.”

    These include George W. Bush (who avoided Vietnam by using family connections to get assigned to a National Guard unit, where he could get pilot lessons for free). Bill Clinton ducked military service by studying in England. Hillary Clinton was able avoid active duty because she was a woman. Donald Trump ducked out by getting a medical deferment.

    In office, both Trump’s and Clinton’s avoidance of military service will put enormous pressure on them to “look tough.” Both will almost certainly buckle to such pressure. Clinton, for example, who in her early days on the scene was regarded as a dove, has been forced by political pressure to actively support almost every military action that the U.S. has ever undertaken.

    The first generation to leave behind less than what they inherited

    Both Trump and Clinton presidencies thus look set to continue favor the “Empire of Illusion” policies described by Hedges.

    Under either’s stewardship, unless things change, Boomers will cap a dubious performance: they will be the first generation in U.S. history to leave behind a weaker country than the one they inherited.

    In that climate, investors’ priorities need to be to minimize the damage to their portfolios. Return of investment, rather than return on investment, needs to be the main focus.

    A sound investment strategy, in such an environment, would almost certainly be overweight in hard assets, which are grounded in the reality-based community.

  • White House Caught Secretly Airlifting $1.7 Billion US Taxpayer Cash To Tehran To Ensure Iran Nuclear Accord Success

    What Donald Trump has proclaimed the worst deal ever made, may just have become worst-er. The shocking truth behind the US-Iran nuclear deal, as WSJ reports, is that John Kerry and the Obama Administration airlifted $1.7bn of cash in 'compromise' payments (read – bribe) to Tehran to ensure the release of 4 captured sailors coincidentally the same weekend as the signing of the nuclear deal.

    With all the chatter of helicopter money as solution to the western world's economic ills,The Wall Street Journal's Jay Solomon and Carol Lee expose, it appears The Obama Administration is already busily dropping cash where ever it needs things done in a hurry…

    Wooden pallets stacked with euros, Swiss francs and other currencies were flown into Iran on an unmarked cargo plane, according to these officials. The U.S. procured the money from the central banks of the Netherlands and Switzerland, they said.

     

    The money represented the first installment of a $1.7 billion settlement the Obama administration reached with Iran to resolve a decades-old dispute over a failed arms deal signed just before the 1979 fall of Iran’s last monarch, Shah Mohammad Reza Pahlavi.

     

    The settlement, which resolved claims before an international tribunal in The Hague, also coincided with the formal implementation that same weekend of the landmark nuclear agreement reached between Tehran, the U.S. and other global powers the summer before.

     

    “With the nuclear deal done, prisoners released, the time was right to resolve this dispute as well,” President Barack Obama said at the White House on Jan. 17—without disclosing the $400 million cash payment.

    Of course, senior U.S. officials denied any link between the payment and the prisoner exchange. They say the way the various strands came together simultaneously was coincidental, not the result of any quid pro quo.

    But U.S. officials also acknowledge that Iranian negotiators on the prisoner exchange said they wanted the cash to show they had gained something tangible.

    Sen. Tom Cotton, a Republican from Arkansas and a fierce foe of the Iran nuclear deal, accused President Barack Obama of paying “a $1.7 billion ransom to the ayatollahs for U.S. hostages.”

     

    “This break with longstanding U.S. policy [not to] put a price on the head of Americans, and has led Iran to continue its illegal seizures” of Americans, he said.

     

    Since the cash shipment, the intelligence arm of the Revolutionary Guard has arrested two more Iranian-Americans. Tehran has also detained dual-nationals from France, Canada and the U.K. in recent months.

    Perhaps most ironically, the Iranians did not want US Dollars…

    Iranian press reports have quoted senior Iranian defense officials describing the cash as a ransom payment. The Iranian foreign ministry didn’t respond to a request for comment.

     

    The $400 million was paid in foreign currency because any transaction with Iran in U.S. dollars is illegal under U.S. law. Sanctions also complicate Tehran’s access to global banks

     

    The Obama administration has refused to disclose how it paid any of the $1.7 billion, despite congressional queries, outside of saying that it wasn’t paid in dollars. Lawmakers have expressed concern that the cash would be used by Iran to fund regional allies, including the Assad regime in Syria and the Lebanese militia Hezbollah, which the U.S. designates as a terrorist organization.

     

     

    Mr. Kerry and the State and Treasury departments sought the cooperation of the Swiss and Dutch governments. Ultimately, the Obama administration transferred the equivalent of $400 million to their central banks. It was then converted into other currencies, stacked onto the wooden pallets and sent to Iran on board a cargo plane.

     

    On the morning of Jan. 17, Iran released the four Americans: Three of them boarded a Swiss Air Force jet and flew off to Geneva, with the fourth returning to the U.S. on his own. In return, the U.S. freed seven Iranian citizens and dropped extradition requests for 14 others.

    We leave it to Sen. James Lankford (R., Okla.) to conclude:

    “President Obama’s…payment to Iran in January, which we now know will fund Iran’s military expansion, is an appalling example of executive branch governance,… Subsidizing Iran’s military is perhaps the worst use of taxpayer dollars ever by an American president.”

    And now comes the big test of the mainstream media in America – can they stop discussing Trump and Khizr Kahn for long enough to question the deliberate obfuscation of facts in yet another foreign policy snafu by the administration?

  • D-Day For Australia's Real Estate Bubble?

    Submitted by Pater Tenebrarum via Acting-Man.com,

    Unknowable Degrees of Bubble Insanity

    Back in February, we brought you an update on the truly insane real estate bubble in Australia (see: “Australia’s Housing Bubble – In the Grip of Insanity” for details) in the wake of Jonathan Tepper of Variant Perception reporting on an eye-opening fact-finding tour in Sydney.

     

    shack

    This rotting shack in Sydney and its tiny plot of land sold for nearly $1 million in May of 2014 – more than two years ago.  Since then, house prices in Australia have increased even further. Yes, it is an insane bubble, no doubt about it.

     

     

    As every seasoned market observer knows though, the fact that a bubble has  obviously attained crazy proportions does not mean it cannot become even crazier. We only need to think back to the Nikkei index in the late 1980s, the Nasdaq in the late 1990s, or the grand-daddy of modern-day bubble insanity, the Souk Al-Manakh bubble in Kuwait in the early 1980s.

    The latter example is generally less well known than the others, but it is unsurpassed in terms of sheer mass dementia. What made this bubble so special – at its peak Kuwait’s stock market had a total capitalization of more than $100 billion, which made it the third-largest equity market in the world behind the US and Japan at the time, a fact that should have told market participants they were skating on very thin ice – was the use of post-dated checks to pay for stock purchases.

    The bubble needed a trigger to pop, and that trigger was delivered when one day, a single one of these post-dated checks actually bounced. One of the biggest market crashes in history ensued – a truly dramatic wipe-out, that in the end destroyed the country’s entire OTC stock market.

    As we have pointed out previously, while residential real estate is actually a consumer good, analytically it should be treated as akin to a capital good maintained over several consecutive stages of production, as it renders its services over a very long period of time (the same principle holds for other durable goods – see J.H. de Soto, Money, Bank Credit and Economic Cycles).

    One implication of this is that interest rates are very important to the valuation of real estate. At present, the administered central bank interest rate in Australia is at a new low, and since it remains actually high compared to similar rates in other developed countries, it may well decline even further.

     

    1-australia-interest-rate@2x

    Australia’s administered central bank interest rate – click to enlarge.

     

    Gross market rates all over the world have so far continued to follow the downtrend in central bank rates, so the market has yet to reassert itself (we plan to post an in-depth discussion of the current trend in gross market rates soon). As long as rates remain low, real estate bubbles tend to remain well supported.

    Let us not forget, the bursting of a number of housing bubbles in 2006-2009 (in the US, Spain and several other countries) was preceded by a slow but steady increase in interest rates and a sharp slowdown in money supply growth in the major currency areas. Neither one nor the other are in evidence in Australia at present – at least not yet.

     

    2-australia-money-supply-m1@2x

    Australia’s narrow money supply M1 has grown sharply in recent years (the pace of the advance is comparable to the pre-2008 era) – click to enlarge.

     

    An Important New Development

    One of the reasons why interest rates are so important in keeping residential real estate bubbles from imploding is that they make otherwise unaffordable properties seemingly affordable.

    Most home buyers use mortgages to finance house purchases, and the size of the monthly payment is therefore a main criterion in terms of affordability. Given that these are usually very long term loans with terms ranging from 15 to 30 years, the level of interest rates makes an enormous difference.

    Below is a slightly dated chart via Variant Perception (ending in Q2 2015) that compares Australian home prices, household incomes, rents and construction costs. It should be obvious how irrational house prices have become in light of the huge gap that has opened up between these time series.

    The chart also demonstrates that low interest rates are indeed of overwhelming importance in sustaining these sky-high prices. There is certainly little else that will.

     

    3-Australia house prices vs income.

    Australia: house prices vs. household income, rents and construction costs.

     

    Keep in mind though what we have mentioned in the annotation to the chart of Australia’s money supply above. The credit expansion that has been the driving force of the bubble has largely been the work of commercial banks. While the central bank has enabled them to offer loans at lower and lower rates, it is their willingness to actually do so that is decisive.

     

    4-Interest only loans

    Another chart illustrating the importance of interest rates to Australia’s housing bubble: the share of “interest only” mortgage loans, the principal of which is settled with a balloon payment at the end of their term. The influence of rates on the size of the monthly payment is even greater in these cases.

     

    One of our readers has recently made us aware of a recent development that may well throw a major spanner into the works. Similar to what has happened in other desirable destinations, Chinese buyers have played an increasingly important role in Australia’s property market. They have been especially active in the market for condominiums, which has experienced an extremely pronounced boom as a result.

    What we were hitherto not aware of was the extent to which these buyers have actually obtained financing from Australian banks. This source of funding is now threatening to dry up. The banks are pulling back after learning that many of the loan applications seem to be fraudulent.

    This happens to coincide with a noticeable surge in supply in the market – many developments that have been started in order to cash in on the huge gap between prices and construction costs are now finished or about to be finished (we can picture a great many “ghost apartment blocs” in Australia’s future).

    As the Financial Review reports:

    “Off-the-plan buyers of Australian apartments are in crisis as tough new borrowing rules mean thousands of investors who have paid a deposit are struggling to complete their purchases, according to local and overseas mortgage brokers and financiers.

    Shanghai-based financiers claim their Chinese clients’ funding from Australian banks has been frozen and they face foreclosure – or usurious interest rates – from private financiers. Australian financiers claim their local clients, many of them Asian, have had their settlements deferred by three months to find alternative funding.

     

    “All the deals have been frozen,” said Mark Yin, an agent with Shanghai-based Home Tree Group, about his Shanghai clients’ funding with Australian banks. “We are now looking for finance all over the world.”

     

    Mr Yin said this represented nearly 100 per cent of his clients who were waiting for properties to be completed in Australia and that most of the apartments were in the Melbourne CBD.

     

    Melbourne-based Marshall Condon, chief executive of mortgage broker Neue Black and who also has off-shore and local Asian investors, added: “In the next three to 12 months, many investors will be applying for funding to complete their deals, however, they will be become increasingly concerned as they discover funding is limited.”

     

    Billions of dollars has been invested in tens-of-thousands of high-rise apartments that are reshaping the skylines of the nation’s major capitals, particularly Melbourne, Sydney and Brisbane. Most have been sold off-the-plan, which means purchasers buy off the blueprint with a deposit and complete when it is built, which requires a second valuation and financing commitment by the lender. But a huge increase in supply has slowed demand, particularly around Melbourne’s CBD, pushing down prices.

     

    Lenders, which initially fell over themselves to finance overseas’ buyers, slammed on the breaks when spot checks on the loan applications detected widespread fraud. The main problem is mainland Chinese buyers, which account for about half of the deals. That means many local lenders that agreed to provide funding when buyers made deposits, will not recommit upon completion.

     

    Nervous local lenders fear that a sharp downturn, or change of sentiment, could result in foreclosures with overseas borrowers they have little chance of locating. Mortgage brokers, who receive their commissions upon final completion, are nervous they will not be paid for negotiating deals and financing.

     

    Developers, some of whom have already canceled projects, are concerned about financing existing and future projects. It also has potentially big economic impact for local consumer sentiment, building services and government revenues.

     

    Overseas financiers, typically based in Singapore and Malaysia, are working on rescue packages for borrowers by creating private bail-out funds, or buying apartments off stressed purchases, which means they lose their deposit. They include rolling five-year terms, starting at 7.5 per cent, or one-year emergency loans at 12 per cent, according to financiers.

     

    Other packages are stepped-loans where the different amounts of the loan have different rates, invariably several times higher than Australian lenders’ standard variable or fixed rate loans. For example, Australian banks and other local lenders are offering three-year fixed rates at below 4 per cent. Home Tree Group’s Mr Yin said so far he was unable to secure funding for his clients and doubted they would be able to settle.

     

    “I have now stopped dealing in Australian property,” he said. Another agent in Shanghai, the chief executives of Iron Fish China Lanny Xu, said while most of his clients were not affected by the change, around 20 per cent were trying to on-sell apartments as they were unable to complete settlement.

     

    He said of some were looking to banks in Singapore for financing, as they were still happy to extend loans over Australian property. “The cost of funding in Singapore is higher than in Australia,” he said.

     

    Mr Xu said another option was to seek finance from newly established mortgage funds, which were looking to fill the gap left by the withdrawal of Australian banks from the market. He said such funds were charging interest rates of between 8 per cent and 12 per cent.

     

    Scott Kirchner, the manager of Bella Resident in China, said the inability of offshore buyers to access finance was “really starting to bite”. “We are reluctant to take on new clients unless they have 100 per cent of the cash for a property,” he said. “But then there’s the issue of how do they get the money out of China.”

    (emphasis added)

    In other words, a number of buyers are now faced with a sudden increase in interest rates from 4% to between 8% to 12% – regardless of the administered interest rate of the RBA. It is of course possible that the effect will once again stay local (i.e., confined to Melbourne and condominiums), similar to what happened when commodity prices collapsed.

    The downturn in commodities led to sharp declines in property prices in regions and towns close to mining activities. However, house prices in the big cities continued to soar – not least because the RBA cut rates in order to offset the impact of the commodities bust.

    It is definitely possible though that this latest development is actually the pin that finally pricks the bubble. As noted above, in Kuwait a single bounced check reportedly triggered an avalanche. The Souk Al-Manakh bubble is certainly not directly comparable to Australia’s housing market, but when a bubble is already very stretched, something will eventually trigger its demise – at times it can even be a seemingly small event.

     

    Melbourne

    Condominium high-rises in Melbourne – to date the consensus was that the market “might” be oversupplied by 2018 – it appears as though this juncture has been brought forward.

     

    Conclusion

    It is a very good bet that many of the condominium high-rises built in anticipation of ever-growing demand and an unimpeded expansion of bank credit will turn out to have been unwise investments. As Ludwig von Mises reminds us in Human Action, these malinvestments become visible once the banks are getting cold feet and are beginning to pull back – which is precisely what seems to be happening in this case.

    However conditions may be, it is certain that no manipulations of the banks can provide the economic system with capital goods. What is needed for a sound expansion of production is additional capital goods, not money or fiduciary media. The boom is built on the sands of banknotes and deposits. It must collapse.

     

    The breakdown appears as soon as the banks become frightened by the accelerated pace of the boom and begin to abstain from further expansion of credit. The boom could continue only as long as the banks were ready to grant freely all those credits which business needed for the execution of its excessive projects, utterly disagreeing with the red state of the supply of factors of production and the valuations of the consumers. These illusory plans, suggested by the falsification of business calculation as brought about by the cheap money policy, can be pushed forward only if new credits can be obtained at gross market rates which are artificially lowered below the height they would reach at an unhampered loan market. It is this margin that gives them the deceptive appearance of profitability. The change in the banks’ conduct does not create the crisis. It merely makes visible the havoc spread by the faults which business has committed in the boom period.

     – L.v. Mises, Human Action p. 559

    (emphasis added)

    It is probably still fair to say though that an outbreak of caution on the part of lenders is a trigger for the bust, in the sense that the illusory accounting profits generated during the boom period will suddenly disappear.

    Of course it remains to be seen if this recent development will have wider implications for Australia’s real estate bubble or if the central bank’s loose monetary policy will continue to trump such disturbances in the farce. This is one development though which the RBA cannot really influence – it is essentially a major rate hike affecting an important group of buyers, and it seems as though a lot of hitherto anticipated demand simply won’t be there.

     

     

    shack-2

    Bonus picture: the back of the $1 million shack. Just in case you thought it might look better from a different perspective…

  • Welfare Is The New Work

    Authored by Stephen Moore, published Op-Ed at The Washington Tmes,

    The welfare state of mind has spiraled out of control in America…

    Two recent news stories highlight how pernicious the welfare state has become in America today.

    The first was an announcement by the feds that food stamps can be used to have groceries delivered right to a recipient’s door. Service with a smile. The Obama administration says it is too much of a hardship for those on welfare to actually travel to the grocery store. What’s next? Cooking the meal for them? If only the DMV would do home deliveries for drivers licenses.

     

    The second story was about the hullabaloo over a proposal by Maine governor Paul LePage to prohibit food stamp recipients from using their food aid to purchase junk foods like sugary soft drinks and candy bars. He says that the state has an obesity problem and he will “implement reform unilaterally or cease Maine’s administration of the food stamp program altogether.” The Obama administration rejected his request and the left activists act as if the idea that a welfare recipient can’t buy a pint of Ben and Jerry’s ice cream at taxpayer expense is a violation of civil liberties.

    The welfare/entitlement state of mind has spiraled out of control in America. No one is lifting a finger of opposition. The cost of welfare is now well over $1 trillion a year. Food stamps are so ubiquitous that they have replaced dollars as the new standard currency in many inner cities in America. Even in affluent areas with upscale grocery stores, food stamp recipients fill their carts with everything from cakes to lobster.

    Liberals love welfare. It was only a few years ago that Democratic House leader Nancy Pelosi opined that putting more people on food stamps and unemployment insurance is one of the “best ways to stimulate the economy.” Which is more astonishing? That she believes this lunacy or that she would be dumb enough to say it out loud.

    We are in the seventh year of a so-called recovery, yet 45 million Americans depend on taxpayers to put food on their table. This is roughly 5 million more than when President Obama took office. Medicaid rolls have exploded by more than 10 million, too, and Mr. Obama openly boasts about how many people he’s moved into the program. Unemployment insurance beneficiaries have fallen, thankfully, but the number of Americans collecting disability has continued to climb. Wow this is some recovery.

    By the way, disability rolls are growing even as worker safety has hit an all-time high. Shouldn’t safety and automation mean fewer disabled workers? The reality, as everyone in the welfare industry knows, is that food stamps and disability are the new welfare. Neither one of them requires work in exchange for benefits.

    No one wants to admit that the ease of entry into the welfare state and the generosity of the benefits is one big reason why labor force participation has collapsed. Why work?

    Welfare expert Peter Ferrara notes that a big instigator for the welfare state expansion has been the decimation of welfare reform laws passed in 1996. “It’s infuriating that a law that worked incredibly well in lowering costs and getting the unemployed into the workforce, has been largely gutted,” he concludes.

    As a result, the Census Bureau tells us that most families that are in poverty have no one working. Poverty is still widespread in America not because wages are too low, but that fewer poor people have a job. If there are no wages earned at all, it is impossible to get out of the poverty trap.

    Welfare incentivizes non-work in many other ways. Former George W. Bush economist Larry Lindsey reports that welfare recipients generally lose at least 50 cents of every dollar benefit they gain in wage and salary from working. Sometimes the benefits fall by 70 cents per dollar earned. So a $12 an hour job returns as little as $4 an hour of extra income. Why work?

    Democrats in Congress have vociferously opposed putting even baby teeth back into work for welfare requirements. Even modest workfare requirements are denounced as anti-poor. So even a proposed federal law mandating work for food stamp recipients who are non-disabled adults without kids got shot down.

    We know that changing welfare laws can have a very positive impact on getting recipients back into the workforce and off welfare. In North Carolina when unemployment benefits were reduced and the number of weeks of benefits were limited, entry into the workforce shot up. Entry into the workforce grew by more than nearly any other state in the country. Go figure.

    In Maine, we saw a similarly remarkable result from work requirements. According to a Heritage Foundation report: “SNAP recipients in Maine totaled 201,151 in April of 2015 — a decline of more than 28,000 in just one year. The number of ABAWDs — Able-Bodied Adults Without Dependents — in Maine declined about 80 percent” to 2,530 in 2015 from 12,000 prior to the work requirement.

    This result was in line with the federal work for welfare requirements enacted in 1996. Caseloads fell by more than half and costs of aid tumbled. So why aren’t Republicans pushing workfare for all federal welfare recipients? Some are afraid that they will be viewed as hard-hearted or even cruel. But getting people off of welfare into a productive job is not just a way to reduce costs, it’s a proven way to rebuild broken lives and move people into the mainstream. There is dignity in work. There is despair in welfare. After three generations of the failed entitlement state, hasn’t welfare done enough harm to the very people it was supposed to help.

  • July U.S. Auto Sales – The Good, The Bad, & The Downright Ugly

    Ford (-3.0% vs. -0.5 est), GM (-1.9% vs. -1.0 est) and Fiat Chrysler (+0.3% vs. 1.9% est) all posted headline misses on July auto sales with a modest “beat” from Toyota (-1.4% vs -1.9% est) even though its sales were still down YoY.  Looking past the headlines, however, the data is even worseFord sales to retail customers (i.e. stripping out fleet sales where they make no money) were down 6% while Fiat Chrysler was down 2%.  GM managed to grow retail sales 5% YoY but only after increasing incentive spending 29% over the competition to 14.2% of total retail value….WINNING!  Ford and GM stocks were punished on the misses.

    According to headline data, truck sales took a big leap higher in July…but the devil is in the details.  Most of the truck gains for Ford came from cargo vans which were up 35% YoY while its F-Series pickup truck was down 1% and SUVs were down 5.3%.  GM posted higher unit sales of trucks, albeit on higher incentive spending, but mix shifted from the higher MSRP Silverado (units down 4% YoY) to the lower priced Colorado and Canyon models which were up 27.5% and 33.1%, respectively.  Chrysler reported a 2% YoY increase in Dodge Ram sales.

    Wards Data

     

    Overall, July sales were slightly positive YoY but stripping out fleet sales would paint a very different picture.

    July Auto Sales

     

    Inventory-to-sales remained near all-time highs excluding the 08/09 recession.

     

    Auto Inventory

     

    Investors punished Ford and GM stocks for their efforts.

    Ford and GM

     

    Please see below for additional thoughts on company-specific performance:

    Ford – Ford posted a big miss at -3.0% YoY vs. consensus of -0.5%.  Retail sales showed a terrible decline of 6% YoY which were offset by 6% growth in less profitable sales to rental companies and government agencies.  Overall Ford sales were certainly boosted by GM’s 42% decline in fleet sales.  The key money makers for the OEM were down across the board YoY with SUV sales off 5.6% (Explorer down 22%; Escape down 10%; Edge up 5%) and F-Series sales off 1%.  Ford said average pricing per vehicle grew $1,600 YoY primarily on mix shift.

    GM – GM also posted a big miss at -1.9% YoY vs. consensus of -1.0%.  GM estimates their market share grew 1% in July to 17.9%.  GM retail sales came in at +5% YoY and
    fleet sales down a massive -42%, which they described as “plan”.  Retail sales growth came at a substantial cost to the OEM with incentive spending for July way up to 14.2% vs. an average of 11.0% for the industry overall as GM sought to clear out old inventory.  Days of inventory on dealer lots declined MoM to 66 days from 72 days. 

    Fiat Chrysler – Fiat Chrysler posted a miss at +0.3% YoY vs. consensus of +1.9%.  That said, the headline number was driven by fleet sales with retail sales down -2% YoY and lower-margin fleet sales up +22%.  Popular Jeep lines struggled with Wrangler down -5% and Cherokee down -12% while Ram trucks increased +2% YoY.

    Toyota – “Beat” with sales of -1.4% YoY vs. consensus of -2.9%. 

    Honda – Beat with sales of +4.4% YoY vs. consensus of -0.4%. 

    Nissan – Missed sales of +1.2% YoY vs. consensus of +3.0%. 

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 2nd August 2016

  • The Looming Financial Crisis Nobody Is Talking About, But Should Be

    Submitted by Shaun Bradley via TheAntiMedia.org,

    The world has been captivated by a continuous stream of disturbing and shocking headlines. Seemingly every other day, different terrorist attacks, police assassinations or political stunts ignite the public into an emotional frenzy. But as fear shuts down critical thinking, banks that control Europe’s financial system are entering a death spiral. Despite what establishment media narratives push, the most dangerous threat to our way of life isn’t a religious ideology or political divide.

    The real risk is a contagion that is undermining the core of the financial system, and the interconnectedness of the globalized economy we live in makes containing the problem nearly impossible. Concerns that used to be isolated to the failing state of Greece have now engulfed the rest of the PIIGS nations. If these dominos continue to fall in Europe, the momentum could carry the destruction to every corner of the globe.

    Italian banks are the latest on the chopping block in the wake of Brexit. For years, they have been acknowledged as a weak link in the economic chain, but they now face stress tests that could expose the scope of their internal problems. The oldest bank in the world, Monte Dei Paschi, is at the center of the controversy, with an expected shortfall of over 3 billion euros.

    Other big names, like UniCredit, are in equally bad shape. Wells Fargo recently found that nearly 15% of all loans held by Italian banks could be at risk of default, a staggering figure to attempt to unwind. Further, England’s departure from the E.U. has sparked questions over the future of the euro — and Italy could be the catalyst for an all out breakdown of confidence. If panic begins to grip the Italian people, things could escalate quickly, potentially triggering bank runs.

    Mihir Kapadia of Sun Global Investments explained the current situation in a recent article:

    A perfect storm of slow or zero Italian economic growth, low interest rates and politically connected, often corrupt, lending have combined to create a situation where the Italian financial system is in need of a large rescue.

    The head of the European Central Bank, Mario Draghi, wasted no time reassuring the markets and downplaying the significance of the hurdles ahead. Draghi is a former governor to the Bank of Italy, and he recently came out in full support of a ‘public backstop’ for the toxic loans. The public backstop suggested is the political term for shafting the taxpayer. Governments and banks alike have no problem shifting the responsibility of the debt onto the citizens, all while chastising them about how excessive their entitlement programs are and framing the greed of everyday people as the root of the issue. For the elites, it is much easier to use austerity measures, inflation, and shaming of the public to deflect blame from themselves than it is to take ownership for their own corrupt actions.

    New regulations passed by the E.U. prevent bailout-style action similar to what the U.S. implemented during the 2008 crisis, meaning the only other option on the table is to use customer accounts to re-capitalize, otherwise known as a bail-ins. We saw a test run of this a few years ago in Cyprus, which led to the confiscation of all personal funds exceeding 100,000 euros. In this trial, the seizures only affected the very wealthy, so there was little major outrage; most accounts over the threshold were also held by foreigners, particularly from Russia.

    But in such a future scenario, private savings accounts, retirement funds, and IRAs of average citizens could be stolen by the banks — without compensation — to cover their bad investments. Although it would be devastating for Italy to have to implement these tactics to save their failing institutions, the real fireworks would be the effects such a move could have on other key banks and foreign nations.

    As time passes, red flags continue to emerge that point to a terminal diagnosis for the system as a whole. Deutsche bank is by far the most crucial in the E.U., as it supports the union’s powerhouse economy of Germany. In the last year alone, however, their stock price has plummeted more than 60%, bringing the total decline to 90% since its peak in 2007. The bank also just announced its plan to close over 188 branches and cut 3,000 jobs in the coming months. The rebound in the American financial sector over the last seven years never manifested in Europe; instead, the value of their banks continued to grind lower, perpetuated by political ineptitude and central bank manipulation. Germany is the last strong economy left to prop up the crumbling trade bloc in Europe, and without its stability, this grand experiment is doomed to fall apart at the seams.

    financial

    If those signs aren’t bad enough, Deutsche has also become the poster child for the ominous derivatives bubble. It, alone, has amassed an exposure of over $75 trillion dollars in these risky devices, which is almost equal to theannual GDP of the world. This problem is by no means isolated to the European markets; the U.S. banks also drank the kool-aid, and believe it or not, helped create a quadrillion dollar mess.

    The empty promises made by financial managers are only as good as the public’s confidence in them. Before the subprime mortgage crisis, it seemed like there wasn’t a care in the world — until everyone got spooked and headed for the exits at once. If a similar stampede occurred today, the implications would be far worse. The amount of money needed to pay out on the outstanding derivative contracts doesn’t even exist, and the CIA’s factbook states that broad money, including all paper currency, coins, checking, savings, and money market accounts, equals just over 80 trillion dollars — a mere fraction of the what it would take to cover the exposure of the banks.

    Warren Buffet famously referred to these instruments as “financial weapons of mass destruction.” He reiterated his perspective in a more recent interview:

    “I regard very large derivative positions as dangerous. We inherited a modest sized position at [Berkshire’s reinsurance vehicle] Gen Re in a benign market and we lost about $400m just trying to unwind it with no pressure on us whatsoever. So I think it does continue to be a danger to the system.”

    The derivative market is one of the most obscure in all of finance. Instead of buying a share of a company, or a commodity like oil or corn at a future price, a derivative has no value on its own. Its entire worth is derived from the performance of other parts of the market. It is essentially a side bet on the price movements of real assets. If the major banks, like Deutsche, were to go under, all of those derivatives would be wiped out and could light the fuse on this economic time bomb.

    Even George Soros has commented on the ongoing crisis in the E.U., saying:

    “Europe’s leaders must recognize that the EU is on the verge of collapse. Instead of blaming one another, they should pull together and adopt exceptional measures.”

    The Italian banking crisis and the ballooning derivative market may seem like a trivial issue that is out of sight and out of mind, but the black hole it could open up would destroy our way of life. Thinking about these possibilities can be terrifying, but there are steps that can be taken to ensure individuals at least have an insurance plan in place. Becoming educated on the financial system we’re living in is paramount to having the foresight needed to take action.

    Developing technologies like Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies have created an entirely new monetary system that isn’t subject to the corruption of the broken centralized model. These peer-to-peer networks can secure wealth while allowing unprecedented mobility and anonymity. Other forms of stable money, like gold or silver, also play a key role in financial independence. There are few assets with zero counter-party risks, and precious metals allow each individual to become their own central bank.

    Being self-reliant is also a powerful tool; not being dependent on someone else in a worst-case scenario is crucial to thinking clearly when financial panic breaks out. There is no antidote for the potential chaos bearing down on us, but building strong relationships, obtaining basic skills, and stockpiling the necessities of daily lifecan provide peace of mind and preparedness.

    A chain of events has been set in motion that will expose the massive fraud world banks and governments have perpetuated on their citizens. When fear porn is being promoted on the major networks, keep in mind the real threats to freedom and security will not be openly announced. The focus on the lone nutjob that kills 20 or the spread of deadly pandemics, for example, is nothing but propaganda aimed at shifting attention to things that are uncontrollable. Ensuring the masses feel helpless and in need of the government’s protection is priority number one for the ruling class. Talking heads and hedge fund managers will be eternally optimistic on the outlook for the future, even as the collapse becomes undeniably obvious. Problems for the European Union will continue to build, and the risk of the disease spreading to other economies increases by the day. Unfortunately, this Ponzi scheme system we built our societies on has left us vulnerable to any well-timed black swan event.

  • Japanese Government Bonds Are Crashing

    Ahead of tonight’s 10Y JGB auction and reportedly the unleashing of Abe’s fiscal stimulus, it appears the world’s investors are losing faith in the Bank of Japan’s buying power and the MoF’s credibility as Japanese government bonds are collapsing for the 3rd day in a row. With the biggest crash in prices (JGB Futures) since May 2013 (back to 5 month lows), yield across the entire JGB curve are exploding higher since Kuroda punted last week and questioned monetary policy effectiveness.

    As the world awaits Japan’s over-promise and under-deliver fiscal stimulus…

    • *SAKAKIBARA SAYS HE DOESN’T THINK ABENOMICS HAS FAILED
    • *JAPAN FISCAL STIMULUS PLAN ALREADY PRICED IN, SAKAKIBARA SAYS
    • *ABE STIMULUS PLAN WON’T HAVE A MAJOR IMPACT, SAKAKIBARA SAYS

     

    “The fiscal spending will probably include public works spending, so we can expect something of an economic boost,” said Masaki Kuwahara, an economist at Nomura Securities Co. in Tokyo. But such growth may not be sustainable. “What Japan needs to do is to spur more demand and increase productivity by pushing through deregulation, increasing the nation’s potential growth rate.”

    It appears demand for direct monetization of the debt and questioning BoJ capabilities (and therefore independence)…

    • *JAPANESE GOVT GROWS SKEPTICAL OF BOJ’S INFLATION TARGET: NIKKEI
    • *DLR/YEN WILL SLOWLY APPRECIATE TO 100 YEN: SAKAKIBARA
    • *HAMADA REITERATES OPPOSITION TO HELICOPTER MONEY
    • *HAMADA FAVORS RECOGNIZING DE-FACTO DEBT MONETIZATION
    • *HAMADA FAVORS JAPAN PROCLAIMING A DEBT-MONETIZING POLICY

    One of Prime Minister Shinzo Abe’s top advisers says he favors a declaration by Japan’s policy makers that their current measures are monetizing the nation’s debt.

    Some people say that Japan has “already adopted ad hoc monetization of debt, and that to improve public confidence the government and the BOJ should recognize that they are doing already a combination of fiscal stimulus and de facto monetization,” Koichi Hamada, a former Yale University professor, said in an e-mailed response to questions.

     

    “Given this long deflation and liquidity-trap type of behavior of Japanese banks and firms, I am now inclined to join the ranks” of those commentators, Hamada said. That view says “piecemeal and de facto monetization should be rather highlighted to change investors’ psychology,” he said.

     

    Hamada declined to comment specifically on the Bank of Japan’s July 29 decision to conduct a “comprehensive” assessment of its measures at its next meeting, or whether it’s likely to expand stimulus further at that gathering, which is scheduled for Sept. 20-21.

     

    The adviser also reiterated his opposition to “helicopter money.” “If one institutionalizes helicopter money or monetization of the new debt, the economy loses the safeguard against inflation.”

     

    Through its easing to date, the BOJ has gobbled up more than one third of outstanding Japanese government bonds, and some observers don’t anticipate that debt will ever return into the hands of private investors. BOJ officials in the past debated a strategy of maintaining a large balance sheet — at least back in 2014, according to people familiar with the talks at the time. The context then was to avoid any spike in bond yields when the central bank reached its inflation target.

    JGB yields are rising on concerns that BOJ’s planned comprehensive assessment of its policy, announced by Kuroda last week, will set back its monetary-easing stance…

     

    Sending bond prices reeling…

    This is the biggest 3-day drop since May 2013.

    Is this the market pushing back demanding BoJ action… or the rebirth of the widowmaker trade?

  • If Voting Made Any Difference, They Wouldn't Let Us Do It

    Submitted by John Whitehead via The Rutherford Institute,

    “The people who cast the votes decide nothing. The people who count the votes decide everything.”—Joseph Stalin, dictator of the Soviet Union

    No, America, you don’t have to vote.

    In fact, vote or don’t vote, the police state will continue to trample us underfoot.

    Devil or deliverer, the candidate who wins the White House has already made a Faustian bargain to keep the police state in power. It’s no longer a question of which party will usher in totalitarianism but when the final hammer will fall.

    Sure we’re being given choices, but the differences between the candidates are purely cosmetic ones, lacking any real nutritional value for the nation. We’re being served a poisoned feast whose aftereffects will leave us in turmoil for years to come.

    We’ve been here before.

    Remember Barack Obama, the young candidate who campaigned on a message of hope, change and transparency, and promised an end to war and surveillance?

    Look how well that turned out.

    Under Obama, government whistleblowers are routinely prosecuted, U.S. arms sales have skyrocketed, police militarization has accelerated, and surveillance has become widespread. The U.S. government is literally arming the world, while bombing the heck out of the planet. And while they’re at it, the government is bringing the wars abroad home, transforming American communities into shell-shocked battlefields where the Constitution provides little in the way of protection.

    Yes, we’re worse off now than we were eight years ago.

    We’re being subjected to more government surveillance, more police abuse, more SWAT team raids, more roadside strip searches, more censorship, more prison time, more egregious laws, more endless wars, more invasive technology, more militarization, more injustice, more corruption, more cronyism, more graft, more lies, and more of everything that has turned the American dream into the American nightmare.

    What we’re not getting more of: elected officials who actually represent us.

    The American people are being guilted, bullied, pressured, cajoled, intimidated, terrorized and browbeaten into voting. We’re constantly told to vote because it’s your so-called civic duty, because you have no right to complain about the government unless you vote, because every vote counts, because we must present a unified front, because the future of the nation depends on it, because God compels us to do so, because by not voting you are in fact voting, because the “other” candidate must be defeated at all costs, or because the future of the Supreme Court rests in the balance.

    Nothing in the Constitution requires that you vote.

    You are under no moral obligation to vote for the lesser of two evils. Indeed, voting for a lesser evil is still voting for evil.

    Whether or not you cast your vote in this year’s presidential election, you have every right to kvetch, complain and criticize the government when it falls short of your expectations. After all, you are overtaxed so the government can continue to operate corruptly.

    If you want to boo, boycott, picket, protest and altogether reject a corrupt political system that has failed you abysmally, more power to you. I’ll take an irate, engaged, informed, outraged American any day over an apathetic, constitutionally illiterate citizenry that is content to be diverted, distracted and directed.

    Whether you vote or don’t vote doesn’t really matter.

    What matters is what else you’re doing to push back against government incompetence, abuse, corruption, graft, fraud and cronyism.

    Don’t be fooled into thinking that the only road to reform is through the ballot box.

    After all, there is more to citizenship than the act of casting a ballot for someone who, once elected, will march in lockstep with the dictates of the powers-that-be. Yet as long as Americans are content to let politicians, war hawks and Corporate America run the country, the police state will prevail, no matter which candidate wins on Election Day.

    In other words, it doesn’t matter who sits in the White House, who controls the two houses of Congress, or who gets appointed to the Supreme Court: only those who are prepared to cozy up to the powers-that-be will have any real impact.

    As Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Chris Hedges points out:

    The predatory financial institutions on Wall Street will trash the economy and loot the U.S. Treasury on the way to another economic collapse whether Donald Trump or Hillary Clinton is president. Poor, unarmed people of color will be gunned down in the streets of our cities whether Donald Trump or Hillary Clinton is president. The system of neoslavery in our prisons, where we keep poor men and poor women of color in cages because we have taken from them the possibility of employment, education and dignity, will be maintained whether Donald Trump or Hillary Clinton is president. Millions of undocumented people will be deported whether Donald Trump or Hillary Clinton is president. Austerity programs will cut or abolish public services, further decay the infrastructure and curtail social programs whether Donald Trump or Hillary Clinton is president. Money will replace the vote whether Donald Trump or Hillary Clinton is president. And half the country, which now lives in poverty, will remain in misery whether Donald Trump or Hillary Clinton becomes president. This is not speculation. We know this because there has been total continuity on every issue, from trade agreements to war to mass deportations, between the Bush administration and the administration of Barack Obama.

    In other words, voting is not the answer.

    As I document in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the nation is firmly under the control of a monied oligarchy guarded by a standing army (a.k.a., militarized police. It is an invisible dictatorship, of sorts, one that is unaffected by the vagaries of party politics and which cannot be overthrown by way of the ballot box.

    Total continuity” is how Hedges refers to the manner in which the government’s agenda remains unchanged no matter who occupies the Executive Branch. Continuity of government” (COG) is the phrase policy wonks use to refer to the unelected individuals who have been appointed to run the government in the event of a “catastrophe.” You can also refer to it as a shadow government, or the Deep State, which is comprised of unelected government bureaucrats, corporations, contractors, paper-pushers, and button-pushers who actually call the shots behind the scenes.

    Whatever term you use, the upshot remains the same: on the national level, we’re up against an immoveable, intractable, entrenched force that is greater than any one politician or party, whose tentacles reach deep into every sector imaginable, from Wall Street, the military and the courts to the technology giants, entertainment, healthcare and the media.

    This is no Goliath to be felled by a simple stone.

    This is a Leviathan disguised as a political savior.

    So how do we prevail against the tyrant who says all the right things and does none of them? How do we overcome the despot whose promises fade with the spotlights? How do we conquer the dictator whose benevolence is all for show?

    We get organized. We get educated. We get active.

    If you feel led to vote, fine, but if all you do is vote, “we the people” are going to lose.

    If you abstain from voting and still do nothing, “we the people” are going to lose.

    If you give your proxy to some third-party individual or group to fix what’s wrong with the country and that’s all you do, then “we the people” are going to lose.

    If, however, you’re prepared to shake off the doldrums, wipe the sleep out of your eyes, turn off the television, tune out the talking heads, untether yourself from whatever piece of technology you’re affixed to, wean yourself off the teat of the nanny state, and start flexing those unused civic muscles, then there might be hope for us all.

    For starters, get back to basics. Get to know your neighbors, your community, and your local officials. This is the first line of defense when it comes to securing your base: fortifying your immediate lines.

    Second, understand your rights. Know how your local government is structured. Who serves on your city council and school boards? Who runs your local jail: has it been coopted by private contractors? What recourse does the community have to voice concerns about local problems or disagree with decisions by government officials?

    Third, know the people you’re entrusting with your local government. Are your police chiefs being promoted from within your community? Are your locally elected officials accessible and, equally important, are they open to what you have to say? Who runs your local media? Does your newspaper report on local events? Who are your judges? Are their judgments fair and impartial? How are prisoners being treated in your local jails?

    Finally, don’t get so trusting and comfortable that you stop doing the hard work of holding your government accountable. We’ve drifted a long way from the local government structures that provided the basis for freedom described by Alexis de Tocqueville in Democracy in America, but we are not so far gone that we can’t reclaim some of its vital components.

    As an article in The Federalist points out:

    Local government is fundamental not so much because it’s a “laboratory” of democracy but because it’s a school of democracy. Through such accountable and democratic government, Americans learn to be democratic citizens. They learn to be involved in the common good. They learn to take charge of their own affairs, as a community. Tocqueville writes that it’s because of local democracy that Americans can make state and Federal democracy work—by learning, in their bones, to expect and demand accountability from public officials and to be involved in public issues.

    To put it another way, think nationally but act locally.

    There is still a lot Americans can do to topple the police state tyrants, but any revolution that has any hope of succeeding needs to be prepared to reform the system from the bottom up. And that will mean re-learning step by painful step what it actually means to be a government of the people, by the people and for the people.

  • Will The Reserve Bank Of Australia Cut By 25bps: What Wall Street Thinks And How To Trade It

    The ECB, Fed and mostly the BOJ, all did nothing during the recent round of central bank announcements, but hopes are high that the RBA will not disappoint tonight. The Australian central bank is expected by both the market and economists to cut the Daily Cash Rate by 25bps from 1.75% to 1.50% when it announces its decision at 2.30pm AEST.

    The OIS market assigns 66.7% probability for a 25bp rate cut to 1.5% by RBA tonight; up from 62.5% last week, and up from 16.8% at the beginning of July. Meanwhile economists see 25 bp cut tonight (20 of 25 forecasts), five see no change.

     

    “Monetary policy is really the only swing instrument – the only game in town,” said Andrew Ticehurst, an interest-rate strategist at Nomura Holdings Inc. in Sydney. “If we are in a world where fiscal policy is constrained because the government is a bit nervous about getting downgraded; if we are in a world where the Australian dollar is going to continue to trade north of fair value because of very low cash rates elsewhere and capital inflows; and if we are getting no policy assistance from those two levers, then monetary policy is all that’s left.”

    A good summary of what will be announced tonight comes from Bloomberg’s Daniel Kruger who writes that the “RBA will cut, it has no better choice.” As he puts it, the economic problems Australia’s facing are familiar across the developed world: falling bond yields, unwanted currency strength, low inflation and the political reality of fiscal restraint. 

    The recent erratic nature of the global economy suggests Australia needs to seize control of what it can.

     

    The benchmark rate is at 1.75%, so the central bank has some ammunition. Inflation has run below forecasts for the past two quarters, falling to 1% for the April-June period. And with Treasurer Scott Morrison focusing on reducing the budget deficit to help preserve the country’s AAA bond rating, the central bank has little choice but to act.

     

    This meeting will also be the next to last with Glenn Stevens at the helm. With Philip Lowe set to replace him next month, Stevens may want to leave his deputy in the best shape possible.

     

    If the RBA hopes the rate cut alone will weaken its currency, it may be disappointed as the move is mostly priced in. Forecasters surveyed by Bloomberg predict it falls to 71 U.S. cents by year-end.

     

    Some observers point to the country’s 3.1% growth in the first quarter and the frothy housing market and argue that waiting is the smarter course.

     

    However, an overheated home market is now important to the economy. It’s a key buffer as Australia looks to develop alternatives to its reliance on mining exports. The need for this shift is enhanced by China’s efforts to align its growth more with consumer activity and less with exports.

    Other views:

    According to RBC strategists led by George Davis, expect the RBA to cut rates 25bps after 2Q CPI confirmed inflation is undershooting target.

    • Leading indicators suggest an inflation undershoot will persist for several quarters.
    • RBA’s reluctant nature provides some uncertainty; don’t expect an overtly downbeat assessment to be provided in its communication.
    • Growth ests, if anything, are likely to be revised higher

    Alternatively, analysts at Commerzbank expect the RBA to hold

    • Given recently mixed data, supporting commodity prices and the fact that the RBA has a rate meeting every 4 weeks, it can wait a little longer until a clear picture emerges
    • As the RBA is likely to underline that a further rate cut remains probable, AUD gains are likely to be limited
    • Pricing leaves open risk-reward trade for an RBA hold
    • Further out, cut never fully priced by OIS; although market continues to price moderate chance of easing, it also begins pricing slight chance of hike, 0.6%, by July 2017
    • Economists’ median calls for 25bp cut in 4Q with chance of another 25bp cut in 2017

    How to trade it:

    • The risk-reward favors AUD upside if the RBA holds vs potential downside if RBA cuts; AUD/USD range today 0.7562/0.7615, according to Bloomberg analysts
    • No cut could see AUD rise within upward-sloping channel to test 2nd standard deviation resistance at 0.7710; it would also lead to a selloff in stocks and rates, sending yields higher and unwinding what moments ago was the tightest spread between Aussie and US 10Y, at just 32 bps, since 2001.
    • Widely expected rate cut may see AUD retreat slightly toward 0.7503 1st standard deviation support; additional support at 0.7489 100-DMA may also limit AUD losses

    * * *

    The RBA is scheduled to release its decision at 2.30pm AEST.

  • China Moves Forward With SDR Issuance In August

    Submitted by Valentin Schmidt of The Epoch TImes

    IMF Managing Director Christine Lagarde speaks at the 40th anniversary
    of the IMFC meeting at the IMF Headquarters in Washington, April 20, 2013.

    When Bloomberg reported late last year that China founded a working group to explore the use of the supranational Special Drawing Rights (SDR) currency, nobody took heed. 

    Now in August of 2016, we are very close to the first SDR issuance of the private sector since the 1980s.

    Opinion pieces in the media and speculation by informed sources prepared us for the launch of an instrument most people don’t know about earlier in 2016. Then the International Monetary Fund (IMF) itself published a paper discussing the use of private sector SDRs in July and a Chinese central bank official confirmed an international development organization would soon issue SDR bonds in China, according to Chinese media Caixin.

    Caixin now confirmed which organization exactly will issue the bonds and when: The World Bank and the China Development Bank will issue private sector or “M” SDR in August.

    The so-called SDR are an IMF construct of actual currencies, right now the euro, yen, dollar, and pound. It made news last year when the Chinese renminbi was also admitted, although it won’t formally be part of the basket until October 1st of this year.

    How much? Nikkei Asian Review reports the volume will be between $300 and $800 million and some Japanese banks are interested in taking up a stake. According to Nikkei some other Chinese banks are also planning to issue SDR bonds. One of them could be the Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (ICBC) according to Chinese website Yicai.com.

    The IMF experimented with these M-SDRs in the 1970s and 1980s when banks had SDR 5-7 billion in deposits and companies had issued SDR 563 million in bonds. A paltry amount, but the concept worked in practice. 

    The G20 finance ministers confirmed they will push this issue, despite private sector reluctance to use these instruments. In their communiqué released after their meeting in China on July 24:  

    “We support examination of the broader use of the SDR, such as broader publication of accounts and statistics in the SDR and the potential issuance of SDR-denominated bonds, as a way to enhance resilience [of the financial system].”

    They are following the advice of governor of the People’s Bank of China (PBOC),  Zhou Xiaochuan, although a bit late. Already in 2009 he called for nothing less than a new world reserve currency.

    “Special consideration should be given to giving the SDR a greater role. The SDR has the features and potential to act as a super-sovereign reserve currency,” wrote Zhou. 

    Seven years later, it looks like he wasn’t joking.

  • A Trader's Angry Rant "Economic Numbers Don’t Mean Anything Anymore"

    By Bloomberg’s Richard Breslow

    Economic Numbers Don’t Mean Anything Anymore

    It may be August and the dog days of summer for trading interest, but the economic numbers this week are important. At least for now. They’ll determine how we spend the balance of the month characterizing the economy. Whether September has any relevance for Fed fund futures traders. And if the mindless buying of equities and risk continues apace.

    Weak numbers follow strong ones, ad seriatum, and no one seems to have any credible idea why. The economic surprise index is knocking the cover off the ball, while mixed in we get the odd and horrific non-farm payroll report or GDP print.

    Confidence in economic projections is low. That makes data dependence a dangerous conceit. Signal quality is bad, unreliable and with no shelf life.

    Given the season, it’s hard not to worry whether the economy has caught the equivalent of the “sweating sickness.” Merry at breakfast, dead by dinner. And nary a soul could name a cause nor a cure. And that remains true 500 years later. Of course in matters economic we’ll get explanations by lunch time and everyone will have seen it coming, if only they’d been listened to.

    Last week’s 2Q GDP guess came in at less than half the expert forecast. The market sliced a quick 10% off pricing for a rate-hike at the next meeting and left December at a paltry 35%.

    Cue the Fed speakers. Williams, Kaplan and Dudley said what’s one number, don’t rule out a hike. That’s a real problem. No one understands the numbers so numbers don’t mean anything. But that’s how we’re meant to measure the economy and make investment decisions They need to spend more time trying to understand why no one “gets” the economy than where they hope its going. Finger-crossing shouldn’t be an input to an econometric model.

    The ISM surveys and Friday’s payroll report will do a lot to script how Fed Chair Janet Yellen writes her Jackson Hole presentation and tell us how to trade the next few weeks. At least until the next set of data.

  • In US Elections, Money Matters!

    Simply put, in 40 years of US national elections – money talks, and bullshit (along with hope, change, trust, policy, and every other potential differentiator) walks…

    As Statista details, so far, Hillary Clinton's campaign has raised substantially more money than Donald Trump's. But has cash ever really made a difference to U.S. election results down through the years? According to figures in Germany's Handelsblatt newspaper (which have since been converted from euro to dollars), all of the election winners in recent years were also budget winners.

    Obama raised more money than Romney and McCain in 2012 and 2008, going on to win on both occasions. George W. Bush also took the White House in 2004 and 2000, having raised more money than his competitors on both occasions. The pattern repeated itself with Bill Clinton outmuscling his opponents financially in 1996 and 1992 before winning both elections.

    Infographic: U.S. Elections: Money Matters | Statista
    You will find more statistics at Statista

    *  *  *

    Based on that evidence, is Trump going to buck the trend and become the first “budget loser” to reach the White House since Jimmy Carter in 1976?

  • Hillary’s Latest Headache: Skolkovo

    The subject of Russia’s influence in American politics has been a hot topic of late, particularly as the MSM continues to link Donald Trump to Vladimir Putin and the DNC hack. However, a report published by the Government Accountability Institute presents a new twist in the Kremlin-US political ties. It all started with the 2009 “Russian reset” touted by then-Secretary of State Hillary Clinton.

    As detailed in a WSJ op-ed by Peter Schweizer (author of the GAI report), after President Obama visited Russia in 2009, both nations agreed to “identifying areas of cooperation and pursuing joint projects and actions that strengthen strategic stability, international security, economic well-being, and the development of ties between the Russian and American people.”

    One such project was Skolkovo, an “innovation city” of 30,000 people on the outskirts of Moscow, billed as Russia’s version of Silicon Valley. As chief diplomat, Hillary was in charge of courting US companies to invest in this new Russian city. Russia, on the other hand, had committed to spend $5 billion over the next three years (2009-12).


    Hillary Clinton and Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov

    As Schweizer continues, “soon, dozens of U.S. tech firms, including top Clinton Foundation donors like Google, Intel and Cisco, made major financial contributions to Skolkovo, with Cisco committing a cool $1 billion. In May 2010, the State Department facilitated a Moscow visit by 22 of the biggest names in U.S. venture capital—and weeks later the first memorandums of understanding were signed by Skolkovo and American companies.

    By 2012 the vice president of the Skolkovo Foundation, Conor Lenihan—who had previously partnered with the Clinton Foundation—recorded that Skolkovo had assembled 28 Russian, American and European “Key Partners.”

    Of the 28 “partners,” 17, or 60%, have made financial commitments to the Clinton Foundation, totaling tens of millions of dollars, or sponsored speeches by Bill Clinton…

    Russians tied to Skolkovo also flowed funds to the Clinton Foundation. Andrey Vavilov, the chairman of SuperOx, which is part of Skolkovo’s nuclear-research cluster, donated between $10,000 and $25,000 (donations are reported in ranges, not exact amounts) to the Clinton’s family charity”

    Thus far, this should not be surprising. It is yet another instance of crony capitalism that has so well characterized the Clintons over the years. However, as US intelligence agencies including the FBI were soon to find out, the Russian Silicon Valley served other purposes as well.

    More from the WSJ op-ed: “The state-of-the-art technological research coming out of Skolkovo raised alarms among U.S. military experts and federal law-enforcement officials. Research conducted in 2012 on Skolkovo by the U.S. Army Foreign Military Studies Program at Fort Leavenworth declared that the purpose of Skolkovo was to serve as a “vehicle for world-wide technology transfer to Russia in the areas of information technology, biomedicine, energy, satellite and space technology, and nuclear technology.”Moreover, the report said: “the Skolkovo Foundation has, in fact, been involved in defense-related activities since December 2011, when it approved the first weapons-related project—the development of a hypersonic cruise missile engine. . . . Not all of the center’s efforts are civilian in nature…”

    The FBI believes the true motives of the Russian partners, who are often funded by their government, is to gain access to classified, sensitive, and emerging technology from the companies. The [Skolkovo] foundation may be a means for the Russian government to access our nation’s sensitive or classified research development facilities and dual-use technologies with military and commercial application.”

    As Schweizer concludes:

    Even if it could be proven that these tens of millions of dollars in Clinton Foundation donations by Skolkovo’s key partners played no role in the Clinton State Department’s missing or ignoring obvious red flags about the Russian enterprise, the perception would still be problematic. (Neither the Clinton campaign nor the Clinton Foundation responded to requests for comment.) What is known is that the State Department recruited and facilitated the commitment of billions of American dollars in the creation of a Russian “Silicon Valley” whose technological innovations include Russian hypersonic cruise-missile engines, radar surveillance equipment, and vehicles capable of delivering airborne Russian troops.

     

    A Russian reset, indeed.

    Naturally, the Hillary campaign did not reply to any requests from Schweizer on the report. But we are comfortable that HRC’s response would likely be along the lines “what difference at this point does it make?

  • "This Whole Mania Will End Tragically" – Impermanence & Full-Cycle Thinking

    Excerpted from John Hussman's Weekly Market Comment,

    My friend and teacher Thich Nhat Hanh once said, “It is not impermanence that makes us suffer. What makes us suffer is wanting things to be permanent when they are not. Wilting flowers do not cause suffering; it is the unrealistic desire that flowers not wilt that causes suffering.”

    Full-cycle thinking

    I should begin this comment by emphasizing that our current investment outlook is driven by the combination of market conditions that we observe at the moment, considering both valuations and market action, with components that include the behavior of internals, trend-following measures, sentiment, interest rate behavior, and other factors. Those conditions will change. The chart below shows the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 in the expected return/risk classification that we presently identify, based on observable evidence. This particular classification spans about 10% of periods across market history, and captures a cumulative market loss of over 91%.

    I’ve placed a little inset in the chart, showing a histogram of weekly returns that comprise that 91% cumulative loss in the S&P 500, as well as the probability distribution that we infer from those returns. Notice that while the cumulative progress of the S&P 500 in this return/risk classification may mislead investors to believe that something is going wrong if the market isn’t dropping like a rock, the actual weekly market outcomes that produce that seemingly stair-step decline include a large number of flat or positive returns.

    What really produces the awful cumulative market return in this particular classification is what I call “unpleasant skew” – the single most probable outcome is actually a small gain, but gains are regularly overwhelmed by abrupt, wicked losses that wipe out weeks or months of upside progress in one fell swoop. If you look at the edges of that probability curve, you’ll see that it has a long “left tail” and a short “right tail,” meaning that large moves are skewed to the downside, and steep losses are far more likely than strong gains. That’s a standard feature of a steeply “overvalued, overbought, overbullish” environment, particularly when market internals don’t feature robust and favorable uniformity.

    The present, strikingly negative market return/risk profile will change. I would certainly prefer this change to feature a steep retreat in valuations, followed by an early improvement in market action, which is an outcome that would shift the expected return/risk classification to the most favorable one we identify across history, but we’ll take the evidence as it arrives. Understand now that my identification as a “permabear” is an artifact of challenges we encountered after my 2009 insistence on stress-testing our methods against Depression-era data. I’ll emphasize again that our present methods (reflecting our mid-2014 adaptations) would encourage a constructive or aggressive investment stance across about 71% of market history, including significant portions of recent market cycles.

    We know very well that maintaining a patient, value-conscious, historically-informed discipline does, in fact, require patience and discipline. We’re committed to that discipline, we’ve always attempted to adapt it to new evidence, and we certainly enjoyed the benefits of that in complete market cycles prior to the recent speculative half-cycle advance.

    I’ve been asked whether it’s frustrating to maintain a defensive outlook when the S&P 500 has made new highs. The answer is that while we experienced great frustration in this half-cycle prior to the adaptations we introduced in mid-2014, we’re quite comfortable with our present outlook because we know how frequently the same investment discipline that makes us defensive here would have encouraged a constructive or aggressive outlook in market cycles across history, including recent ones, as conditions have changed. While it’s true that our own outlook is often uncorrelated or inversely correlated with that of others, we’ve never taken a hit as deep as the 2000-2002 or 2007-2009 losses in the S&P 500, and certainly nowhere near those of the Nasdaq.

    The completion of a market cycle dramatically changes compound arithmetic. A fairly run-of-the-mill completion of the current cycle would wipe out the entire total return of the S&P 500 since 2000. In an advance that’s longer in the tooth than any speculative episode except the one that ended with the 2000 peak, and with the most reliable valuation measures more extreme than at any peak other than 1929 and 2000, one might consider Kenny Rogers’ advice: never count your money while you’re sitting at the table.

    It remains clear that every advance in a speculative market transforms “expected future return” into “realized past return,” leaving less and less on the table for long-term investors. Over the completion of every market cycle, that process is also reversed, and as prices collapse, poor prospects for long-term return are transformed into strong ones. My error in the recent half-cycle was underestimating how dismal the long-term returns were that investors would be willing to accept (and, identically, how extreme the valuations were that investors would be willing to pay). We had to abandon the belief that any amount of historically-informed rationality might prevail among policy makers or investors, without abandoning tools that would help us to navigate a deranged financial environment. In the presence of zero interest rates, previously reliable “overvalued, overbought, overbullish” warnings were not enough. One had to wait for market internals to deteriorate, indicating a subtle psychological shift toward increasing risk-aversion, before adopting a hard-negative market outlook (see the “Box” in The Next Big Short for the full narrative).

    That’s where we differ from speculators who insist on the permanence of the recent bull market; who, ignoring the ineffectiveness of persistent monetary easing during the 2000-2002 and 2007-2009 collapses, rely on central-bank stick-saves to ratchet the markets along a permanently high plateau. To deny impermanence is to invite suffering, and unfortunately, no amount of evidence seems capable of averting the belief of speculators in permanence. So they will suffer.

    “Sell everything”

    At present, the greatest risk of ignoring impermanence is the belief that market risk has been removed from any consideration, and that even the most obscenely overvalued markets should never be sold. We can see that belief reflected in current price/volume data, as the post-Brexit plunge in interest rates mesmerized investors and prompted a low-volume “sellers strike.” As a security moves from one level of overvaluation to an even more extreme level of overvaluation, looking over one’s shoulder at positive past returns can reinforce the notion that the advance will never end. But extreme valuations imply dismal future returns, and that’s largely forgotten amid the eager lip-smacking of investors for ever lower or even more negative interest rates.

    Understand that at a 10-year Treasury yield of 1.45%, investors stand to earn a cumulative total return of about 15% on those bonds between today and their maturity a decade from now. If one invests at current prices, nothing will make that long-term return better. Driving interest rates to negative levels in the interim won’t change the arithmetic. It would only front-load the returns, leaving only losses available to investors for the remaining portion of the decade. Put differently, the most that investors can expect to gain in 10-year Treasury bonds over any horizon, without subsequently giving it back over the coming decade, is about 15%; unless they actually sell at rich valuations and poor long-term yields.

    The urging of central banks, which has become nearly a form of propaganda, is that there will always be a lower rate, a higher price, and a greater fool. The effect of this is not to repeal market cycles, but to extend their recklessness in a way that increases the risk of Depression. The majority of global debt is now “covenant lite,” providing little protection against bankruptcy. Accordingly, recovery rates have already fallen to the lowest level in history, and we haven’t even seen a recession.

    Likewise, the most reliable valuation measures imply that stock market investors can expect a cumulative total return in the S&P 500 of less than 20% over the coming 12-year period, all of that from dividends. This projection is robust to assumptions about future growth and interest rates, as detailed in Rarefied Air: Valuations and Subsequent Market Returns. We can’t rule out the front-loading of those returns either, and we’ll take our cues from market internals and related factors. But again, we estimate that the most investors can expect to gain in the S&P 500 over any horizon, without giving it back by the end of the coming 12-year period, is less than 20%; unless they actually sell at rich valuations.

    Frankly, my opinion is that we are at the peak of the third speculative episode since 2000, and I doubt that the S&P 500 will approach or exceed current levels again until late in that 12-year horizon. However, we remain more flexible toward changes in market conditions and the associated investment outlook than observers might imagine. Even at current extremes, we could embrace an outlook that might be described as “constructive with a safety net,” provided that we see a greater improvement in market internals across a broad range of individual stocks, industries, sectors and security types (when speculators are risk-seeking, they tend to be indiscriminate about it). That possibility would be particularly relevant if short-term interest rates were to drop back into single basis points. There’s no question that a robust shift to fresh speculation would make long-term matters even worse, but that’s the point of a safety net. In any event, I’m quite certain that the range of investment conditions in the coming 2-3 year period, and our response to them, will be far more varied than many appear to expect.

    The following charts bring the valuation picture up-to-date. The first shows the ratio of nonfinancial market capitalization to corporate gross value-added. MarketCap/GVA is more strongly correlated with actual subsequent S&P 500 total returns than a score of alternative measures we’ve examined across history. It is also generally consistent with the broader class of reliable valuation measures (Shiller P/E, market cap/GDP, Tobin’s Q) that are defined by the fact that they mute the impact of cyclical variability in profit margins.

    The chart below shows MarketCap/GVA on an inverted log scale (blue line, left scale), along with the actual subsequent S&P 500 annual nominal total return over the following 12-year period (red line, right scale).

    I should note that corporate debt as a fraction of corporate gross value-added has surged to the highest level in history. As profits have begun to stumble, companies have aggressively issued debt, using the proceeds to repurchase stock in order to boost per-share earnings. The problem is that even today’s depressed corporate yields are higher than the prospective total return we estimate for U.S. stocks over the coming 10-12 year period. As a result, stock repurchases, far from being a benefit to shareholders, represent a destruction of shareholder value. The only shareholders who benefit from stock repurchases here are those who are cashing out, leaving remaining shareholders to hold a more concentrated and leveraged bag over the completion of this cycle.

    As for corporate bonds, be sure to distinguish stated yield from realized yield. Over the completion of this cycle, buyers of corporate debt are unlikely to realize those stated yields once defaults kick in and low recovery rates eat into them.

    This whole speculative mania will end tragically. How did we not learn this from 2000-2002, or 2007-2009, or the collapse of every other mania in history? My sense is that it’s a mistake to assume that yield-seeking hasn’t been fully exhausted across every class of securities. The notion that some “pocket” of value and opportunity remains untapped is largely based on a misunderstanding of yield relationships (e.g. the Fed Model). While we do still estimate a positive expected return/risk profile in precious metals shares, even these will be vulnerable if we observe even modestly greater dollar strength or slightly lower inflation. Meanwhile, there’s some potential for Treasury yields to decline a bit further in the event of an economic softening, but at this point, even that is more a speculation than an investment. The bottom line is that we’re inclined to limit risk exposure in every class of investment here.

    Over the weekend, Jeff Gundlach of DoubleLine observed, correctly I think, that investors have “entered a world of uber complacency,” advising “Sell everything. Nothing here looks good. You can’t save your economy by destroying your financial system.” Likewise, Jim Grant of Grant’s Interest Rate Observer was asked by Barron’s where investors might find opportunities for yield. He replied “I’m stumped. I’m not going to try to find opportunities where they can’t be found.”

    For those who insist that there is always a bull market somewhere, I would suggest that the most likely bull market to emerge here will be in bear market assets. Fortunately, inevitable periods of investor panic, speculative collapse, and improved valuation can shift market return/risk prospects substantially, which creates new opportunities for conventional assets. Long live impermanence.

    Investors are currently paying extravagant multiples on cyclically elevated earnings, at a point where a misplaced focus on debt-financed consumption and yield-seeking speculation has ravaged U.S. real investment and the accumulation of productive capital, setting the stage for persistently anemic economic growth.

    The insistence of central banks on promoting yield-seeking speculation, a game that always ends in destruction, reminds me of the 1983 Cold War movie “War Games” where a teenage Matthew Broderick hacks into a Defense Department computer called WOPR, and launches a “global thermonuclear war” simulation that’s mistaken for the real thing. How much yield-seeking speculation do central banks have to provoke, and how much do future economic prospects have to be injured, before they stumble onto the same conclusion as WOPR: “A strange game. The only winning move is not to play.”

     

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 1st August 2016

  • Is Europe Doomed By Vassalage To Washington?

    Authored by Paul Craig Roberts,

    “One Ring to rule them all . . . and in the darkness bind them.”
    J.R.R. Tolkien, The Lord of the Rings

    World War II resulted in Europe being conquered, not by Berlin but by Washington.

    The conquest was certain but not all at once. Washington’s conquest of Europe resulted from the Marshall Plan, from fears of Stalin’s Red Army that caused Europe to rely on Washington’s protection and to subordinate Europe’s militaries to Washington in NATO, from the replacement of the British pound as world reserve currency with the US dollar, and from the long process of the subordination of the sovereignty of individual European countries to the European Union, a CIA initiative implemented by Washington in order to control all of Europe by controlling only one unaccountable government.

    With few exceptions, principally the UK, membership in the EU also meant loss of financial independence. As only the European Central Bank, an EU institution, can create euros, those countries so foolish as to accept the euro as their currency no longer have the power to create their own money in order to finance budget deficits.

    The countries that joined the euro must rely on private banks to finance their deficits. The result of this is that over-indebted countries can no longer pay their debts by creating money or expect their debts to be written down to levels that they can service. Instead, Greece, Portugal, Latvia, and Ireland were looted by the private banks.

    The EU forced the pseudo-governments of these countries to pay the northern European private banks by suppressing the living standards of their populations and by privatizing public assets at pennies on the dollar. Thus retirement pensions, public employment, education and health services have been cut and the money redirected to private banks. Municipal water companies have been privatized with the result being higher water bills. And so on.

    As there is no reward, only punishment, for being a member of the EU, why did governments, despite the expressed wishes of their peoples, join?

    The answer is that Washington would have it no other way. The European founders of the EU are mythical creatures. Washington used politicians that Washington controlled to create the EU.

    Some years ago CIA documents proving that the EU was a CIA initiative were released. See: http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/europe/1356047/Euro-federalist… and http://benwilliamslibrary.com/blog/?p=5080

    In the 1970s my Ph.D. dissertation chairman, then a very high-ranking official in Washington with control over international security affairs, asked me to undertake a sensitive mission abroad. I refused. Nevertheless, he answered my question: “How does Washington get foreign countries to do what Washington wants?”

    “Money,” he said. “We give their leaders bagfuls of money. They belong to us.”

    The record is clear that the EU serves the interests of Washington, not the interests of Europe. For example, the French people and government are opposed to GMOs, but the EU permits a “precautionary market authorization” of GMO introduction, relying perhaps on the “scientific findings” of the scientists on Monsanto’s payroll. When the US state of Vermont passed a law requiring labeling of GMO foods, Monsanto sued the state of Vermont. Once the paid-off EU officials sign the TTIP agreement written by US global corporations, Monsanto will take over European agriculture.

    But the danger to Europe goes far beyond the health of European peoples who will be forced to dine on poisonous foods. Washington is using the EU to force Europeans into conflict with Russia, a powerful nuclear power capable of destroying all of Europe and all of the United States in a few minutes.

    This is happening because the paid-off with “bagfuls of money” European “leaders” had rather have Washington’s money in the short-run than for Europeans to live in the long-run.

    It is not possible that any European politician is sufficiently moronic to believe that Russia invaded Ukraine, that Russia any moment will invade Poland and the Baltic states, or that Putin is a “new Hitler” scheming to reconstruct the Soviet Empire. These absurd allegations are nothing but Washington propaganda devoid entirely of truth. Washington’s propaganda is completely transparent. Not even an idiot could believe it.

    Yet the EU goes along with the propaganda, as does NATO.

    Why? The answer is Washington’s money. The EU and NATO are utterly corrupt. They are Washington’s well paid whores.

    The only way Europeans can prevent a nuclear World War III and continue to live and to enjoy what remains of their culture that the Americans have not destroyed with America’s culture of sex and violence and greed, is for the European governments to follow the lead of the English and exit the CIA-created European Union. And exit NATO, the purpose of which evaporated with the collapse of the Soviet Union, and which is now being used as an instrument of Washington’s World Hegemony.

    Why do Europeans want to die for Washington’s world hegemony? That means Europeans are dying for Washington’s hegemony over Europe as well.

    Why do Europeans want to support Washington when Washington’s high officials, such as Victoria Nuland, say “Fuck the EU.”

    Europeans are already suffering from the economic sanctions that their overlord in Washington forced them to apply to Russia and Iran. Why do Europeans want to be destroyed by war with Russia? Do Europeans have a death wish? Have Europeans been Americanized and no longer appreciate the historic accumulation of artistic and architectural beauty, literature and music achievements of which their countries are custodians?

    The answer is that it makes no difference whatsoever what Europeans think, because Washington has set up a government for them that is totally independent of their wishes. The EU government is accountable only to Washington’s money. A few people capable of issuing edicts are on Washington’s payroll. The entire peoples of Europe are Washington’s serfs.

    Therefore, if Europeans remain the gullible, insouciant, and stupid peoples that they currently are, they are doomed, along with the rest of us.

    On the other hand, if the European peoples can come to their senses, free themselves from The Matrix that Washington has imposed on them, and revolt against Washington’s agents who control them, the European peoples can save their own lives and the lives of the rest of us.

  • Is War Inevitable In The South China Sea?

    Authored by Pepe Escobar, originally posted Op-Ed via RT.com,

    Since the recent ruling by The Hague in favor of the Philippines and against China over the South China Sea, Southeast Asia has been engulfed on how to respond. They dithered. They haggled. They were plunged into despair.

    It was a graphic demonstration of how “win-win” business is done in Asia. At least in theory.

    In the end, at a summit in Vientiane, Laos, the 10-nation Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) and China finally settled for that household mantra – “defusing tensions”.

    They agreed to stop sending people to currently uninhabited “islands, reefs, shoals, cays, and other features” after ASEAN declared itself worried about land reclamation and “escalations of activities in the area”.

    And all this without even naming China – or referring to the ruling in The Hague.

    China and ASEAN also pledged to respect freedom of navigation in the South China Sea (which Washington insists is in danger); solve territorial disputes peacefully, through negotiations (that happens to be the official Chinese position), also taking into consideration the UN Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS); and work hard to come up with a Code of Conduct in the South China Sea (that’s been going on for years; optimistically, a binding text will be ready by the first half of 2017).

    So, problem solved? Not really. At first, it was Deadlock City. Things only started moving when the Philippines desisted to mention The Hague in the final statement; Cambodia – allied with China – had prevented it from the start.

    And that’s the heart of the matter when it comes to ASEAN negotiating with China. It’s a Sisyphean task to reach consensus among the 10 members – even as ASEAN spins its role as the perfect negotiation conduit. China for its part prefers bilaterals – and has applied Divide and Rule to get what it wants, seducing mostly Laos and Cambodia as allies.

    That threat by a peer competitor

    The strategic geopolitical centrality of the South China Sea is well known: A naval crossroads of roughly $5 trillion in annual trade; transit sea lanes to roughly half of global daily merchant shipping, a third of global oil trade and two-thirds of all liquid natural gas (LNG) trade.

    It’s also the key hub of China’s global supply chain. The South China Sea protects China’s access to the India Ocean, which happens to be Beijing’s crucial energy lifeline. Woody Island in the Paracels, southeast of Hainan island, also happens to be a key bridgehead in One Belt, One Road (OBOR) – the New Silk Roads. The South China Sea is strictly linked to the Maritime Silk Road.

    The arbitration panel in The Hague (composed of four Europeans, one American of Ghanaian descent and, significantly, no Asians) issued a ruling that is non-binding; moreover, it was not exactly neutral, as China, one the conflicting parties, simply refused to take part.

    Beyond these expressions of mutual ASEAN-China understanding, hardcore action will keep everyone’s juices flowing. The Pentagon, predictably, won’t refrain from its FON (Freedom of Navigation) program, which has recently featured several B-52 overflights in the South China Sea along with the usual US Navy patrols.

    But now Beijing is counter punching in style – showing off one of its H-6K long-range nuclear-capable bombers overflying Scarborough Shoal, near the Philippines. That only increased Pentagon paranoia, because the real game in the South China Sea revolves to a large extent over China’s aerial and underwater military strategy.

    To understand the progression, we need to go back to the early 1980s, when the Little Helmsman Deng Xiaoping set up China’s first Special Economic Zone (SEZ) in Shenzhen. From the start, the whole Chinese miracle always depended upon China’s eastern seaboard’s fabulous capacity to engage in global trade. More than half of China’s GDP depends on global trade.

    But, strategically, China has no direct access to the open seas. Geophysics is implacable: there are islands all around. And geopolitics followed; many of these are and can become a problem.

    Wu Shicun, the president of China’s National Institute for South China Sea Studies, has been constant over the years; all of Beijing’s actions boil down to securing strategic access to the opens seas. This may be construed in the West as aiming for a “Chinese lake”. But it’s in fact about securing its own naval backyard. And that implies, predictably, deep suspicion about what the US Navy may come up with. The Defense Ministry loses sleep about it 24/7.

    For Beijing, it’s crystal clear; the eastern seaboard must be protected at all costs – because they are the entry and exit point of China’s global supply chains. Yet as Beijing improves its military sophistication, the hegemon – or exceptionalist – machine gets itchier and itchier. Because the whole ingrained exceptionalist worldview can only conceive it as a “threat” by a peer competitor.

    The larger-than-life “access” drama

    From Exceptionalistan’s point of view, it’s all about the myth of “access”. The US must have full, unrestricted “access” to the seven seas, the base of its Empire of Bases, post-Rule Britannia system: the “indispensable nation” ruling the waves.

    But now Beijing has reached a new threshold. It’s already in the position to successfully defend the strategic southern island of Hainan. The Yulin naval base in Hainan is the site of China’s expanded submarine fleet, which not only features stalwarts such as the 094A Jin-class submarine, but the capability to deliver China’s new generation ICBM, the JL-3, with an estimated range of 12,000km.

    Translation: China now can not only protect, but also project power, aiming ultimately at unrestricted access to the Pacific.

    The US counter punch to all this is “Anti-Access”, or A2, plus Area Denial, which in Pentagonese turns out as A2/AD. Yet China has evolved very sophisticated A2/AD tactics, which include cyber warfare; submarines equipped with cruise missiles; and most of all anti-ship ballistic missiles such as the Dongfeng 21-D, an absolute nightmare for those sitting duck billion-dollar US aircraft carriers.

    A program called Pacific Vision, funded by the Pentagon’s Office of Net Assessments, eventually came up with the Air-Sea Battle concept. Virtually everything about Air-Sea Battle is classified. As the concept was being elaborated, China has mastered the art of very long range ballistic missiles – a lethal threat to the Empire of Bases, fixed and/or floating.

    What is known is that the core Air-Sea Battle concept, known in Orwellian Pentagonese as “NIA/D3”,“networked, integrated forces capable of attack-in-depth to disrupt, destroy and defeat adversary forces”. To break through the fog, this is how the Pentagon would trample over Chinese A2/AD. The Pentagon wants to be able to attack all sorts of Chinese command and control centers in a swarm of “surgical operations”. And all this without ever mentioning the word “China”.

    So these are the stakes. The indispensable nation’s military hegemony over the whole South China Sea must always be undisputed. Always. But already it is not. China is positioning itself as a cunning, asymmetrical aspirant to “peer competitor”. For the moment Beijing ranks second in the Pentagon’s list of “existential threats” to the US. Were not for Russia’s formidable nuclear power, China would already be number one.

    At the same time China does not need to launch any military offensive against an ASEAN member; it’s bad for business. The environment after The Hague’s ruling – as the Laos summit proved – points toward long-term diplomatic solutions. But make no mistake; at some point in the future, there will be a serious confrontation between the US and China over “access" to the South China Sea.

  • Yuan Strengthens Most Since 2010 As China Manufacturing Spikes To 17-Month Highs AND Tumbles To 7-Month Lows

    In a miracle of modern goal-seeking, China's Manufacturing PMI clung to within an inch of 'stable' 50 level for the 20th month (actually missing expectations of 50.0, printing 49.9) But while manufacturing is its lowest since Feb, the non-manufacturing PMI jumped to 53.9 – its highest since Dec 15. Even better, just 45 monutes after this data, Caixin released their manufacturing PMI data which smahed expectations, surging to 50.6 – its highest since Feb 2015. Following the notable USD weakness on Friday (thanks to BoJ disappointment), and the apparent recovery of the Chinese economy (just need another trillion or two of credit to keep the dream alive), PBOC strengthened the Yuan fix by 0.35% – the most since mid-June… extending the 9-day gain to the most since Sept 2010.

    Manufacturing slipped to a 5-month low…

     

    Services hits 7-month (2016) highs…

     

    But Caixin Manufacturing (weighted more towards smaller-caps rather than official PMI's weighting towards SOEs) surged to 19 month highs… thanks to the quickest rise in outstanding business since March 2011.

     

    Commenting on the China General Manufacturing PMI data, Dr. Zhengsheng Zhong, Director of Macroeconomic Analysis at CEBM Group said:

    “The Caixin China General Manufacturing PMI came in at 50.6 for July, up significantly by 2.0 points from the reading for June, marking the first expansion since February 2015. The sub-indexes of output, new orders and inventory all surged past the neutral 50-point level that separates growth from decline. This indicates that the Chinese economy has begun to show signs of stabilizing due to the gradual implementation of proactive fiscal policy. But the pressure on economic growth remains, and supportive fiscal and monetary policies must be continued.”

    Evercore ISI notes the following a China's most crucial recent developments… 

    • “Severe challenges” in the China economy says Beijing, worse than “persistent downward pressure” – their characterization of the last several months. 
    • Two components to this change.  One, managing expectations down. Two, showing the upcoming G20 (Sep 4-5) attendees that the officials are on the case. 
    • Conflicting Beijing comments.  Saying ‘foundation of stable economic development not solid’ – bad.   Then saying the ‘long-term positive trend in fundamentals has not changed’ – good.   
    • China budget deficit now 4.2% of GDP, vs. 2.2% in worst of 2008-09 global crisis amid a big stimulus program.  More stimulus coming.   
    • CBRC (banking authority) tightening regulations to contain growing risks from sketchy practices in the ‘Wealth Mgmt Products’ arena.  NPL fears also.   
    • Media control even tighter by Beijing.  All original ‘current affairs news’ is now banned by internet portals.  Managing what people see – not the path of modern market economies.    
    • Yuan strengthened this last week, mostly on Friday.  Think of this as more USD weakness than Yuan strength.

    And that Yuan strength continues as PBOC fixes the currency stronger by the most since mid June…

    • *CHINA STRENGTHENS YUAN FIXING BY 0.35%, MOST SINCE JUNE 23

     

    This is the 8th Yuan strengthening in 9 days… the biggest strengthening since Sept 2010…

     

    Is this the post G-20 agreement? Fed promises not rose rates, China allows Yuan to rise.. world remains stable into the election to try to ensure HRC wins?

     

    Charts: Bloomberg

  • What If?

    Presented with no comment…

     

     

    Source: Townhall.com

  • America's Recent Achievements In The Middle East

    Authored by Eric Zuesse,

    Here are before-and-after pictures of what the U.S. government has achieved, in the Middle East:

    What’s especially interesting there, is that in all of these missions, except for Iraq, the U.S. was doing it with the key participation of the Saud family, the royals who own Saudi Arabia, and who are the world’s largest buyers of American weaponry. Since Barack Obama came into the White House, the operations — Libya, Yemen, and Syria — have been, to a large extent, joint operations with the Sauds. ‘We’ are now working more closely with ‘our’ ‘friends’, even than ‘we’ were under George W. Bush.

    As President Obama instructed his military, on 28 May 2014:

    When issues of global concern do not pose a direct threat to the United States, when such issues are at stake — when crises arise that stir our conscience or push the world in a more dangerous direction but do not directly threaten us — then the threshold for military action must be higher. In such circumstances, we should not go it alone. Instead, we must mobilize allies and partners to take collective action. We have to broaden our tools to include diplomacy and development; sanctions and isolation; appeals to international law; and, if just, necessary and effective, multilateral military action. In such circumstances, we have to work with others because collective action in these circumstances is more likely to succeed.

    So: ’we’ didn’t achieve these things only on our own, but instead in alliance with the royals of Saudi Arabia, Qatar, UAE, Kuwait, and other friendly countries, which finance jihadists everywhere but in their own country. And, of course, all of ‘us’ are allied against Russia, so we’re now surrounding that country with ‘our’ NATO partners before we do to it what we’ve previously done to Iraq, Libya, Yemen, and Syria. America is becoming even more ambitious, because of ‘successes’ like these in Iraq, Libya, Syria, Yemen, and Ukraine.

    The United States has been the great champion of ‘democracy’ throughout the world. And these are are some of the results of that ‘democracy’. ‘We’ are spreading it abroad.

    ‘Our’ latest victory has been ‘our’ spreading it to Ukraine. No country is closer to Russia than that.

    Inside America, the term that’s used for referring to anyone who opposes this spreading of ‘democracy’, is ‘isolationist’, and this term is imported from the meaning that it had just prior to America’s joining World War II against Hitler and other fascists. Back in that time, an “isolationist” meant someone who didn’t want to defeat the fascists. The implication in the usage of this term now, is that the person who is an ‘isolationist’ is a ‘fascist’, just as was the case then. It’s someone who doesn’t want to spread ‘democracy’. To oppose American foreign policy is thus said to be not only ‘right wing’, but the extremist version of that: far right-wing — fascist, perhaps even nazi, or racist-fascist. (Donald Trump is rejected by many Republicans who say that he’s ‘not conservative enough’. Democrats consider him to be far too ‘conservative’. The neoconservative Democrat Isaac Chotiner, whom the Democratic neoconservative Slate hired away from the Democratic neoconservative The New Republic, has headlined at Slate, “Is Donald Trump a Fascist?” and he answered that question in the affirmative.) George Orwell dubbed this type of terminological usage “Newspeak.” It’s very effective.

    Studies in America show that the people who are the most supportive of spreading ‘democracy’ are individuals with masters and doctoral degrees (“postgraduate degrees”). Those are the Americans who vote for these policies, to spread American ‘democracy’, to foreign lands. They want more of this — more of these achievements. (Hillary Clinton beat Bernie Sanders nationwide among the “postgraduate” group.) Some of these people pride themselves on being “technocrats.” They claim that the world needs more of their ‘expertise’. Lots of them come forth on the ‘news’ media to validate such invasions as Iraq in 2003, Libya in 2011, Syria after 2011, etc. Almost all of them possess doctoral degrees. This shows what they have learned. They are the most employable, the highest paid, the most successful, in their respective fields.

    After all: ‘democracy’ is not for amateurs. It’s only for people who take instruction, and who do what they are told. But, told by whom? Whom are they obeying? Do they even know? In any organization, when an instruction is issued, is it always easy to know who issued it? And what happens to a person who doesn’t carry it out? There is a winnowing process. The constant survivors are the ones who rise from that process, and who ultimately win the opportunity to issue some of the instructions themselves. These people are the wheat; everybody else is chaff, which gets discarded, in a ‘democracy’.

    *  *  *

    Investigative historian Eric Zuesse is the author, most recently, of  They’re Not Even Close: The Democratic vs. Republican Economic Records, 1910-2010, and of  CHRIST’S VENTRILOQUISTS: The Event that Created Christianity.

     

     

  • If You Disagree With This Harvard Economist You May Be Stupid And A Racist

    Shocked by the inexplicable realization that Americans are stubbornly unwilling to bow down and blindly accept the political and economic views of the educated elites in this country, Harvard Professor Gregory Mankiw recently took to the New York Times to pen an op-ed where he concluded that the only possible reason for the lack of conformity to his point of view is the stupidity and racism of the electorate.  An article by Adam Button at forexlive, called our attention to the recent op-ed which he described as a "dazzling display of contempt for the public from a Harvard professor who can't believe that voters aren't listening to the gospel of the economic elites."

    Questioning why American's object to increasing globalization, Professor Mankiw pointed to three main conclusions:

    "The first is isolationism more broadly. Trade skeptics tend to think, for example, that the United States should stay out of world affairs and avoid getting involved in foreign conflicts.  They are not eager for the United States to work with other nations to solve global problems like hunger and pollution."

     

    "The second is nationalism. Trade skeptics tend to think that the United States is culturally superior to other nations. They say the world would be better if people elsewhere were more like Americans."

     

    "The third is ethnocentrism. Trade skeptics tend to divide the world into racial and ethnic groups and think that the one they belong to is better than the others. They say their own group is harder working, less wasteful and more trustworthy."

    In summary, Professor Mankiw concludes that "…isolationist, nationalist, ethnocentric worldview is related to one’s level of education…the more years of schooling people have, the more likely they are to reject anti-globalization attitudes."  So if we understand Professor Mankiw correctly, we disagree with him because we're stupid, and because we're stupid we're also necessarily racist.  Got it.  

    Lest you think that Mr. Mankiw only holds contempt for American dissenters, he points out that the British people are stupid and racist as well:

    "…the recent Brexit vote was strongly correlated with education.  Districts with a high percentage of college graduates tended to vote to remain in the European Union, while those with a small percentage tended to vote to leave."

    We're happy to note that Mr. Mankiw did find some cause for optimism, noting that populations tend to grow smarter over time.  If we're lucky, hopefully our offspring can all reach the level of enlightenment of Professor Mankiw, though it will probably take another 100-200 years, or so. 

    "In the long run, therefore, there is reason for optimism.  As society slowly becomes more educated from generation to generation, the general public’s attitudes toward globalization should move toward the experts.  The short run in which we find ourselves now, however, is another story."

    Frankly, we're happy that Professor Mankiw is drawing attention to the infallible intellect of our our ivy league educated economic and political elite.  Given the horrific record of the Fed in recent years, creating bubble after bubble while laying ruin to global economies, we think the Fed could benefit from some smart people like Professor Mankiw.

    Janet L. Yellen – Brown University – BA in Economics; Yale University – Ph.D. in Economics

    Lael Brainard – Wesleyan University – BA; Harvard University – Ph.D. in Economics

    Stanley Fischer – London School of Economic – BS/MS in Economics; MIT – Ph.D. in Economics

    Jerome H. Powell – Princeton University – AB in Politics

    Daniel K. Tarullo – Georgetown University; Duke University

    Wait a minute….

    Gregory Mankiw

  • "Time's Up – The Pain Must Begin Now"

    Submitted by Chris Hamilton via Econimica blog,

    In 2010, Social Security (OASDI) unofficially went bankrupt.  For the first time since the enactment of the SS amendments of 1983, annual outlays for the program exceeded receipts (excluding interest credited to the trust funds).  The deficit has grown every year since 2010 and is now up to 8% annually and is projected to be 31% in 2026 and 44% by '46.  The chart below highlights the OASDI annual surplus growth (blue columns) and total surplus (red line).  This chart includes interest payments to the trust funds and thus looks a little better than the unvarnished reality.

    For a little perspective, the program pays more than 60 million beneficiaries (almost 1 in 5 Americans), OASDI (Old Age, Survivors, Disability Insurance) represents 25% of all annual federal spending, and for more than half of these beneficiaries these benefits represent their sole or primary source of income.

    The good news is since SS's inception in 1935, the program collected $2.9 trillion more than it paid out.  The bad news is that the $2.9 trillion has already been spent.  But by law, Social Security is allowed to pretend that the "trust fund" money is still there and continue paying out full benefits until that fictitious $2.9 trillion is burned through.  To do this, the Treasury will issue another $2.9 trillion over the next 13 years to be sold as marketable debt so it may again be spent (just moving the liability from one side of the ledger, the Intergovernmental, to the other, public marketable).  However, according to the CBO, Social Security will have burnt through the pretend trust fund money (that wasn't there to begin with) by 2029.

    Below, the annual OASDI surplus (in red) peaking in 2007, matched against the annual growth of the 25-64yr/old (in blue) and 65+yr/old (grey) populations.  The impact of the collapse of the growth among the working age population and swelling elderly population is plain to see.  And it will get far worse before it eventually gets better. 

    From 2017 through 2029, the present 170 million person 25-64yr/old population will grow by just 5 million.  The current 51 million person 65+yr/old population will grow by 22 million.  And it won't get much better after that as the older population keeps swelling with boomers living progressively longer.

    Beginning in 2030 benefits will have to be paired up with tax collections according to current law.  By present calculations, this means an initial 29% reduction in benefits.  The reductions will only become larger from there.  The average benefit check in 2016 is $1341/mo, or $16,000/yr.  A 29% reduction on the average payment will be <-$390/mo> and the reductions will keep growing for the rest of our lives.  For couples, this means their initial combined benefit will be $22.850 instead of $32.000.

    Americans turning 67 in 2030 will be told that after being mandated to pay their full share of SS taxation throughout their working lifetime, they will not see anything near their full benefits in their latter years.  However, those in retirement now and those retiring between now and 2029 are being paid in full despite the shortfall in revenue.  They will be paid in full until this arbitrary "trust fund" is theoretically drained.

    I have no intention of funding, in full, current retirees benefits with my tax dollars only to know I will hit the finish line with a 30%+ reduction that will only worsen over time.  My goal is to pay it forward to my kids and then do my best to never to be a burden to them.  The SS (OASDI) benefits must be cut now to be in line with revenues.  Raise taxes, lower benefits…your choice.  But I'm not about to make the old whole so I can then subsequently see my generation go bankrupt in my latter years.

    Conclusion-

    1- There was a trust fund, but Executive and Congressional tinkering along the way has seen that is has been entirely spent (artificially and temporarily boosting the economy along the way).  It's gone and issuing more debt in it's place is just asinine.

     

    2- With immediate effect, benefits must be cut or taxes raised…you choose.  We can't pretend any longer and attempt to push the consequences out another generation.

    Times up. The pain must begin now and must be shared equally by all.

  • Why The IRS Is Probing The Clinton Foundation

    "Clinton Cash" author, Peter Schweizer, recently took to the airwaves to explain why the IRS investigation of the Clinton Foundation should be a "big deal" (also see Clinton Cash: "Devastating" Documentary Reveals How Clintons Went From "Dead Broke" To Mega Wealthy") even though he expressed some "skepticism" over the ability of Obama's IRS to run an impartial investigation.  As we we've reported (see "IRS Launches Investigation Of Clinton Foundation"), the IRS recently launched an investigation of the Clinton Foundation after receiving a letter signed by 64 Republicans of the House of Representative which described the Clinton Foundation as a “lawless ‘pay-to-play’ enterprise that has been operating under a cloak of philanthropy for years.” 

    Somehow we, too, are doubtful that the IRS will lead this investigation with the same kind of vigor they displayed when looking into local Tea Party organizations and religious charities during the last election cycle. 

    When asked why the IRS should be concerned about the Clinton Foundation, Mr. Schweizer explained:

    "The big deal is that…there are international anti-bribery standards that say bribing a public official can mean giving them money, giving their family money, or giving their charity money.  Just because it's a charity doesn't mean that it's not important or not interesting…it constitutes bribery every bit as much as if somebody's putting money in somebody's pocket for a benefit."

    Mr. Schweizer continued by calling into question why foreign governments and wealthy foreign individuals, many from the middle east, would contribute money to the Clinton Foundation given the limited scope of their actual charitable outreach:

    "When you look at the people who are giving large sums of money overseas they are people who have histories of corruption or being involved in bribery scandals."

    We're certain Mr. Schweizer is "overreacting".  After all we're pretty sure the State of Kuwait, Friends of Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, The Government of Brunei Darussalam and The Sultanate of Oman, all Clinton Foundation contributors (see full list below), are eagerly involved in the Clinton Foundation's project entitled "No Ceilings: The Full Participation Project" whose stated goal is building an "evidence-based case to chart the path forward for the full participation of girls and women in the 21st century."

    A full list of entities/individuals that have made bribes contributions in excess of $1mm to the Clinton Foundation over the years can be found below (click for a larger image):

    Clinton Foundation Contributors

    Finally, when asked why the Obama administration would allow the Clinton Foundation to continue to solicit cash from foreign governments even as she served as Secretary of State, Mr. Schweizer noted that, in fact, Obama conditioned his appointment of Clinton to Secretary of State on her agreement to "disclose all donors"…a condition which Clinton promptly ignored. 

    "We know now that there at least 1,100  contributions from foreign sources they still haven't disclosed."

    The full interview with Mr. Schweizer can be viewed below:

     

    Watch the latest video at video.foxnews.com

    In light of the IRS investigation, we also decided to take a quick look at the Clinton Foundation financials (full reports can be found here). To our "surprise," we discovered that, in fact, only 13.6% of the $248 million of expenditures made by the Foundation in 2014 were for "direct program expenditures" while the remainder went to salaries and amorphous expense buckets like "Professional and Consulting" and "Meetings and Training."  We're very hopeful that this is the type of "efficiency" that Hillary can bring to the various federal organizations.  After all, spending 13.6 cents of every dollar on actual stated objectives would be a huge improvement for many federal entities.

    Clinton Foundation 2014 Expenses

    The full 2014 audited financials of the Clinton Foundation can be viewed below:

  • Goldman Turns Outright Bearish: Says To "Sell" Stocks Over Next 3 Months

    One month after Goldman strategists downgraded equities to neutral on growth and valuation concerns back in May, the firm turned up the heat on the bearish case with a June report by Christian Mueller-Glissmann, in which the Goldman strategist said that equity drawdown risk “appears elevated” with S&P 500 trading near record high, valuations stretched, lackluster economic growth and yield investors being “forced up the risk curve to equities.” Specifically Goldman warned to prepare for a “major drawdown.”

    We, however, were skeptical, and concluded our take on Goldman’s newfound skepticism as follows: “we can’t help but be concerned that the last time Goldman warned about a big drop in the market a month ago, precisely the opposite happened. Will Goldman finally get this one right, or did the firm just say the magic words for the next leg higher in stocks? “

    Well, Goldman was right about a brief “drawdown” in stocks just a few weeks later following the Brexit swoon, which however on the back on unprecedented central bank verbal support, resulted in one of the biggest rallies yet, not to mention a historic short squeeze, and indeed led to the next leg higher in stocks, to fresh all time highs to be precise.

    So for those who believe that Goldman is just another incarnation of Dennis Gartman and are still bearish, you may want to close out any remaining short positions because moments ago, the same Christian Mueller-Glissman released a new report in which Goldman has gone outright bearish, with a “tactical downgrade to equities for the next 3 months.”

    Here is the reasoning behind Goldman’s creeping sense of gloom:

    • The rally in risky assets over the past few weeks has continued n and broadened – the S&P 500 has made all-time highs, the VIX has fallen, bonds and ‘safe havens’ started to sell off, and cyclicals have outperformed defensives.
    • We think a key driver of the recovery has been a combination of the light positioning into Brexit and the search for yield amid expectations of easing.
    • However, given equities remain expensive and earnings growth is poor, in our view equities are now just at the upper end of their ‘fat and flat’ range.
    • Our risk appetite indicator is near neutral levels and its positive momentum has faded, suggesting positioning will give less support and we will need better macro fundamentals or stimulus to keep the risk rally going, but market expectations are already dovish and growth pick-up should take time.
    • As a result, we downgrade equities tactically to Underweight over 3 months, but remain Neutral over 12 months. We remain Overweight cash and would look for resets lower in equities to add positions.

    First off, in its attempt to skim over its most recent erroneous call, Goldman’s global risk appetite indicator “signalled a persistent lack of risk appetite ahead of Brexit (and in general since 2015), with our indicator mostly negative, and a sharp decline post the Brexit vote. The lack of positioning was a key reason why we decided to stay Neutral on equities despite the quick relief rally. Since then, our risk appetite indicator has increased further, indicating a continuation of the risk appetite reversal. We think the negative asymmetry in risky assets is increasing again. A positive level of the risk appetite indicator is not a bearish signal per se – the indicator can remain in positive territory for prolonged periods of time without any risk of drawdowns as long as macro fundamentals remain supportive. However, with our risk appetite indicator now in neutral territory, the market is more vulnerable to growth and policy disappointments, in our view. In addition, its positive momentum has faded and we are back at the levels we saw ahead of the last 3 drawdowns.”

    Goldman adds the following:

    While the initial risk appetite reversal had both risky and ‘risk-off’ assets rallying alongside each other in a strong search for yield, a more reflationary rally has occurred since July 8, during which bonds and other ‘risk-off’ assets such as gold and the Yen started to sell off, up until Friday. Alongside this, cyclicals and financials outperformed, while low vol stocks underperformed (Exhibit 3). The cyclicals vs. defensives roundtrip, for example, has happened across regions (Exhibit 4) and has been particularly strong in EM and Japan (supported by the financials’ rally after the recent BoJ decision), but we believe a large part of the reversal is now done and without a sustained pick-up in growth, the more pro-cyclical rally is running out of steam.

     

    In short, Goldman’s doubling down on a bearish forecast have nothing to do with a change in fundamentals (which have not improved according to the firm) and everything to do with a shift in sentiment and positioning. To wit:

    We think this reversal in positioning increases the likelihood of an equity pullback given that our fundamental view has not changed: valuations still appear high and we still expect poor earnings growth across regions. In our view, equities remain in their ‘fat and flat’ range and are now just near the upper end. As a result, we downgrade equities to Underweight in our 3-month asset allocation. Until the growth situation improves, we are not that constructive on equities, particularly after this type of rally and amid continuing concerns about the sustainability of stimulusled growth in China, global policy uncertainty (and in Europe in particular), dovish central bank expectations, and heightened prospects of unknown shocks (e.g. Turkey recently). We remain Overweight credit, which has less negative  asymmetry than equities, in our view.

    So, if one believes that Goldman is going to be right this time, how should one trade the coming risk asset swoon? Some ideas from the taxpayer-backed hedge fund:

    Cross-asset volatility has reset significantly lower, particularly relative to where recent realised levels are.

    We remain Overweight cash over 3 months to benefit from a pick-up in volatility and look for opportunities to re-enter upon pullbacks in equity, as we remain Neutral over 12 months. We think the negative asymmetry for risky assets and for bonds could require more aggressive risk management. We highlight the following cross-asset opportunities:

    1. Call-overwriting across indices
    2. Short-dated S&P 500 options: Long OTM calls for investors worried about a squeeze higher, long puts for hedges
    3. Long-dated Nikkei vol
    4. Long gold vol
    5. Long MSCI EM puts to hedge positions

    Finally some thoughts from Goldman on the underlying macro situation…

    Macro surprises have been positive, but from a low bar

     

    The recent pro-cyclical tilt of the equity rally might in part be due to expectations of more reflationary central bank polices, but it has also been supported by a better macro backdrop relative to expectations. Our global macro surprise index (MAP) had an increase in July, driven by developed markets (Exhibit 14). And the correlation of equities with macro surprises has been positive, i.e. it’s a ‘good news is good news’ environment as dovish Fed expectations have been anchored. However, the positive macro surprises might in part be due to lowered expectations into and after Brexit. Friday’s US GDP release came in below expectations, primarily owing to a sizeable inventory correction.

     

    … and the market’s take on monetary policy, which is at odds with an economy that is supposedly improving:

    The current dovish Fed pricing is at odds with current macro trends, the significant easing of financial conditions during the relief rally and our economists’ forecast of above 2% US GDP growth in 2H2016. The repricing of Fed hikes since the beginning of the year has been extreme and now little is priced until 2018 (Exhibit 16). Our economists see a 65% probability of a hike this year (45% for December and 20% for September) post the Fed’s recent meeting as the FOMC indicated nearterm risks to the economic outlook have diminished, although Friday’s US GDP came in below expectations. Bearish rate shocks have put upward pressure onglobal bond yields, which could continue.

    In short, Goldman believes the key risk to sentiment, and pricing, is that monetary policy expectations will disappoint.

    So far, both the BoE and ECB have been on hold. Our economists expect the BoE to announce a 25 bp cut in the bank rate, Gilts and corporate bond purchases and an extension of the Funding for Lending Scheme. And they expect the ECB to extend its asset purchase programme to the end of 2017 (currently March 2017) at the September meeting, and the key according to which purchases under the PSPP are taking place to be changed from the ECB’s capital key to market capitalisation of debt outstanding. New fiscal easing in Japan is also broadly expected in the near term (see Japan Views: Economic stimulus package upwards of ¥28 tn, but real water component likely only around ¥5 tn over several years, July 27, 2016), but we have concerns that this fails to sustainably boost the market, as has often been the case in the past (see Japan Strategy Views: History Lessons, July 26, 2016). Unless expectations can be met or exceeded, the chances of another drawdown are heightened, in our view.

    Taking all this into considerations, Goldman’s latest conclusion is relative simple: sell.

    Policy uncertainty is still high post Brexit and has increased further in Europe, the US and China, in our view. In Europe, the Brexit negotiations are likely to take time; in the US, the general election cycle is starting; and in China, concerns have picked up – in fact, our economists have highlighted again a significant pick-up in FX outflows in June amid RMB weakening. Geopolitical risks have also moved again into focus with further terror attacks globally and the attempted military coup in  Turkey on July 15, 2016. With equities at the high end of their range, we think shocks such as these can drive downside from here.

    Will Goldman again be wrong?  It’s distinctly possible, in which case we expect the firm to capitulate some time in September, when the S&P is around 2,300 and urging what clients it has left to buy stocks at all time highs. That would clearly market the moment to sell everything. On the other hand, considering Goldman dreadful forecasting record over the past year, it is about time the firm got one reco right, if only purely statistically.  But just to be safe, it may be wisest to wait until Gartman turns “pleasasntly long.”

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 31st July 2016

  • DoD Admits US Global Hegemony Threatened By China, Russia In "Persistently Disordered World"

    By 2035, the US could find itself in an environment where Russia or China may match or even exceed the West's military and economic might in some areas, taking advantage of a “disordered and contested world,” the Pentagon’s research unit said…

    Conflict and war in 2035 cannot be understood by the simple identification of a set of individual trends and conditions. Instead, the intersection and interaction of many discrete trends and conditions will ultimately change the character of future conflict and illuminate the reasons why the Joint Force may be called on to address threats to U.S. national interests. In fact, conflict in 2035 is likely to be driven by six specific and unique combinations of trends and conditions.

     

    Each of these Contexts of Future Conflict creates a troubling problem space for the Joint Force. They include:

     

    1. Violent Ideological Competition. Irreconcilable ideas communicated and promoted by identity networks through violence.

     

    2. Threatened U.S. Territory and Sovereignty. Encroachment, erosion, or disregard of U.S. sovereignty and the freedom of its citizens from coercion.

     

    3. Antagonistic Geopolitical Balancing. Increasingly ambitious adversaries maximizing their own influence while actively limiting U.S. influence.

     

    4. Disrupted Global Commons. Denial or compulsion in spaces and places available to all but owned by none.

     

    5. A Contest for Cyberspace. A struggle to define and credibly protect sovereignty in cyberspace.

     

    6. Shattered and Reordered Regions. States unable to cope with internal political fractures, environmental stressors, or deliberate external interference.

     

    Each context includes elements of both contested norms and persistent disorder. However, their relative importance will vary depending on the objectives of potential adversaries and the capabilities available to them. Dissatisfaction with the current set of international rules, norms, and agreements will cause revisionist actors to make their own – and attempt to enforce them. Meanwhile, the loss of legitimacy or strength by governing authorities will permit other actors to effectively employ coercion and violence in pursuit of power or to further their beliefs.

    As RT reports, a new foresight report from The Pentagon’s research division, the Defense Technical Information Center (DTIC), warns that within just 20 years, the US and its allies will live in a world where shaping a global order the way they have since the end of the Cold War would be increasingly difficult, if not impossible.

    “The future world order will see a number of states with the political will, economic capacity, and military capabilities to compel change at the expense of others,” reads the paper entitled “The Joint Force in a Contested and Disordered World.”

     

    “Rising powers including for example, China, Russia, India, Iran, or Brazil have increasingly expressed dissatisfaction with their roles, access, and authorities within the current international system,” it states.

     

    “Russia will modernize its land, air, and sea-based intercontinental nuclear forces” and make use of deterrent operations such as “snap nuclear exercises, bomber flights, and strategic reconnaissance overflights into US territory,” the Pentagon’s researchers predict.

    The report admits Russia and China are among countries dissatisfied “with the current Western-derived notion of international order.”

    Russia, China, India, and others, labeled “revisionist states” in the report, would promote alternate international alliances, while the West’s shrinking resources would also have an impact on Washington’s dominance across the globe.

    “Although seemingly insignificant today, organizations such as the Shanghai Cooperation Organization and the Eurasian Economic Union could grow as China, Russia, India, and others turn to these multinational groups to reorder international rules in their favor.”

     

    “Demographic and fiscal pressures will continue to challenge NATO’s capacity and capability,” the paper warns. “In Asia, perceptions of reduced US commitment may encourage current allies and partners to pursue unilateral military modernization efforts or explore alternative alliances and partnerships.”

    However, though the Pentagon’s report states that “no power or coalition of powers has yet emerged to openly oppose US global influence and reach,” it claims “the United States will operate in a world in which its overall economic and military power, and that of its allies and partners, may not grow as quickly as potential competitors.”

    A number of states “can generate military advantages locally in ways that match or even exceed that of the Joint Force and its partners,” while American technological superiority “will be met by asymmetric, unconventional, and hybrid responses from adversaries.”

    Offering a vision of the world in 2035, the paper says in conclusion it is unclear if the US “can be simultaneously proficient at addressing contested norms and persistent disorder with currently projected capabilities, operational approaches, and fiscal resources.”

    “There may be times when it is more appropriate to manage global security problems as opposed to undertaking expensive efforts to comprehensively solve them.”

    Moscow has repeatedly denied allegations of it harboring global ambitions as opposed to that of the US.

    Russia “is not aspiring for hegemony or any ephemeral status of a superpower,” President Vladimir Putin said at the St. Petersburg International Economic Forum last year, adding: “We do not act aggressively. We have started to defend our interests more persistently and consistently."

    Earlier this year, Russia adopted a new edition of its foreign policy doctrine, which mentions a shift towards a multipolar and a “polycentric” world.

    “A transition to polycentric architecture should be ideally based on the interaction of leading centers of power,” Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov said in April. He added however, that he was not sure if that was achievable.

    *  *  *

    Full Joint Chiefs of Staff Report below…

  • Turkey Surrounds, Blocks Access To NATO's Incirlik Airbase Amid Speculation Of Second Coup

    While it is common knowledge by now that the failed and/or staged Turkish coup two weekends ago was nothing more than an excuse for Erdogan to concentrate even more power and eradicate all political and independent opposition, a story that has gotten less attention is the sudden, and acute deterioration in US-Turkish relations. This culminated two days ago when the Commander of US Central Command (CENTCOM) General Joseph Votel was forced to deny on the record having anything to do with the attempted coup in Turkey following pointed allegations from the very top in the local government that the US orchestrated last Friday’s “coup”, according to a statement released by the US military on Friday.

    As Stars and Stripes reported late last week, the recent failed coup and jailing of military leaders in Turkey could impact U.S. operations there against the Islamic State group, Gen. Joseph Votel said Thursday at a security conference in Colorado. Votel said the coup attempt in Turkey two weeks ago left him “concerned” about how U.S. operations and personnel at Incirlik Air Base will be affected.


    Army Gen. Joseph Votel, commander of U.S. Central Command

    “Turkey of course …sits on an extraordinarily important seam between the central region and Europe,” Votel said at the Aspen Security Forum. “It will have an impact on the operations we do along that very important seam. Obviously, we are very dependent on Turkey for basing of our resources…I am concerned it will impact the level of cooperation and collaboration that we have with Turkey.”

    Yeni Safak, a daily paper known for its loyal support of Erdogan, even reported retired Army Gen. John F. Campbell, former commander of NATO forces in Afghanistan, was the mastermind behind the attempted overthrow. However, the paper also reported White House Press Secretary Josh Earnest called the allegations against the general unsubstantiated.

    Votel said Thursday that the United States was “continuing to work through some of the friction that continues to exist” following the failed coup. He did not elaborate.

    The general did say some of the arrested Turkish officers worked with U.S. personnel to coordinate airstrikes against the Islamic State group. “Yes, I think some of them are in jail,” Votel said of certain key Turkish military liaisons.

    As a result of the coup attempt, U.S. air operations were temporarily suspended and the Turkish government cut power to Incirlik.

    The diplomatic spat continued on Friday when comments made at an Erdogan’s rally once again blasted Votel for criticizing Turkey’s  post-coup attempt purge saying “Who are you? Know your place.” Erdogan went on to hint once more that the United States planned the failed government overthrow bid.

    To this Votel again responded that “any reporting that I had anything to do with the recent unsuccessful coup attempt in Turkey is unfortunate and completely inaccurate,” Votel said. He was responding to an interpretation of comments made at a think tank in Washington, DC by Turkey’s President Recep Tayyip Erdogan accusing Votel of sympathizing with the coup plotters.

    * * *

    Meanwhile, Turkey’s war of words against the US escalated on Friday, when Turkey’s authoritarian despot Erdogan condemned the West for refusing to show solidarity with Ankara, accusing NATO ‘allies’ as being more concerned about the fate of coup supporters than the survival of Turkey are not friends of Ankara. Erdogan blasted the West for criticizing the massive purge of Turkey’s military and other state institutions which has seen 60,000 people detained, removed or suspended over suspected links with the coup and for cancelling 50,000 civilian passports which many worry is but a prelude to an expansion of the reign of terror inside the country.

    “The attitude of many countries and their officials over the coup attempt in Turkey is shameful in the name of democracy,” Erdogan told hundreds of supporters at the presidential palace in Ankara.

    “Any country and any leader who does not worry about the life of Turkish people and our democracy as much as they worry about the fate of coupists are not our friends,” said Erdogan, who narrowly escaped capture and perhaps death on the night of the coup.

    As Sputnik notes, the statements come in response to US National Intelligence Director James Clapper’s statement on Thursday that the purges were harming the fight against Daesh in Syria and Iraq by stripping away key Turkish officers who had worked closely with the United States. 

    “My people know who is behind this scheme… they know who the superior intelligence behind it is, and with these statements you are revealing yourselves, you are giving yourselves away.”  The remarks come at a troubling time only one day after over 5,000 protesters yelling “death to the US” marched towards NATO’s critical Incirlik Air Base which houses between 50 and 90 US tactical nuclear weapons before security officials successfully dispersed the raging demonstrators.

    * * *

    Which brings us to today, and the news that NATO’s critical Incirlik Air Base was hours ago completely blocked off by Turkey, with all inputs and outputs to the Adana base having been closed according to Turkey’s Hurriyet among rumors of yet another coup.

     

    As the Turkish Minister for European Affairs, Omar Celik, tweeted moments ago, this is just a routine “safety inspection”, although it has not stopped local papers from speculating that a a second Gulen-inspired coup attempt may be underway. 

    Hurriyet has raised concern that the closing may be tied to an attempt by the Erdogan regime to prevent a second coup attempt.

    Some 7,000 armed police with heavy vehicles have surrounded and blocked the Incirlik air base in Adana used by NATO forces, already restricted in the aftermath of a failed coup. Unconfirmed reports say troops were sent to deal with a new coup attempt.

    Hurriyet reported earlier that Adana police had been tipped off about a new coup attempt, and forces were immediately alerted. The entrance to the base was closed off.  Security forces armed with rifles and armored TOMA vehicles used by Turkish riot police could be seen at the site in photos taken by witnesses.

    Indeed, the massive presence of armed police supported by heavy vehicles calls into question the Turkish government’s official line that the lock down at the Incirlik base is merely a “safety inspection.”?

    Local media has focused on the base after the failed coup in Turkey occurred the night of July 15. Although the main scenes of the events were Istanbul and Ankara, Incirlik was shut down  for a time by local authorities shortly after the putsch, and several Turkish soldiers from the base were deemed by Turkish officials to be involved in the overthrow attempt.

    The lockdown at Incirlik follows a massive wave of protests on Thursday when pro-Erdogan nationalists took to the streets yelling “death to the US” and called for the immediate closure of the Incirlik base. Security personnel dispersed the protesters before they were able to make it to the base.

    And while there has been no official statement from US armed forces stationed at Incirlik at this time, the situation continues to develop in front of the air bBase as more heavy trucks have been dispatched to surround and block access to the critical military facility.

    It is unclear if Erdogan is naive enough to think that he can out-bluff and out-bully the US and keep Incirlik hostage until he gets Gulen repatriated by Obama on a silver platter, a hostage “tit for tat” we first described two weeks ago. If so, one wonders, if he is doing so alone, or with the moral support of others, perhaps such recently prominent enemies of Erdogan as Vladimir Putin. Recall that just over a month ago Erdogan publicly apologized to Putin for downing the Russian Su-24 fighter jet in November, and called Putin “a friend.”

    Finally, at least as of this moment, it appears that theairspace around Incirlik is closed.

  • Waiting For The Other Shoe…

    …to Drop.

     

    “If a shoe drops in a forest of liberal media, will anyone hear it?”

    Source: Townhall.com

  • Whose Lives Matter?

    Submitted by Salil Mehta via Statitiscal Ideas blog,

    In our prior article we exposed that a murdered Black had a 90% chance of being killed by another Black (8x the rate of Whites being killed by another White).  And a murdered Black had a 10% chance of being killed by police (usually Black police, and anyway it is at a high 2.5x the rate of Whites).  We integrated recent popular academic research (some of which I peer-reviewed), and lastly we noted that for every 10 Blacks killed by police, 1 police was killed by a Black.  We intend to explore these trends further, since after that article we saw more shooting deaths of police in Baton Rouge (and less covered by the media were deaths in Kansas City and Austin and just now in San Diego, plus this week near-deaths of multiple officers in both Indianapolis and Jefferson Parish). The debate about the 'killings' statistics between predominantly Blacks and police has brought up in the recent political conventions.  It’s also worth noting from the onset that this all appears to be a system that has gotten out of control. 

    Police are ubiquitous in low income neighborhoods, and in these neighborhoods Blacks are killing disproportionately.  This summer in particular is going to set records going back more than a decade (even if you remove mass terrorist shootings from the time series). There is a lack of social service safety nets for these multitude of decent Americans, and instead the government's Lottery is ironically a disgraceful sponge drawing away from these communities that need assistance most.  I helped some of their neighborhoods rebuild, with economic assistance provided during the TARP bailout program.  But now attaining lethal weapons is simply too easy.  Blacks should know better, and the killings of these courageous public servants needs to stop.  Innocent Americans are needlessly becoming victims with the idea that police lives don’t matter.  They don’t matter to the point that the Black Lives Matter (BLM) -per the words of one of their three leaders- is now pushing to defund the police altogether.  And White people certainly shouldn’t feel somehow guilty because a small fraction of them are crowded into the Top 1%.  The rest of the White communities are going through as difficult a time as well, but just not as violently.  Given our last article gained 90k reads, and >275 social media engagements, this follow-up seemed necessary to present a broader case (taking in comments from both sides) than merely the grim murder statistics that provide bad optics for Blacks.  It is my hope that we learn from these most violent statistics, since this is also where data (difficult to come by) is just a tad easier to manually assimilate.

    There is plenty of information circulating that homicides of civilians through some methods has gone down (our blog has discussed this as well).  Overall police deaths have gone down (but through all means, including common causes such as simple working accidents or vehicle crashes).  In the chart below we see that for the specific case of cold-blooded shooting of police to death, so far in 2016 this has gone up by about 60%, versus the YTD levels in previous years.  It goes up, even as the month of July is not yet over. It goes up even if we don’t count the Dallas and Baton Rouge killings at all.  And it is nearly a 1 standard deviation event, implying that recent killings are either purposefully too high in response to BLM, or because we simply have a rise in disobedient killings anyway, and likely both.  Disturbingly, the police are the only sub-population being killed at an increasing rate over time!  And while in recent years about 55% of these murders were done by Blacks (who represent 13% of the U.S. population); and in 2016 this surged to a goliath three-quarters of police murdered by Blacks throughout 2016.  This evidence of the uptick in police being killed by Blacks is statistically significant at >95%.

     

     

    Such a spike in police being killed is enough discourage otherwise good, decent Americans from taking up this noble public service.  We all rely on the police at some point in our lives.  We ask them to work in our most dangerous cities, and they are mostly good officers (of course a few bad ones well).  The anecdotal shootings of Blacks that are edited and glorified on social media are still terrible tragedies and bad optics for communities that feel the police are intervening in their progress to live a healthy and productive life.  I do agree that black lives matter.  Most Americans should agree with that as well.  There are many, many extraordinary ones among our colleagues, friends, and -in my case- my students.  But they also agree that over time so too matters the lives of everyone else, including children, vulnerable women, police and everyday Whites in the same tender socio-economic status.  

    We live in a country where there is too much overall homicide (nearly 6 thousand annually).  And at the racial intersection we also have Black officers more likely to shoot Whites than White officers are to shoot Blacks.  But behind all of these statistics we all must work together and have a clear sense of responsibility to each another.  We share this country, and rise and fall together.  With hope, we will spend more time brightly raising each other up as fellow countrymen, rather than finding it easy to speak hateful words of one another (which then slides into killing one another).

     

  • One Month Later – Brexit Post-Mortem

    Submitted by Alasdair Macleod via GoldMoney.com,

    It is a month after Britain’s surprise vote to leave the EU.

    A new Conservative Prime Minister and Chancellor are in place, both David Cameron and George Osborne having fallen on their swords. The third man in the losing triumvirate, Mark Carney, is still in office. Having taken a political stance in the pre-referendum debate, there can be little doubt the post-referendum fall in sterling was considerably greater than if he had kept on the side-lines.

    This article takes to task the Treasury’s estimates of the effect of Brexit on the British economy and Mr Carney’s role in the affair, then assesses the actual consequences.

    The Treasury’s economic weapons of mass destruction

    One of the Treasury’s models predicted Brexit would cost each household £4,300 every year. There were at least two things wrong with this prediction. Firstly, it was presented as if it was a loss of net income, in other words the business profit or wages the average household would lose. The estimate was nothing of the sort, it was the Treasury’s estimate of the loss of annual GDP divided by the number of households in the event of Brexit.

    A second wrong should be equally obvious. No economic model is capable of predicting an outcome without subjective inputs. This is why garbage in produces garbage out. One can even goal-seek specific answers by feeding assumptions into an economic model. One suspects this was the principal basis of what the press dubbed “Project Fear”. There were in fact two Treasury models, the first one described above, which is meant to predict the medium to long-term outlook, and a second which predicted an immediate recession in the event of Vote Leave. This is the Treasury’s VAR model, which uses statistical analysis to measure and quantify the level of financial risk. The simple assumption, with no basis in evidence, was that Brexit would amount to an economic shock half as great as the 2008 financial crisis, lasting for two years.

    Combining the output of these two models allowed George Osborne to threaten us with an economic disaster if we didn’t vote Remain.

    An important point that seems to be lost on government economists when making their forecasting assumptions is that we all quietly get on with making a living, very successfully if we are left alone by the state. It is when they interfere that things start to go wrong. Furthermore, they are convinced we need national trade deals, and appear incapable of understanding that we manage far better with free trade.

    We will not digress into why using economic models can never work, and instead note the abuse of its own models by the Treasury. An independent paper by Professor David Blake published by the Cass Business School exposes the intent in the Treasury’s approach, some of which is repeated here. He even goes so far as to describe the published outputs as “dodgy dossiers”, a phrase that was first used to describe the cooked-up intelligence report that led us into the last Iraq war. It is as if the purpose of the Treasury’s economic assessment was to threaten us, to pursue the Iraq analogy, with non-existent weapons of mass economic destruction.

    Professor Blake’s findings are damning, but they were less widely read in financial circles than the Treasury’s forecasts, which were almost always accepted without question. The Treasury forecasts were then given added impetus when Mark Carney, the Governor of the Bank of England, took the unusual step of intervening in the political debate. Claiming that the Bank has a mandate to warn us of economic threats, he gave the Treasury forecasts unwarranted credibility in the foreign exchanges and international financial markets. Though he denied his intervention was political, there can be no doubting that that was the effect.

    If Britain had voted to remain, there would have been no immediate problem for the markets. Ahead of the vote, sterling rallied in a growing belief the referendum would be in favour of Remain, because the bookies odds said so. Instead, the vote went the other way. There can be little doubt that the markets reacted as sharply as they did on the basis of the Treasury’s dodgy dossiers, and the added spin given to them by Mark Carney’s warnings.

    In the event, sterling immediately fell over 10% and markets worldwide took a big knock. A run developed on UK commercial property funds. But the most important event, in terms of the Bank of England’s mandate, was the collapse in sterling. It went against the Bank’s stated mission, “to promote the good of the people of the United Kingdom by maintaining monetary and financial stability”.

    Mr Carney’s intervention was a gamble for Remain that failed to pay off. The evidence that he was caught up in the Treasury’s deceit has now emerged, with markets rapidly regaining their poise, apart from the sad exception of sterling. The Monetary Policy Committee on 14 July decided that no further economic stimulus is required. In other words, both markets and the Bank are now signalling that Brexit does not have the consequences for the UK threatened by the Treasury, beyond a 10% sterling devaluation. And that would most likely not have occurred if markets were not preconditioned to think Brexit would be a disaster for the currency.

    If it wasn’t for the sensitivity of his position, one would have expected Mr Carney to resign his post immediately. But the replacement of a central bank governor is never hurried, being managed in the interests of market stability. Therefore, Mr Carney might quietly arrange for his early departure.

    What happened to the Brexit recession?

    One month on from the referendum, there is no sign of the Treasury’s VAR model predictions coming to fruition. London is teeming with people, many of them foreign visitors, spending money in cafes, restaurants, theatres and other visitor attractions. The country roads are still jammed with caravans, tractors, tourists and white vans trying in all their productive mayhem to go about their business. Wimpish businessmen dithering over trade and investment plans are being forced to get on with life, and it should be noted that turncoat Remain supporter, GSK, this week announced a massive new capital investment programme, one of several such announcements in recent days.

    Our long-abandoned trade friends in the Commonwealth are keen to talk to us, as is China. And who can forget President Obama’s threat when it came to negotiating T-TIP with the EU? Well, we are no longer at the back of the queue, but at the front of the line. Only this week, it was announced that our American friends will shortly be able to enjoy fine Welsh lamb and prime Scottish beef again for the first time in twenty years. Suddenly, everyone, with the exception of the EU, wants to engage with us about trade. A dyed-in-the-wool bureaucrat, Michel Barnier, has been appointed to represent the EU Commission in the Brexit divorce. He is expected to talk tough, and make any agreement with the UK hard-won. Good luck to him, when the opportunities and everyone’s focus have moved elsewhere.

    The scientific community, which warned us about the loss of important subsidies and cooperation on European research projects, is now backtracking. The President of the Royal Society, says he sees no evidence that European funding bodies are discriminating against British research projects. Professor Nick Donaldson, of University College, London, points out that “money is pouring into the research and development pipeline, but new products are not getting to market, because of the expense incurred through the EU’s Active Implantable Medical Device Directive of 1990 (Letters, Daily Telegraph, 26 July). At last, we will be able to set our own rules in this and other matters for the benefit of ordinary people.

    It must be extraordinary, to anyone who was sucked in by the Treasury’s forecasts, how quickly markets and the economy have recovered their poise. Mainstream economists are confounded. Again, we must refer to Professor Blake’s paper. He points out that Greenland’s economy grew rapidly when it left the EU in 1985, and Ireland’s trade with the UK was unchanged by her exit from the sterling area in 1979. Both these outcomes are wholly inconsistent with the Treasury’s assumptions. He also points out that the model on the Treasury’s input assumptions would predict the UK is better off joining the euro, and that every country in the world would be better in the EU. Tell that one to Donald Trump.

    It is worth reading his key points, if not Professor Blake’s paper in its entirety. That the Treasury got is so wrong tempts one to think there was another agenda, perhaps stuck in the mind-set of the post-war geopolitical establishment.

    More immediately, there is the obvious problem that the EU’s economic and financial trajectory is a genuine crisis, and that the whole project is liable to collapse. If so, Britain remaining in the EU would have amounted to a sacrifice of Britain’s relatively free trade values in the interests of the EU’s lemming-like self-destruction.

    There is, of course, every possibility that the British government will screw Brexit up. The signals from the establishment are mixed, to say the least. The state-controlled Royal Bank of Scotland and its NatWest subsidiary is preparing its business customers for negative interest rates on their deposit accounts. Many economists, immersed in the beliefs of the neo-Cambridge school and with the Treasury’s forecasts still uppermost in their minds, desire further cuts in interest rates and even helicopter money.

    We cannot know what the future holds, particularly when governments attempt to micro-manage their citizens’ economic activities. There is no evidence that compels us to argue that a British government and the Bank of England are much better than any other Western government and central bank. Nor can we assume that an escape from the EU is an escape from their group-think.

    We do know with reasonable certainty, on the balance of firm evidence, that if the British or European economies tank, it will have nothing to do with Brexit.

  • This Canadian Oil 'Ghost Town' Is For Sale

    In a shocking example of the fallout from low oil prices coupled with years of easy-money-enabled malinvestment, the collapse of Canada's non-conventional oil production has forced a northern Alberta oil-boom-town to be put up for auction including 1200 person accomodation work-camp, hospital, gym, running track, and waste-water treatment plant.

    After years of invincibility, the inevitable happened:

     

    And that has simply imploded the once 'boom' oil towns of Alberta.

    After 55 years in business, Ritchie Brothers says "nothing really comes close in sheer physical size to this unique asset we're selling by private treaty: a 1,200-person workforce accommodation camp located approximately 50km north east of Peace River, AB, Canada."

    Imagine a camp the size of a small town, but with all the modern conveniences of the big city: full-service dining, medical clinic, modern living suites, bar/lounge and recreation suites, and wireless internet.

    This work camp has a fully-equipped gym complex complete with indoor running track, squash courts, weights and aerobic equipment. The camp even has its own power and utilities system. Take a virtual tour in the video below.

    The ghost-town – constructed by ATCO in 2013 – is divided into several complexes, and three wings of living areas with 1,232 fully-furnished executive-style rooms.

    Here's an overview of the camp layout.

    An aerial view of the entire camp complex.

    • A. Core complex
    • B. Gym complex
    • C. Living areas
    • D. Waste water treatment plant
    • E. Backup generators, utilities and more
    • F. 3 external luggage storage containers
    • G. Security trailer (office/kitchen/toilet/storage-furnace room/septic tank)
    • H. Electrified fence line around the perimeter of the workforce accommodation

    The fully-equipped, professional-grade kitchen and dining facility located in the core complex is capable of catering to all 1,232 hungry residents in just 1.5 hours!

    The fully-equipped, professional-grade kitchen in the work camp for sale at Ritchie Bros.

    The fully-equipped, professional-grade kitchen

    Plus, the complex also features a commissary, training areas & offices, medical bay & treatment rooms, the bar/lounge area, and rec room complete with golf simulators, pool tables, table tennis, foosball and more. "Roughing it" doesn't even cross your mind in this camp.

    Some photo highlights of the camp.

    The gym complex with 200M indoor running track, squash courts and more

    The gym complex with 200M indoor running track, squash courts and more.

     

    The bar/lounge area with pool tables

    The bar/lounge area with pool tables.

     

    One of the executive-style rooms in the living areas of the camp for sale at Ritchie Bros.

    One of the executive-style rooms in the living areas.

    Camp available for immediate sale and removal.

    *  *  *

    Who would buy such a massive item? Any billionaire preppers out there looking for an all-in-one habitat for their own private army in the middle of Montana? Or perhaps Angela Merkel is looking for a self-contained refugee shelter?

  • In 50 Years This Has Never Failed To Trigger A Bear Market

    Authored by Jesse Felder of TheFelderReport.com,

    It’s earnings season once again and it looks as if, as a group, corporate America still can’t find the end of its earnings decline since profits peaked over a year ago. What’s more analysts, renowned for their Pollyannish expectations, can’t seem to find it, either.

    So I thought it might be interesting to look at what the stock market has done in the past during earnings recessions comparable to the current one. And it’s pretty eye-opening. Over the past half-century, we have never seen a decline in earnings of this magnitude without at least a 20% fall in stock prices, a hurdle many use to define a bear market.

    In other words, buying the new highs in the S&P 500 today means you believe “this time is different.” It could turn out that way but history shows that sort of thinking to be very dangerous to your financial wellbeing.

  • Soaring Chicago Gun Violence Amid 'Toughest Gun Laws' Crushes Clinton Narrative For More 'Controls'

    In continued defiance of the Democrat narrative calling for stricter gun laws, Chicago's homicide problem just keeps getting worse despite gun laws that are already among the most restrictive in the country.  If fact, even the New York Times described Chicago's gun laws as some of the "toughest restrictions," saying: 

    Not a single gun shop can be found in this city because they are outlawed.  Handguns were banned in Chicago for decades, too, until 2010, when the United States Supreme Court ruled that was going too far, leading city leaders to settle for restrictions some describe as the closest they could get legally to a ban without a ban. Despite a continuing legal fight, Illinois remains the only state in the nation with no provision to let private citizens carry guns in public.

    Data compiled the Stanley Manne Children's Research Institute revealed that homicide rates in Chicago increased to 18.81 per 100,000 in 2015 vs. 17.64 in 2010, a 7% increase.  That's compared to a 6% decline for the United States overall for the same period and over 4x the national average.  In fact, at 18.81 homicides per 100,000, Chicago would be ranked as the 201st most dangerous country out of the 218 countries tracked by the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime.

    Chicago Homicides

     

    US Murder Rate

    Perhaps even more shocking is the disparity in homicide rates by ethnicity.  African American homicides increased 19% between 2010 and 2015 vs. 8% for Caucasians and a 2% decline for Latinos.  Data revealed that African American homicide rates were eight times higher than Caucasians in 2005, 16 times higher in 2010, and 18 times higher in 2015.

    Chicago Homicides By Race

    Homicide rates were the highest among young people with the highest rates experience among 20-24 year olds at 64.28, a 48% increase in 5 years.

    Chicago Homicides by Age

    Finally, despite some of the most restrictive gun laws in the country, 87% of homicides were committed with firearms, up from 79% in 2010.  So how could the city that has the toughest gun laws in the country, laws described as the "closest they could get legally to a ban without a ban," also have some of the highest gun-related homicide rates?  Could it be, that criminals looking to use weapons for violence have a lower propensity to follow laws and that by banning guns you're really just taking them out of the hands of law-abiding citizens that wouldn't have used them for violence anyway?  Just a thought.

    Chicago Homicide by Weapon

  • The Olympics As A Tool Of The New Cold War

    Via Oriental Review,

    The 6th Fundamental Principle of Olympism (non-discrimination of any kind, including nationality and political opinion) seems to be forgotten long ago.  In ancient Greece the competition of best athletes was able to halt a war and serve as a bridge of understanding between two recent foes.  But in the twentieth century the Olympics have become a political weapon.  Back in 1980 the US and its allies boycotted the games in Moscow as a protest against the Soviet troops that entered Afghanistan at the request of that country’s legitimate government (in contrast, the 1936 Olympics in Nazi Germany were held as usual, to the applause of the “civilized” world).

    On May 8, 2016 the CBS program 60 Minutes aired a broadcast about doping in Russia.  The interviews featured recorded conversations between a former staffer with the Russian Anti-Doping Agency (RUSADA), Vitaly Stepanov, and the ex-director of Russia’s anti-doping laboratory in Moscow, Grigory Rodchenkov.  That program was just the fourth installment in a lengthy series about the alleged existence of a system to support doping in Russian sports.

    A few days later the New York Times published an interview with Rodchenkov.  There that former official claims that a state-supported doping program was active at the Sochi Olympics, and that the orders for that program had come almost directly from the Russian president.

    One important fact that escaped most international observers was that a media campaign, which had begun shortly after the 2014 deep freeze in Russian-Western relations, was constructed around the “testimonies” of three Russian citizens who were all interconnected and complicit in a string of doping scandals, and who later left Russia and are trying to make new lives in the West.

    Yulia Stepanova née Rusanova

    Yulia Stepanova née Rusanova

    A 29-year-old middle-distance runner, Yulia Stepanova, can be seen as the instigator of this scandal. This young athlete’s personal best in global competition was a bronze medal at the European Athletics Indoor Championship in 2011.  At the World Championships that same year she placed eighth.  Stepanova’s career went off the rails in 2013, when the Russian Athletic Federation’s Anti-Doping Commission disqualified her for two years based on “blood fluctuations in her Athlete Biological Passport.” Such fluctuations are considered evidence of doping.  All of Stepanova’s results since 2011 have been invalidated.  In addition, she had to return the prize money she had won running in professional races in 2011-2012.  Stepanova, who had been suspended for doping, acted as the primary informant for ARD journalist Hajo Seppelt, who had begun filming a documentary about misconduct in Russian sports.  After the release of ARD’s first documentary in December 2014, Stepanova left Russia along with her husband and son.  In 2015 she requested political asylum in Canada.  Even after her suspension ended in 2015, Stepanova told the WADA Commission (p.142 of the Nov. 2015 WADA Report) that she had tested positive for doping during the Russian Track and Field Championships in Saransk in July 2010 and paid 30,000 rubles (approximately $1,000 USD at that time) to the director of the Russian anti-doping laboratory in Moscow, Gregory Rodchenkov, in exchange for concealing those test results.

    Vitaly Stepanov

    Vitaly Stepanov

    Yulia Stepanova’s husband is Vitaly Stepanov a former staffer at RUSADA.  He had lived and studied in the US since he was 15, but later decided to return to Russia.  In 2008, Vitaly Stepanov began working for RUSADA as a doping-control officer.  Vitaly met Yulia Rusanova in 2009 at the Russian national championships in Cheboksary.  Stepanov now claims that he sent a letter to WADA detailing his revelations back in 2010, but never received an answer.  In 2011 Stepanov left RUSADA. One fact that deserves attention is that Vitaly has confessed that he was fully aware that his wife was taking banned substances, both while he worked for RUSADA as well as after he left that organization. Take note that Stepanova’s blood tests went positive starting in 2011 – i.e., from the time that her husband, an anti-doping officer, left RUSADA. With a clear conscience, the Stepanovs, now married, accepted prize money from professional races until Yulia was disqualified.  Then they no longer had a source of income and the prize money suddenly had to be returned, at which point Vitaly Stepanov sought recourse in foreign journalists, offering to tell them the “truth about Russian sports.”  In early June he admitted that WADA had not only helped his family move to America, but had also provided them with $30,000 in financial assistance.

    Gregory Rodchenkov

    Gregory Rodchenkov

    And finally, the third figure in the campaign to expose doping in Russian sports – the former head of the Russian anti-doping laboratory in Moscow, Gregory Rodchenkov.  According to Vitaly Stepanov, he was the man who sold performance-enhancing drugs while helping to hide their traces, and had also come up with the idea of “doped Chivas mouth swishing” (pg. 50), a technique that transforms men into Olympic champions.  This 57-year-old native of Moscow is acknowledged to be the best at what he does.  He graduated from Moscow State University with a Ph.D. in chemistry and began working at the Moscow anti-doping lab as early as 1985.  He later worked in Canada and for Russian petrochemical companies, and in 2005 he became the director of Russia’s national anti-doping laboratory in Moscow.  In 2013 Marina Rodchenkova – Gregory Rodchenkov’s sister – was found guilty and received a sentence for selling anabolic steroids to athletes.  Her brother was also the subject of a criminal investigation into charges that he supplied banned drugs.  Threatened with prosecution, Gregory Rodchenkov tried to commit suicide, was hospitalized and “subjected to a forensic psychiatric examination.”  A finding was later submitted to the court, claiming that Rodchenkov suffered from “schizotypal personality disorder,” exacerbated by stress.  As a result, all the charges against Rodchenkov were dropped.  But the most surprising thing was that someone with a “schizotypal personality disorder” and a sister convicted of trafficking in performance-enhancing drugs continued as the director of Russia’s only WADA-accredited anti-doping laboratory.  In fact, he held this job during the 2014 Olympics.  Rodchenkov was not dismissed until the fall of 2015, after the eruption of the scandal that had been instigated by the broadcaster ARD and the Stepanovs.  In September 2015 the WADA Commission accused Rodchenkov of intentionally destroying over a thousand samples in order to conceal doping by Russian athletes.  He personally denied all the charges, but then resigned and left for the US where he was warmly embraced by filmmaker Bryan Fogel, who was shooting yet another made-to-order documentary about doping in Russia.

    Richard H. McLaren

    Prof. Richard H. McLaren

    As this article is being written, the International Olympic Committee (IOC) is studying a report  from an “Independent Person,” the Canadian professor Richard H. McLaren, who has accused the entire Russian Federation, not just individual athletes, of complicity in the use of performance-enhancing drugs.  McLaren was quickly summoned to speak with WADA shortly after the NYT published interview with Rodchenkov.  The goal was clear: to concoct a “scientific report” by mid-July that would provide the IOC with grounds to ban the Russian team from the Rio Olympics.  At a press conference on July 18 McLaren himself acknowledged that with a timeline of only 57 days he was unable “to identify any athlete that might have benefited from such manipulation to conceal positive doping tests.”  WADA’s logic here is clear – they need to avoid any accusations of bias, unprofessionalism, embellishment of facts, or political partisanship.  No matter what duplicity and lies are found in the report – it was drafted by an “independent person,” period.  However, he does not try to hide that the entire report is based on the testimony of a single person – Rodchenkov himself, who is repeatedly presented as a “credible and truthful” source.  Of course that man is accused by WADA itself of destroying 1,417 doping tests and faces deportation to Russia for doping-linked crimes, but he saw an opportunity become a “valuable witness” and “prisoner of conscience” who is being persecuted by the “totalitarian regime” in Russia.

    The advantage enjoyed by this “independent commission” – on the basis of whose report the IOC is deciding the fate of Russia’s Olympic hopefuls – is that its accusations will not be examined in court, nor can the body of evidence be challenged by the lawyers for the accused.  Nor is the customary legal presumption of innocence anywhere in evidence.

    It appears from Professor McLaren’s statement that no charges will be brought against any specific Russian athletes.  Moreover, they can all compete if they refuse to represent Russia at the Olympics.  There are obvious reasons for this selectivity.  A law professor and longstanding member of the Court of Arbitration for Sport, Professor McClaren knows very well that any charges against specific individuals that are made publicly and result in “legally significant acts” (such as a ban on Olympic participation) can and will be challenged in court, in accordance with international law and on the basis of the presumption of innocence.  All the evidence to be used by the prosecution is subject to challenge, and if some fact included in those charges can be interpreted to the defendant’s advantage, then the court is obliged to exclude that fact from the materials at the disposal of the prosecution.

    As a lawyer, McLaren understands all this very well.  Hundreds of lawsuits filed by Russian athletes resulting in an unambiguous outcome would not only destroy his reputation and ruin him professionally – they could form the basis of a criminal investigation with obvious grounds for accusing him of intentionally distorting a few facts, which in his eyes can be summarized as follows.

    556bebba0a44556fb2b1d9b66cb9c962

    During the Sochi Olympics, an FSB officer named Evgeny Blokhin switched the doping tests taken from Russian athletes, exchanging them for “clean” urine samples.  This agent is said to have possessed a plumbing contractor’s security clearance, allowing him to enter the laboratory.  In addition, there are reports that Evgeny Kurdyatsev, – the head of the Registration and Biological Sample Accounting Department – switched the doping tests at night, through a “mouse hole” in the wall (!).  Awaiting them in the adjascent building was the man who is now providing  “credible evidence” – Gregory Rodchenkov – and some other unnamed individuals, who passed Blokhin the athletes’ clean doping tests to be used to replace the original samples.  If the specific gravity of the clean urine did not match the original profile, it was “adapted” using table salt or distilled water.  But of course the DNA was incompatible.  And all of this was going on in the only official, WADA-accredited anti-doping laboratory in Russia!

    How would something like that sound in any court?  We have witnesses, but the defense team cannot subject them to cross-examination.  We cannot prove that Blokhin is an FSB agent, but we believe it.  We do not possess any of the original documents – not a single photograph or affidavit from the official examination – but we have sufficient evidence from a single criminal who has already confessed to his crime.  We did not submit the emails provided by Rodchenkov to any experts to be examined, but we assert that the emails are genuine, that all the facts they contain are accurate, and that the names of the senders are correct.  We cannot accuse the athletes, so we will accuse and punish the state!

    To be honest, we still do not believe that the Olympic movement has sunk so low as to deprive billions of people of the pleasure of watching the competitions, forgetting about politics and politicians.  That would mean waving goodbye to the reputations of the WADA and the IOC and to the global system of sports as a whole.  Perhaps a solution to the colossal problem of doping is long overdue, but is that answer to be found within the boundaries of only one country, even a great country like Russia?  Should we take a moment here and now to dwell upon the multi-volume history of doping scandals in every single country in the world?  And in view of these facts that have come to light, is not WADA itself the cornerstone of the existing and far-reaching system to support and cover up athletic doping all over the world?

    In conclusion, we cite below the complete translation of the Russian Olympic Committee’s statement  in response to the WADA report:

    image1313008

     

    “The accusations against Russian sports found in the report by Richard McLaren are so serious that a full investigation is needed, with input from all parties.  The Russian Olympic Committee has a policy of zero tolerance and supports the fight against doping.  It is ready to provide its full assistance and work together, as needed, with any international organization.

     

    We wholeheartedly disagree with Mr. McLaren’s view that the possible banning of hundreds of clean Russian athletes from competition in the Olympic Games is an acceptable ‘unpleasant consequence’ of the charges contained in his report.

     

    The charges being made are primarily based on statements by Grigory Rodchenkov.  This is solely based on testimony from someone who is at the epicenter of this criminal scheme, which is a blow not only to the careers and fates of a great many clean athletes, but also to the integrity of the entire international Olympic movement.

     

    Russia has fought against doping and will continue to fight at the state level, steadily stiffening the penalties for any illegal activity of this type and enforcing a precept of inevitabile punishment.

     

    The Russian Olympic Committee fully supports the harshest possible penalties against anyone who either uses banned drugs or encourages their use. 

     

    At the same time, the ROC – acting in full compliance with the Olympic Charter – will always protect the rights of clean athletes.  Those who throughout their careers – thanks to relentless training, talent, and willpower – strive to realize their Olympic dreams should not have their futures determined by the unfounded, unsubstantiated accusations and criminal acts of certain individuals.  For us this is a matter of principle.”

    * * *

    Finally, Salil Mehta (from Staistical Ideas blog), offers some insightful 'math facts' on Olympic Doping – US vs Russia…

    Cheating obviously makes the games unfair.  But so too is the implementation of punishment, when it seems apparent that other nations who cry foul are surely dishonest too.  One need to look no further than celebrated American cyclist and cancer activist, Lance Armstrong.  Mr. Armstrong won 7 consecutive Le Tour de France races (beating standing records by four Europeans who have won 5 times each).  Instead of questioning this extraordinary achievement as a statistician would, people all over the world quickly idolized Mr. Armstrong as an American role model!  He was engaged to singer-songwriter Sheryl Crow, and received major sponsorships from Radio Shack and United States Postal Service.  Only after all of these too-good-to-be-true attainments did we disgracefully come to terms with the true connotation of the title of his best-selling book (It's Not About the Bike).  Let's take a closer look at the Olympic performance of every winter competition in history, and see if the host country's accomplishments should be considered too-good-to-be pure.  For these cold Olympics, could we have had a chance for other host countries, such as Russia's Cold War adversary the United States, to have engaged in more short-sighted "Lance Armstrong" moments, or have had any of a number of other deceptive violations that have been previously overlooked by the broader public?

    We begin by looking at each nation's total medal count score in each of the 22 Winter Olympics ever held, both as a non-host (in blue) and as a host (in red), if applicable.  All raw data is freely available here.  In the first games in (France 1924) 49 medals were awarded, but by the most recent games in (Russia 2014) the medal count had blossomed 6 fold, to 295.  So each game's country medal allocation has been rescaled out of 295.  Additionally nation adjustments were made to make them comparable across time without losing much impact since rarely did any of these countries host under a former break-off territory.  As examples, the Soviet Union is now aggregated under Russia, and East and West Germany are consolidated under Germany.

    We see that there has generally been a nearly 11 medal count gain for the host country in their performance while hosting, versus during the games on either side of their host games.  For example The United States (U.S.) in 2002 won 34 medals (43 when rescaled), while in 1998 and 2006 the U.S. won rescaled scores averaging 24 between those two years.  Was something mischievous afoot that allowed the U.S. to win 10 additional medals (nearly 40% more) in their host year of 2002?

    And that's actually one of the least suspicious of the U.S. host game performances!  In total there have been 11 host nations, and statistics decomposition allows us to see a rather shady pattern for Americans relative to Russians:

    • U.S., and Norway hosted a total of 6 times.  And on average earned 17 more medals during their host years.?

    • France, Germany, Japan, and Switzerland have hosted a total of 8 times.  And on average a little less of an advantage, scoring 9 more medals during their host years.?

    • Austria, Canada, Italy, Yugoslavia, and lo and behold Russia have hosted a total of 8 times.  And on average scored just 2 more medals during their host years.

    This is a worrying pattern for some countries for sure, namely the U.S.  But we'll explore the information further below so that we can see if there is other information we can learn about abnormal hosting nation advantages that augment the case for President Putin crying foul.

    Now in the global heat map above we show each of the 22 host nations only, and show what the average medal "enhancement" has occurred during their hosting.  On the most equitable side we have Yugoslavia, a country which generally earns 4 fewer medals while hosting, versus at about the same time when they are not hosting.  Russia on the other hand generally earns 4 more medals when hosting, versus normal.  But the U.S. (while contently finding fault with everyone else) somehow takes the gold, literally, with out-of-control home country bias of nearly 20 more medals when hosting, versus normal.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 30th July 2016

  • MacVLaDiMiR THe CaT

    MacVladimir The Cat: The Napoleon of Globalist Crime 

    MACVLADIMIR THE CAT

     

    MacVladimir a Mystery Cat: he’s called the Hidden Paw—
    For he’s the master criminal who defies globalists with a guffaw.
    He’s the bafflement of Scotland Yard, the Neocon’s despair:
    For when they reach the scene of crime—MacVladimir’s not there!

    MacVladimir, MacVladimir, there’s no one like MacVladimir,
    He’s broken every globalist law, he breaks economic laws of gravity.
    His powers of levitation would make a Keynesian fakir stare,
    And when you reach the scene of crime—MacVladimir’s not there!
    You may search that dingbat’s server, you may look on board Trump air—
    But I tell you once and once again, MacVladimir’s not there!

    MacVladimir’s a Moskovian cat, he’s very tall and thin;
    You would know him if you saw him, for his eyes are sunken in.
    His brow is deeply lined with thought, his head is highly domed;
    His KGB coat is dusty from neglect, his whiskers are uncombed.
    He sways his head from side to side, with movements like a snake;
    And when you think he’s half asleep, he’s always wide awake.

    MacVladimir, MacVladimir, there’s no one like MacVladimir,
    For he’s a fiend in feline shape, a monster of depravity.
    You may meet him in a by-street, you may see him in Red Square—
    But when a crime’s discovered, then MaVladimir’s not there!

    He’s outwardly respectable. (They say he’s mean at chess.)
    And his footprints are not found in any file of the anti-Snowden set.
    And when some data farm gets looted, or Hillary’s perm is rifled,
    Or when the milk is missing, or Obozo’s golf’s been stifled,
    Or some greenhouse gas gets farted, or the Bilderbugs despair
    Ay, there’s the wonder of the thing! MacVladimir’s not there!

    And when State or the CFR find a Treaty’s gone astray,
    Or  DNC numbnuts lose plans and drawings by the way,
    There may be a scrap of e-paper in the hall or on the stair—
    But it’s useless to investigate—MacVladimir’s not there!
    And when the loss has been disclosed, the Secret Service say:
    It must have been MacVladimir!’—but he’s 10,000 miles away.
    You’ll be sure to find him resting in his dacha, or a-licking of his thumb;
    Or engaged in doing complicated long army division sums.

    MacVladimir, MacVladimir, there’s no one like MacVladimir,
    There never was a Cat of such deceitfulness and suavity.
    He always has an alibi, and one or two to spare:
    At whatever time the deed took place—MACVLADIMIR WASN’T THERE !
    And they say that all the Cats whose wicked deeds are widely known
    (I might mention MungoTyler, I might mention Max or GriddleTrump)
    Are nothing more than agents for the Cat who all the time
    Just controls their operations: the Napoleon of Globalist Crime!

    MACVLADIMIR THE CAT

    From WilliamBanzai7’s Book of Practical Cats
    h/t TS Elliot

  • Three Steps To Reverse A "Doomsday" Clock

    Submitted by Vladimir Kozin via OrientalReview.org,

    The recent book review “A Stark Nuclear Warning” by Jerry Brown, in which he has shared views on William J. Perry’s memoirs “My Journey at the Nuclear Brink”, raises a lot of questions and concerns.

    Jerry Brown unequivocally describes Perry, who held many important positions in the past, including the U.S. Secretary of Defense in 1994-1997, as a double-hated man.

    On the one hand, as the U.S. Secretary of Defense he helped to build a formidable U.S. nuclear arsenal several decades ago, being responsible for important technological advances with respect to U.S. nuclear forces, like launching the B-2 a heavy strategic bomber; revitalizing the aging B-52, a bomber from the same category as SOA (Strategic Offensive Arms) inventory; putting the Trident submarine program back on track; and making an ill-fated attempt to bring the MX ICBM, a ten-warhead missile, into operation.

    On the other, William J. Perry has been identified as a staunch proponent of avoiding nuclear danger, nowadays, when he has retired and embarked “on an urgent mission to alert us to the dangerous nuclear road we are travelling.” He is clearly calling American leaders to account for what he believes “are very bad decisions”, such as the precipitous expansion of NATO right up to the Russian border (William J. Perry was a very brave man when he became the lone Cabinet member who opposed President Bill Clinton’s decision to give Poland, Hungary, and the Czech Republic immediate membership in the Alliance). William J. Perry has also not been supportive of President George W. Bush’s withdrawal from the Anti-Ballistic Missile Treaty with Russia in 2002.

    It is interesting to note that a person who took an active part in the continuous U.S. SOA and TNW (tactical nuclear weapons) build-up today has concluded that there could be no acceptable defence against a massive-scale nuclear attack. According to him, the great paradox of the nuclear age is that deterrence of nuclear war is sought by building ever more lethal and precise weapons. For the sake of reality it should be underscored that this notion has to be attributed exclusively to the USA, who has a long time ago embarked upon an “offensive unconditional nuclear deterrence strategy” which has not practically been changed so far.

    Jerry Brown observes that William J. Perry is convinced that parity is “old thinking” because nuclear weapons can’t actually be used – the risk of uncontrollable and catastrophic escalation is too high. Seemingly, he shares the earlier maxim once articulated by President Ronald Reagan: A nuclear war cannot be fought, because it can never be won.

    Unfortunately, in his remarks Jerry Brown has made a number of inaccuracies in describing some facts of the immediate past and the present-day military-political environment.

    He writes that: “…both the Soviet Union and the United States had developed hydrogen bombs”. In reality, the USA was the first state that produced H-bomb (1952), the USSR responded lately (1953). As is known, the USA was the first one who has produced an A-bomb; while the Soviet Union did so only in 1949. The USA was the first one who has created a classic SOA triad (ICBM, SLBM and heavy bombers), and MIRV ICBM. The USSR followed suit.

    That is why it is irrelevant to claim that “the Soviets just stepped up their nuclear efforts and so did the U.S.”

    turquie

    Jerry Brown reminds about the Cuban missile crisis, but does not clarify that it has been initiated by Washington who unilaterally has deployed medium-range nuclear missiles “Jupiter” with 1 megaton each in Italy and Turkey, and at a time when the USA had nuclear warheads superiority over the Soviet Union as 17:1 (revelation by Robert McNamara). Only after that dangerous action Moscow has decided to move its SNF to Cuba (note: before the Cuban missile crisis has been resolved, the Soviet leaders have not even authorized to install nuclear warheads upon the missiles and combat aircraft brought to Cuba).

    Jerry Brown is of opinion that the Cold War was over, and the nuclear weapons of the former Soviet Union were located not only in Russia, but also in three new republics that “were not capable of protecting them.” After the demise of the USSR, Russia has brought all SOA and TNW from these republics back to its territory, despite the fact that all these nuclear assets have been strongly protected. This measure has been agreed upon between Russia, Kazakhstan, Ukraine, Belarus and the Western nuclear powers.

    I do not believe that the Cold War is over despite the Paris Charter for a New Europe heralded that in 1990. The Cold War has entered a new phase – qualitatively more dangerous that its first phase. Cold War 2.0 is characterized by a vast military build-up of NATO near the Russian borders, and a complete stalemate in arms control: currently there are 15 unresolved issues in this domain between the USA and Russia. In the first stage of Cold War Moscow and Washington signed 7 nuclear arms control accords, CWC and BWC, CFE-1 and CFE-1A treaties, a number of CBM arrangements. Since 2010 nothing has been done in this sphere.

    So, it is incorrect to state that “the leaders of the Soviet Union and the United States did not make any effort to slow nuclear competition; they did just the opposite.”

    The reaction of Moscow to the fielding of the U.S. ground-based BMD assets in Europe was portrayed by Jerry Brown inaccurately.  Such elements plus sea-based components of the U.S BMD “shield” really create formidable threat to Russia and its allies because of two major reasons:

    (a) the launching tubes of the U.S. BMD system Mk-41 can house not only defensive interceptors, but also offensive cruise missiles and other war-fighting means in the framework of the “Prompt Global Strike” which can be used as a first-strike weapon versus Russia;

     

    (b) the U.S. and NATO BMD system has been tied up to their nuclear and conventional forces – such “appropriate mix” has been stamped up at the three recent NATO Summits in Chicago (2012), Newport (2014) and Warsaw (2016).

    Washington still does not want to abrogate its Cold War thinking: to cancel its first use of nuclear weapons’ concept. All U.S. Administrations have declined to accept several Soviet and Russian initiatives on that issue.

    President Barack Obama failed to ratify the CTBT (1996), though he has promised to do it during his presidency.

    1029655857

    Recently, in the framework of NATO the debates on the further strengthening of this largest military bloc reliance on nuclear weapons have intensified.

    The talk is about expanding the geographic scope and the total number of military exercises conducted with simulated use of bombs equipped with mock nuclear warheads, carrying military computer games on the use of nuclear weapons on the European continent, as well as the development of special scenarios on transformation of hypothetical conflict involving the general conventional forces into the conflicts with the use of nuclear weapons.

    Suggestions have been made that in the course of combined command and staff games of a “new type” with the help of computer simulation while resolving non-nuclear and nuclear tasks in the scenario of the regional and global environment the condition of the “use of Russian strategy of nuclear escalation” as a counterweight to the “nuclear counter-escalation” to NATO is included. The idea of involving in such games not only representatives of the military, but also high-ranking civilian government officials participating in making the important decisions of national importance is articulated.

    On June 25, 2015, during a hearing before the Committee on Armed Services of the US Congress devoted to the prospective role of nuclear weapons the United States Deputy Secretary of Defense Robert Work called to oppose to the Russian nuclear doctrine by the U.S. nuclear capabilities with the aim to launch a strategy of “de-escalation of escalation.” In other words, it is interpreted in Washington in such a way that an escalation of threats of the limited use of nuclear weapons should be used to de-escalate conflicts fought with conventional weapons.

    Commenting on the debate that took place during the meeting of the defense ministers of the member countries’ of the “transatlantic solidarity” in Brussels on 8 October 2015, the Permanent Representative of the United Kingdom to NATO Adam Thomson has publicly complained that before the Alliance held separate military exercises with the use of conventional and nuclear weapons, but has never tested the transformation of the first type of exercises in the second ones. But he further recognized with appreciation that the recommendation of the “transformation of NATO military exercises with the use of conventional weapons into nuclear drills” became the focus of attention within the Alliance.

    Pentagon chief Ashton Carter on the same day told a news conference that the transatlantic pact should prepare an “updated instructions on the use of nuclear weapons” in order to adapt to new threats and challenges of the 21st century and, in particular, called for “better integrate non-nuclear and nuclear deterrence.” His compatriot Alexander Vershbow, NATO Deputy Secretary General, said at the Berlin Security Conference November 17, 2015, the Alliance also must “modernize nuclear deterrence, strengthening his best means of early warning and intelligence.”

    In 2014-2016 in order to develop new nuclear posture the U.S. strategic nuclear forces held several military exercises in Central and Eastern Europe, and North Africa, employing heavy strategic bombers B-52H and B-2A, capable of carrying nuclear weapons.

    In March 2004 Washington initiated on the constant basis a large-scale NATO air patrol operations in the airspace of Lithuania, Latvia and Estonia, code-named “Baltic Air Policing”. It involves combat aircraft (DCA), which are potential carriers of tactical nuclear weapons. Over the past twelve years, i.e. from March 2004 to July 2016, fifteen countries of the Alliance, that is, more than half of NATO member-states have been participated in this operation near Russian borders, including the three major Western nuclear powers: the USA, the United Kingdom and France. This operation is conducted day-in-day-out, and 365/366 days per annum.

    Washington is modernizing its TNW, including those fielded in Europe, and has no intention to pull them back to the CONUS.

    B61_2014_03

    Two of the five existing types of nuclear bombs, namely B-61-7 and B-61-11, as well as a new perspective bomb B-61-12 have “of strategic importance”, as may be delivered to targets not only by tactical aircraft but also by heavy strategic bombers B-52H and B-2A: each can carry 16 such bombs. Both types of strategic bombers can to travel the distance of 11,000 km without refueling in the air, and more than 18,000 km with mid-air refueling. For this reason these types of bombs in the documents of the Pentagon and the State Department are labeled as “strategic”.

    A new bomb B-61-12 with a pin-point accuracy is a first-strike nuclear weapon.

    Hans Kristensen, a Danish researcher, working at FAS, points out that “… it is expected that in the next decade, NATO’s nuclear forces will undergo major improvements that will affect increasing quality performance characteristics of both the nuclear weapons and their means of delivery. The planned modernization will significantly increase the military potential of the Alliance’s nuclear policy in Europe.”

    The “doomsday” clock is ticking. Nowadays it shows 23.57. Too alarming.

    What to do? Seemingly, three initial steps are badly needed…

    First. To make a pledge of no-fist-use of nuclear weapons a universal norm, starting from the USA and Russia. As a preliminary step towards this goal to make a commitment to resort to a defensive unconditional nuclear deterrence that threatens no one. Such notion will require no costs.

     

    Second. The USA should withdraw all its TNW from Europe and the Asian part of Turkey.

     

    Third. A multilateral new ABM Treaty limiting the number of BMD interceptors and their geographical deployments has to be elaborated.

    The next U.S. Administration has to seriously consider these steps.

  • Damn It Feels Good To Be A Gangsta; Until You Get Sentenced To 21 Months In Federal Prison

    Many of us, at one point or another, have wondered what it would be like to quit a job in a blaze of glory…taking down computer networks and leaving a trail of mayhem in our paths on the way out the door. No, just us?   

    Project Mayhem

    Well, turns out that if you ever do go down that path it’s probably best
    not to text your co-worker shortly thereafter admitting to the crime. 
    Unfortunately, that’s exactly what former Citibank employee Lennon Ray
    Brown did and now he’s facing a $77,000 fine and 21 months in a federal
    prison.

    Per a press release from the Department of Justice, Mr. Brown, upset about a negative work review, decided to get even by taking down 90% of Citibank’s networks across North America.  Per the Department of Justice:

    …at approximately 6:03 p.m. that evening, Brown knowingly transmitted a code and command to 10 core Citibank Global Control Center routers, and by transmitting that code, erased the running configuration files in nine of the routers, resulting in a loss of connectivity to approximately 90% of all Citibank networks across North America.  At 6:05 p.m. that evening, Brown scanned his employee identification badge to exit the Citibank Regents Campus.”

    Unfortunately, Brown then made a “slight” unforced error when he decided to send a text message to his co-worker admitting to the crime:

    “They was firing me. I just beat them to it. Nothing personal, the upper management need to see what they guys on the floor is capable of doing when they keep getting mistreated. I took one for the team. Sorry if I made my peers look bad, but sometimes it take something like what I did to wake the upper management up.”

    Guess these situations don’t always go so well as portrayed in the movies.  Oh well, live and learn.

  • Who Buys Legal Weed?

    Via Priceonomics.com,

    Marijuana pop culture has traditionally centered around the young male smoker and his high times. But the legalization movement has made marijuana more accessible than ever been before, and cannabis’s application as a painkiller is particularly appealing to senior citizens. 

    So what does the typical, recreational marijuana user look like today? And how do the preferences and spending habits of groups like young men and senior citizens differ? 

    We explored these questions by drawing on the data of Headset, a Priceonomics customer with a large dataset of cannabis retailer transaction data. Since many of these cannabis dispensaries have customer loyalty programs, the data includes information about customers’ age and gender. We decided to use to this data to learn more about who buys weed and what they smoke or consume.

    The data suggests that smokers in the customer loyalty program are overwhelmingly male, accounting for about 70% of all members. And, while customers range from ages 21 to 95, over 50% of loyalty members are under 40.  

    We also found that while Flower (your typical marijuana bud) accounts for about half of the purchases made by each demographic, each group has its own quirks. Compared to the opposite sex, men prefer concentrates and women prefer pre-rolls and edibles. Older consumers prefer edibles to pre-rolled joints.

    ***

    We began our analysis by examining the the customer split by gender. Are men or women more likely to visit cannabis dispensaries often?

    Data source: Headset

    Accounting for 68.9% of customers, the ratio of men to women is well over 2:1. This disparity is not surprising given cannabis culture’s emphasis on the male pothead.  

    Next we examined the distribution of customer age.

    Data source: Headset

    25- to 29-year-olds account for the largest percentage of customer loyalty members (20%), followed by 21- to 24-year-olds (16%). Yet the average customer age is 37.6-years-old, which is a higher than one might expect given stereotypes about marijuana users. The average age for female customers is slightly older at 38.2, while the average age for males is 37.4. People ages 65 to 95 make up less than 5% of customers.

    We also wanted to look at customer spending habits. Below is the distribution of average dollars spent per trip to the store.

    Data source: Headset

    Most people spend between $25 and $50 per trip to a marijuana store, with a $33 median spend per trip. 34.7% of customers spend less than $10 on average, usually picking up a single item like a half gram pre-roll or a carbonated beverage. Only 8.2% spend more than $100/trip.  

    We also analyzed the distribution of annual spend by customer loyalty members on marijuana. The chart below shows the total amount spent in dispensaries over the last year by customers who have been loyalty members for over one year.

    Data source: Headset

    The median customer spends $645 on pot each year, and over 57% of customers spent more than $500. Very few customers—less than 10%—spent over $2,500.

    So do different demographics have different shopping habits? To investigate, we first analyzed the marijuana purchasing behavior of loyalty members by gender.

    Data source: Headset

    For the most part, men and women have similar shopping and spending habits. Men shop slightly more often, visiting the store about every 19.5 days compared to 21.5 day for women. Although men buy fewer items per trip, they spend almost as much ($33) as women ($35).  

    Next we looked at these habits segmented by age.

    Data source: Headset

    Older loyalty members generally visit dispensaries less frequently, but they spend more when they do visit. Customers in their 80s spend the most per trip, with a median spend per trip of $64. Customers in their 40s, however, spent the most last year: a median of $823. 

    In a previous blog post, we looked at the most popular types of cannabis products. We were curious to see if the popularity of particular products differed by demographic. The chart below displays the product preferences of men and women.

    Data source: Headset

    Flower, which is “traditional” marijuana bud, is the most popular product for both genders. But it is even more popular among men: flower accounts for 4.4% more of their purchases. Women tend to buy more Pre-Roll and Edibles, while men buy more Concentrates. Women also tend to experiment more with non-traditional products (Other) such as Beverages, Tincture & Sublingual and Topicals.

    We also explored product preferences by age.

    Data source: Headset

    Each segment buys mostly Flower, with those in their 50s buying Flower at the highest rate. Older customers buy less Pre-Rolls than their younger counterparts. Pre-Rolls make up 27% of purchases among customers in their 20s, and this ratio drops down with each age band to only 8% of purchases for those 80 years or older. Conversely, the proportion of both Edibles and Other purchased increase with age—from 6% to 18% and 3% to 12%, respectively.   

    ***

    In contrast to the stereotypical depictions of marijuana users in popular culture and the mainstream media, our customer loyalty data shows that there is a wide range of pot smokers. Each customer segment brings their own habits and product preferences with them into the marijuana store. 

    As the industry develops, talking generically about “marijuana” and “pot sales” may become like referring to “alcohol sales” rather than talking about beer, wine, and cocktails.

  • No ID, No Problem – Feds Overrule North Carolina Voting Rules As "Discriminatory"

    Hillary and the federal government are determined to ensure a “fair” and “open” election this November and will stop at nothing to reverse discrimination against “oppressed” segments of the American electorate, well at least if you live in a large swing state.  This morning, the WSJ reported that the Fourth U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals in Richmond, Virginia struck down North Carolina’s voter ID law just days after we wrote about Virginia’s similar effort to register 200,000 “oppressed” felons.  The ruling asserts that North Carolina’s law violated the Voting Rights Act by discriminating against low-income and minority voters, saying:

    “In holding that the legislature did not enact the challenged provisions with discriminatory intent, the court seems to have missed the forest in carefully surveying the many trees. This failure of perspective led the court to ignore critical facts bearing on legislative intent, including the inextricable link between race and politics in North Carolina.”

     

    “Although the new provisions target African Americans with almost surgical precision, they constitute inept remedies for the problems assertedly justifying them and, in fact, impose cures for problems that did not exist.”

    Meanwhile, Dale Ho, director of the ACLU’s Voting Rights Project, described the ruling as a “stinging rebuke of the state’s attempt to undermine African-American voter participation, which had surged over the last decade.”

    While we have no doubt that the intentions of Hillary and the various federal organizations involved in this process are “pure,” we do wonder why we so often see greater efforts to “protect” the “oppressed” voters in larger swing states like Virginia and North Carolina but not so much in a small states like New Hampshire, which has a very strict voter ID requirement but only 4 electoral votes and has swung Democrat in 5 out of the past 6 Presidential elections.  Surely, low-income and minority voters are just as likely to be “oppressed” in New Hampshire as in North Carolina, right?

    Ballotpedia posted the following graphic which highlights the voter ID requirements of each state in the US with the red states having the most strict requirements:

     

    Voting Restrictions by State

    It just so happens, that we may have stumbled upon the perfect solution to this problem which we recently discussed in a post titled “There Is Now A Marketplace For White People To Make Reparations Payments“…a state-issued ID could make a very good reparation offer.

    The decisions for the Fourth U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals can be read in its entirety below:

  • The Fed Is Preparing For Negative Rates – Here's The Sign Everyone Missed

    Submitted by John Mauldin via MauldinEconomics.com,

    I think it’s possible that the Fed will push rates below zero when the next recession arrives.

    I explained why a few months ago in my free weekly column, Thoughts from the Frontline, at Mauldin Economics.

    In that regard, something important happened recently. And not many people noticed. I’ll do a quick review to explain.

    In Congressional testimony last February, a member of Congress asked Janet Yellen if the Fed had legal authority to use negative interest rates. Her answer was this:

    In the spirit of prudent planning we always try to look at what options we would have available to us, either if we needed to tighten policy more rapidly than we expect or the opposite. So we would take a look at [negative rates]. The legal issues I'm not prepared to tell you have been thoroughly examined at this point. I am not aware of anything that would prevent [the Fed from taking interest rates into negative territory]. But I am saying we have not fully investigated the legal issues.

    So as of then, Yellen had no firm answer either way.

    A few weeks later, she sent a letter to Rep. Brad Sherman (D-CA). He had asked what the Fed intended to do in the next recession and whether it had authority to implement negative rates.

    She did not directly answer the legality question, but Sherman took the response to mean that the Fed thought it had the authority. Yellen noted in the letter that negative rates elsewhere seemed to be having an effect.

    (I agree that they are having an effect; it’s just that I don’t think it’s a good one.)

    Yellen’s claims are a clear sign the Fed is prepared to dive

    Fast-forward a few more weeks to Yellen’s June 21 congressional appearance. She stated that the Fed does have legal authority to use negative rates but denied any intent to do so.

    “We don't think we are going to have to provide accommodation, and if we do, [negative rates] is not something on our list.”

    I’m concerned about the legal authority question. If we are to believe Yellen’s sworn testimony to Congress, we know three things:

    1. As of February, Yellen had not “fully investigated” the legal issues of negative rates.
    2. As of May, Yellen was unwilling to state the Fed had legal authority to go negative.
    3. As of June, Yellen had no doubt the Fed could legally go negative.

    When I wrote about this in February, I said the Fed’s legal staff should be disbarred if they hadn’t investigated these legal issues. Clearly they had.

    Bottom line: by putting the legal authority question to rest, the Fed is laying the groundwork for taking rates below zero.

    I’m sure Yellen was telling the truth when she said in June that the Fed had no such plan. But, plans change.

    The Fed says it's data dependent. If the data shows we’re in recession, I think it is very possible the Fed will turn to negative rates to boost the economy.

    Except, in my opinion, it won’t work.

  • Hillary Promises "I'm Not Here To Take Away Your Guns"

    Via The Daily Bell,

    Hillary Clinton at her DNC speech: “I’m not here to take away your guns” …   Hillary Clinton wants you to know one thing about her position on gun control: “I’m not here to repeal the Second Amendment. I’m not here to take away your guns.”  She elaborated further on her comments, which she made at her Democratic National Convention speech accepting the presidential nomination: “I just don’t want you to be shot by someone who shouldn’t have a gun in the first place.” –Vox

    During her acceptance speech, see above, Hillary said she wasn’t going to take away guns in the US, but this is untrue.

    She knows just how to do it.

    First of all, she will make guns more expensive with new back ground checks.

    Second, she will make guns manufacturers liable for selling guns that later are used in crimes.

    But that is just the beginning.

    Hillary doesn’t actually believe that people in the US should have guns.

    In a Fox post HERE entitled, “Four ways Hillary Clinton will work to end gun ownership as president,” John Lott points out that in an appearance on ABC, Hillary would not say whether citizens had a constitutional right to own guns.

    George Stephanopoulos pushed Clinton twice on whether people have a right to own guns on ABC News’ “This Week”:

     

    “But that’s not what I asked.  I said do you believe that their conclusion that an individual’s right to bear arms is a constitutional right?”

     

    Clinton could only say: “If it is a constitutional right…”

    Clinton like other gun opponents, believes an overabundance of guns are responsible for the shootings that take place in the US, especially in mass shootings.

    But there are many questions about these mass shootings.

    David Steele, second-highest-ranking civilian in the U.S. Marine Corps Intelligence and former CIA clandestine services case officer, has said this here:

    “Most terrorists are false flag terrorists, or are created by our own security services. In the United States, every single terrorist incident we have had has been a false flag, or has been an informant pushed on by the FBI. In fact, we now have citizens taking out restraining orders against FBI informants that are trying to incite terrorism. We’ve become a lunatic asylum.”

    Such FBI involvement leads one to ask whether there are forces in and behind the US government that are manufacturing violence in order to justify continued anti-gun agitation.

    Authoritarian governments and those who back them don’t want people to have guns because without guns, it is much easier to force people to obey. When people are not armed, genocide becomes a more viable and convenient option.

    Government killed hundreds of millions in the 20th century. The 21st century may equally bloody, especially if guns continue to be confiscated.

    In the US, many citizens have fought back against gun confiscation.  But if Hillary wins the presidency, discussions about gun control will become moot.

    Guns will be confiscated. Lott explains it this way:

    Until 2008, Washington, D.C., had a complete handgun ban. It was also a felony to put a bullet in the chamber of a gun. In effect, this was a complete ban on guns. In District of Columbia v. Heller, the U.S. Supreme Court struck down these laws.

    But the constituency of the Supreme Court is changing. Stephen Breyer and Ruth Bader Ginsburg are Bill Clinton appointees. Sonia Sotomayor was appointed by Obama as was Elana Kagan.

    “If Hillary wins in November, she will appoint [Antonin] Scalia’s successor and the Supreme Court will overturn the Heller decision.  Make no mistake about it, gun bans will return.”

    Only one more appointee is needed.

    Conclusion: Hillary herself will not have to “pull the trigger” on gun confiscations. She will let the Supreme Court do it for her.

  • What Alan Greenspan Is Most Worried About

    Jeff Gundlach is not the only person who is feeling “maximum negative” on Treasuries.

    In an interview, none other than the “Maestro” Alan Greenspan, the man whose “great moderation” policy made the current global bond bubble possible, said that he is worried bond prices have risen too high.

    Asked if he finds what is happened in the bond market right now “in any way, shape, or form concerning for financial stability”, Greenspan replied that “it’s obvious that you ought to be looking at the price earnings ratio in bonds to income.  We get very nervous when the stock price index goes to high PE.  We ought to be somewhat nervous when the bond rate does the same…. To believe that we can keep rates down here for very much longer strikes me as to say that human nature is going to change, and that’s one thing I wouldn’t bet on.

    He did not mention that the only reason why there continues to be such an unprecedented stampede into fixed income, pushing yields to record (negative) lows, is because investors are merely frontrunning central banks; they also know that as monetization accelerates and as private supply leave the market, the same central banks will purchase whatever bonds they can find at any price, and that is the only reason why global bond yields are where they are.

    Instead he said the following:

    The best way to view negative interest rates is to think in terms of the fact of, where, for example, securities denominated in the Swiss franc, the yields on those, versus, for example, the Italian lire as it used to be, the Italian euro now.  But that spread hasn’t changed very much for a very long period of time.  So when global deflation takes hold, as it has, all interest rates fall, but the spread doesn’t.  So, in order to maintain that spread, Swiss interest rates have got to turn negative.  Now, the question is, how far can they?  Well, there is an arbitrage, that obviously one can get. 

     

    For example, in the United States, if interest rates got very negative, what we would do is all get in to currency in which it’s a zero interest rate — I should say it’s a zero cost. We would get into currency, stack it all up in, I would say, in a vault somewhere.  The problem with that arbitrage, obviously, is there’s a limited amount of currency you can hold, so at some point, something is going to give.  The initial sign is going to be a big pickup in the holding, for example, of U.S. currency, both here and abroad – sorry, parenthetically, very large part of currency, U.S. currency, is held outside the United States. 

    Which reveals an interesting tangent: to Greenspan, a key indicator of when the system begins to tip over is when the run on the US physical currency begins, not so much in the US as abroad.  And speaking of tipping over, Greenspan was quite clear: “it hasn’t happened, but it will.”

    The only thing you can hedge against is the currency, and that’s got a physical limit to it.  So there’s a downside limit to how far people are willing to pay to say, for example, get into Swiss securities.  And that’s when the markets begin to react quite differently.  Hasn’t happened yet, but it will.

    Remaining on the topic of currency, Greenspan then tied in the issue of surging currency vol, to his favorite topic: unsustainable entitlement costs. Answering a question what is causing global foreign exchange volatility, Greenspan’s responded as follows:

    I think the cause of it is that there’s a very significant amount of uncertainty in the global economy.  It’s coming from the fact that, as I indicated before, in the United States, we’ve got very, very major entitlements problem, which politically, I don’t see how we’re going to touch.  We went through two conventions.  The word entitlements never got raised, except, let’s do it more.  Now, we’re going to have to cut back.  There’s no physical way to continue doing this without destabilizing the financial system.  So, it will stop, but the problem is that it’s going to take a while before the political system adjusts.  So, it’s hard for me to see how we get out of this unless we address that problem first.

    But more important than his discussion on bonds or currencies, was Greenspan’s explanation of “what he is most concerned about”, namely stagflation – the same economic problem that we wrote about in early April in a post titled: “The Next Big Problem: “Stagflation Is Starting To Show Across The Economy.” The former Fed chairman agrees, as follows:

    Three fourths of the major economies, OEC economies for example, have, over the last five years, have had a less than a one percent annual rate of upward growth. The economy can’t go anywhere under those conditions, and we’re getting a state of stagnation which is not only evident in the United States but pretty much throughout Europe and the far east. And as a consequence of that, it’s very difficult to see where the next step is except what I’m concerned about mostly, is stagflation, meaning I think we’re seeing the very early signs of inflation beginning finally to pick up as the issue of deflation fades.

    Greenspan is then asked about these two elements, “the stag and the flation. How acute is this problem with productivity, the lack of growth?  Do you see a recession in our future within the next 12, 18, 24 months?

    It’s very difficult to say.  In fact, I don’t think you can describe the world economies in terms of the old conventional issue of inflation, recession, and the like.  What we are dealing with is a population that is aging very rapidly, and that is inducing a major increase in so-called social benefits, what we in the United States call entitlements.  And that is dominating the whole financial system, and until we come to understand that we have got to slow this rate of growth, which in the United States has been 9% per year since 1965, we are now down to the point where it’s taken so much savings out of the economy that we’re not getting enough investment, but that has very little to do with whether we’re going in a recession or not.  I think we’re just in a stagnation state. 

    That covers the “stag.” How about the “flation“?

    Well we’re beginning to get a pickup in wages beyond the rate of growth of productivity, and that is usually the best indicator.  But, just as importantly now, is that since money, at the end of the day, is what causes inflation, we have been seeing, since the beginning of the year a significant pickup in the rate of money supply growth, and over the very long-run, it’s the ratio of money supply divided by the real GDP capacity to produce, which ultimately determines the price level.  It’s a very rough indicator.  It doesn’t work for two or three years and then it pops in.  But over the long-run, it’s never failed.  And we’re in a situation now where looking at the interest rate levels that we’re looking at and the inflation rates we’re looking at, it’s very clear that we’re going to be moving reasonably shortly into a wholly different phase.

    In retrospect, between the soaring welfare costs, and the upcoming stagflationary hit, it is also very clear why exactly a month ago Alan Greenspan also warned that not only is a crisis imminent but that it is paramount to “return to the gold standard” immediately. We doubt that will happen.

    Much more in the full interview below:

  • No One Can Stop Her… And She Knows It: "This Election Won't Be Fair"

    Submitted by Mac Slavo via SHTFPlan.com,

    To the left, a shot from Charlie Chaplin’s The Great Dictator; to the right, Hillary’s acceptance speech was a carefully scripted triumph over the democratic process… as demonstrated by her playing with the balloons like the world is her toy.

    In a fair election, my best estimate is that Donald Trump would win in a landslide.

    But this election will not be fair. In fact, few of them are.

    For Trump’s part, there is no doubt that he has been this year’s sensation. A newcomer to politics, he has thrown out all the conventional rules, played by his own, and found a captivated country hanging onto his every word. Love him, hate him, or somewhere in between… no one can look away from the spectacle.

    After a war within the party and the convenient disposal of 16 conventional GOP contenders, Trump is now the official Republican candidate and he is in a strong position. Coming out of the relatively calm Republican National Convention and going into the tumultuous DNC, Trump has enjoyed soaring poll numbers while Hillary has been losing ground fast to the scandals and corruption revealed by Wikileaks and other related mouthpieces.

    But the fat lady has not sung.

    Hijacking the Party, Keeping Dissent Under Wraps

    Hillary’s coronation last night as she formally accepted her party’s nomination could hardly have been more forced. The entire Democratic convention has been stage-managed to downplay the overwhelming noise from Bernie supporter who are outraged and feel betrayed by Hillary.

    The entire convention has had a certain air to it, a quality that reveals the desperation for power, and the crisp sense of danger that brings with it.

     

    Protesters Rage Against the DNC: “Hillary Didn’t Get the Nomination. The Nomination Was Stolen”

    <!–
    !function(a,b){"use strict";function c(){if(!e){e=!0;var a,c,d,f,g=-1!==navigator.appVersion.indexOf("MSIE 10"),h=!!navigator.userAgent.match(/Trident.*rv:11\./),i=b.querySelectorAll("iframe.wp-embedded-content"),j=b.querySelectorAll("blockquote.wp-embedded-content");for(c=0;c<j.length;c++)j[c].style.display="none";for(c=0;c<i.length;c++)if(d=i[c],d.style.display="",!d.getAttribute("data-secret")){if(f=Math.random().toString(36).substr(2,10),d.src+="#?secret="+f,d.setAttribute("data-secret",f),g||h)a=d.cloneNode(!0),a.removeAttribute("security"),d.parentNode.replaceChild(a,d)}else;}}var d=!1,e=!1;if(b.querySelector)if(a.addEventListener)d=!0;if(a.wp=a.wp||{},!a.wp.receiveEmbedMessage)if(a.wp.receiveEmbedMessage=function(c){var d=c.data;if(d.secret||d.message||d.value)if(!/[^a-zA-Z0-9]/.test(d.secret)){var e,f,g,h,i,j=b.querySelectorAll('iframe[data-secret="'+d.secret+'"]'),k=b.querySelectorAll('blockquote[data-secret="'+d.secret+'"]');for(e=0;e<k.length;e++)k[e].style.display="none";for(e=0;e1e3)g=1e3;else if(200>~~g)g=200;f.height=g}if(“link”===d.message)if(h=b.createElement(“a”),i=b.createElement(“a”),h.href=f.getAttribute(“src”),i.href=d.value,i.host===h.host)if(b.activeElement===f)a.top.location.href=d.value}else;}},d)a.addEventListener(“message”,a.wp.receiveEmbedMessage,!1),b.addEventListener(“DOMContentLoaded”,c,!1),a.addEventListener(“load”,c,!1)}(window,document);
    //–><!–
    !function(a,b){"use strict";function c(){if(!e){e=!0;var a,c,d,f,g=-1!==navigator.appVersion.indexOf("MSIE 10"),h=!!navigator.userAgent.match(/Trident.*rv:11\./),i=b.querySelectorAll("iframe.wp-embedded-content"),j=b.querySelectorAll("blockquote.wp-embedded-content");for(c=0;c<j.length;c++)j[c].style.display="none";for(c=0;c<i.length;c++)if(d=i[c],d.style.display="",!d.getAttribute("data-secret")){if(f=Math.random().toString(36).substr(2,10),d.src+="#?secret="+f,d.setAttribute("data-secret",f),g||h)a=d.cloneNode(!0),a.removeAttribute("security"),d.parentNode.replaceChild(a,d)}else;}}var d=!1,e=!1;if(b.querySelector)if(a.addEventListener)d=!0;if(a.wp=a.wp||{},!a.wp.receiveEmbedMessage)if(a.wp.receiveEmbedMessage=function(c){var d=c.data;if(d.secret||d.message||d.value)if(!/[^a-zA-Z0-9]/.test(d.secret)){var e,f,g,h,i,j=b.querySelectorAll('iframe[data-secret="'+d.secret+'"]'),k=b.querySelectorAll('blockquote[data-secret="'+d.secret+'"]');for(e=0;e<k.length;e++)k[e].style.display="none";for(e=0;e1e3)g=1e3;else if(200>~~g)g=200;f.height=g}if(“link”===d.message)if(h=b.createElement(“a”),i=b.createElement(“a”),h.href=f.getAttribute(“src”),i.href=d.value,i.host===h.host)if(b.activeElement===f)a.top.location.href=d.value}else;}},d)a.addEventListener(“message”,a.wp.receiveEmbedMessage,!1),b.addEventListener(“DOMContentLoaded”,c,!1),a.addEventListener(“load”,c,!1)}(window,document);
    //–>

     

    To a casual observer, things might look typical enough, with a few sore losers and pipe dreamers wishing for an ideal country run by decent and fair people that either don’t exist or haven’t figured out how to win an election. But things are not typical – the paradigm is shifting. Politics realigns every 30 years or so, or at least that is the maxim that has held in political science. Only, the last shift has been 30 or 40 years overdue.

    There is a reason for that, and the establishment has been fighting to stop the change for the past generation. They have faked out the cycle and kept the population under their thumb (when was the last time you saw a “real” presidential election that wasn’t a means to keeping the status quo?)

    But delaying the inevitable won’t hold.

    Why Trump Should Win…

    As Michael Moore argued, Trump has been preaching the gospel of restoring America’s manufacturing, and is working to woo and turn to “red” the “blue” Rust Belt states where Americans once had strong middle class jobs, especially in Michigan, Ohio, Pennsylvania and Wisconsin. According to Moore’s numbers (which are cited to motivate support for Hillary and opposition to Trump), if Trump captures those key states in addition to the red states that Mitt Romney, a weak candidate, won in 2012, then Trump should win the electoral college:

    I believe Trump is going to focus much of his attention on the four blue states in the rustbelt of the upper Great Lakes – Michigan, Ohio, Pennsylvania and Wisconsin. Four traditionally Democratic states – but each of them have elected a Republican governor since 2010 (only Pennsylvania has now finally elected a Democrat). In the Michigan primary in March, more Michiganders came out to vote for the Republicans (1.32 million) that the Democrats (1.19 million). Trump is ahead of Hillary in the latest polls in Pennsylvania and tied with her in Ohio. Tied? How can the race be this close after everything Trump has said and done? Well maybe it’s because he’s said (correctly) that the Clintons’ support of NAFTA helped to destroy the industrial states of the Upper Midwest.

    In fact, Moore is right. Nobody wants any more Flint, Michigans (where the water is contaminated and poverty seems to be airborne and contagious), least of all Michael Moore.

    Trump’s appeal is much broader than just his sensational antics and controversial statements. He is resonating with America because he is speaking to the wounds of those struggling to cling to what’s left of the middle class American Dream.

    And the strength of Trump’s position there is buttressed by the cold fact that the Clinton’s strong support for NAFTA played a major role in the downward spiral of the Rust Belt, and many other parts of the United States.

    Trump’s appeal to bringing jobs back to America has to sound like not only a good campaign strategy, but an actual sound idea.

    Things have reached a point where nearly every American – regardless of how little they pay attention to news and world affairs – is feeling the damage that has been done. NAFTA, GATT, the WTO and an entire shift into pseudo-governing structures of globalism that have eaten away at the sovereignty of the United States and devoured the prosperity of its people have taken a serious toll on our way of life. And we have all been programmed to take it lying down.

    The steady flow of funny money, artificially pumped out by the Federal Reserve has kept many from noticing it, but the real world effects are still hitting people on the street. Not only does the dollar not go as far as it used to, but everything in life is increasing in cost, and getting watered down in value and substance. Society is acting out one big charade, and pretending not to notice the outrage, dissent and anger seeping through the cracks and edges.

    Inevitable and determined to win at all costs

    Rather than let that burst on her watch, and during the only opportunity she has left in this lifetime, Hillary Clinton and her minions have rearranged all the deck chairs in her favor to force a win. It certainly hasn’t come from the grassroots. Where necessary, the Democratic party has fudged primaries and stolen them outright. The mainstream media has been scripted around her as an anointed figure who is untouchable and beyond reproach. They have stifled exposure of Bernie and would have done so to any other rival… if only any others had dared to enter the race.

    Instead, the campaign to elect Hillary became an unrelenting junta to force her into office in spite of the will of the people, the rules of the game or the ever-expanding negative image of the former First Lady, Senator and Secretary of State whose corruption and ties to bad deeds are both legendary and sufficiently documented to warrant life without parole.

    There was a never a realistic chance that Hillary would be prosecuted or even reprimanded over her email scandals, because the fix was in a long time ago. Those who would theoretically hold her into account were appointed by her husband, or by President Obama, and their cooperation was assured in private.

    Though many have argued that you can’t put lipstick on a pig, that is exactly what has taken place. 2016 is more of a farce than ever… and there is still another round to go.

    Only One Persons Stands Between Her and the Presidency

    Can anyone else see that the most rigged and stolen election of all time is shaping up? If the Democratic party doesn’t want Hillary, what makes anyone think the entire country wants anything to do with her?

    Before you answer that openly, make a strong educated guess about who the next president is going to be… and how many bodies she will have to climb over to get there.

    What Wikileaks exposed with Debbie Wasserman Schultz and the DNC, and what the emails have revealed about Hillary and the Clinton Foundation are surely only the tip of the iceberg. The stories of the delegates who were silenced or kicked out of the convention, and many other deceitful acts to destroy dissent and keep up appearances suggest some of the rest of the story… and it is anything but democratic or “of the people” – though very likely the whole of it will never be known.

    There is something very, very wrong going on and it is time that everyone – regardless of ideology, party affiliation or politics – needs to face up to. Preliminary evidence indicates strongly that there has been a very carefully orchestrated coup taking place… and if successful, it will have only one logical conclusion:

    Total power, at any price, with a facade of support and momentum that just isn’t there from anyone other than a handful of elite billionaires, and a cadre of clients with addresses that are either foreign or based on Wall Street.

    If you missed the convention coverage, then you have got to see Hillary playing with the balloons after her speech.

    There really is no wondering who she is concerned about… herself, of course.

    As I mentioned above, it is reminiscent – even spot on – of Charlie Chaplin’s amazing parody in The Great Dictator, where his version of a Hitler-esque autocrat toys with the world as his plaything.

    We are in for a world of hurt if what I think is going to happen turns out. The entire democratic process is being pushed back under the water, and a crude, fake smile is broadcast for appearances, while holding it all down.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 29th July 2016

  • The Power Of "Nyet" – How One Word Staggered Imperial Washington

    Submitted by Dmitry Orlov via Club Orlov blog,

    The way things are supposed to work on this planet is like this: in the United States, the power structures (public and private) decide what they want the rest of the world to do. They communicate their wishes through official and unofficial channels, expecting automatic cooperation. If cooperation is not immediately forthcoming, they apply political, financial and economic pressure. If that still doesn’t produce the intended effect, they attempt regime change through a color revolution or a military coup, or organize and finance an insurgency leading to terrorist attacks and civil war in the recalcitrant nation. If that still doesn’t work, they bomb the country back to the stone age. This is the way it worked in the 1990s and the 2000s, but as of late a new dynamic has emerged.

    In the beginning it was centered on Russia, but the phenomenon has since spread around the world and is about to engulf the United States itself. It works like this: the United States decides what it wants Russia to do and communicates its wishes, expecting automatic cooperation. Russia says “Nyet.” The United States then runs through all of the above steps up to but not including the bombing campaign, from which it is deterred by Russia’s nuclear deterrent. The answer remains “Nyet.” One could perhaps imagine that some smart person within the US power structure would pipe up and say: “Based on the evidence before us, dictating our terms to Russia doesn’t work; let’s try negotiating with Russia in good faith as equals.” And then everybody else would slap their heads and say, "Wow! That's brilliant! Why didn't we think of that?" But instead that person would be fired that very same day because, you see, American global hegemony is nonnegotiable. And so what happens instead is that the Americans act baffled, regroup and try again, making for quite an amusing spectacle.

    The whole Edward Snowden imbroglio was particularly fun to watch. The US demanded his extradition. The Russians said: “Nyet, our constitution forbids it.” And then, hilariously, some voices in the West demanded in response that Russia change its constitution! The response, requiring no translation, was “Xa-xa-xa-xa-xa!” Less funny is the impasse over Syria: the Americans have been continuously demanding that Russia go along with their plan to overthrow Bashar Assad. The unchanging Russian response has been: “Nyet, the Syrians get to decide on their leadership, not Russia, and not the US.” Each time they hear it, the Americans scratch their heads and… try again. John Kerry was just recently in Moscow, holding a marathon “negotiating session” with Putin and Lavrov. Above is a photo of Kerry talking to Putin and Lavrov in Moscow a week or so ago and their facial expressions are hard to misread. There’s Kerry, with his back to the camera, babbling away as per usual. Lavrov’s face says: “I can’t believe I have to sit here and listen to this nonsense again.” Putin’s face says: “Oh the poor idiot, he can’t bring himself to understand that we’re just going to say ‘nyet’ again.” Kerry flew home with yet another “nyet.”

    What’s worse, other countries are now getting into the act. The Americans told the Brits exactly how to vote, and yet the Brits said “nyet” and voted for Brexit. The Americans told the Europeans to accept the horrendous corporate power grab that is the Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership (TTIP), and the French said “nyet, it shall not pass.” The US organized yet another military coup in Turkey to replace Erdo?an with somebody who won’t try to play nice with Russia, and the Turks said “nyet” to that too. And now, horror of horrors, there is Donald Trump saying “nyet” to all sorts of things—NATO, offshoring American jobs, letting in a flood of migrants, globalization, weapons for Ukrainian Nazis, free trade…

    The corrosive psychological effect of “nyet” on the American hegemonic psyche cannot be underestimated. If you are supposed to think and act like a hegemon, but only the thinking part still works, then the result is cognitive dissonance. If your job is to bully nations around, and the nations can no longer be bullied, then your job becomes a joke, and you turn into a mental patient. The resulting madness has recently produced quite an interesting symptom: some number of US State Department staffers signed a letter, which was promptly leaked, calling for a bombing campaign against Syria in order to overthrow Bashar Assad. These are diplomats. Diplomacy is the art of avoiding war by talking. Diplomats who call for war are not being exactly… diplomatic. You could say that they are incompetent diplomats, but that wouldn’t go far enough (most of the competent diplomats left the service during the second Bush administration, many of them in disgust over having to lie about the rationale for the Iraq war). The truth is, they are sick, deranged non-diplomatic warmongers. Such is the power of this one simple Russian word that they have quite literally lost their minds.

    But it would be unfair to single out the State Department. It is as if the entire American body politic has been infected by a putrid miasma. It permeates all things and makes life miserable. In spite of the mounting problems, most other things in the US are still somewhat manageable, but this one thing—the draining away of the ability to bully the whole world—ruins everything. It’s mid-summer, the nation is at the beach. The beach blanket is moth-eaten and threadbare, the beach umbrella has holes in it, the soft drinks in the cooler are laced with nasty chemicals and the summer reading is boring… and then there is a dead whale decomposing nearby, whose name is “Nyet.” It just ruins the whole ambiance!

    The media chattering heads and the establishment politicos are at this point painfully aware of this problem, and their predictable reaction is to blame it on what they perceive as its ultimate source: Russia, conveniently personified by Putin. “If you aren’t voting for Clinton, you are voting for Putin” is one recently minted political trope. Another is that Trump is Putin’s agent. Any public figure that declines to take a pro-establishment stance is automatically labeled “Putin’s useful idiot.” Taken at face value, such claims are preposterous. But there is a deeper explanation for them: what ties them all together is the power of “nyet.” A vote for Sanders is a “nyet” vote: the Democratic establishment produced a candidate and told people to vote for her, and most of the young people said “nyet.” Same thing with Trump: the Republican establishment trotted out its Seven Dwarfs and told people to vote for any one of them, and yet most of the disenfranchised working-class white people said “nyet” and voted for Snow White the outsider.

    It is a hopeful sign that people throughout the Washington-dominated world are discovering the power of “nyet.” The establishment may still look spiffy on the outside, but under the shiny new paint there hides a rotten hull, with water coming in though every open seam. A sufficiently resounding “nyet” will probably be enough to cause it to founder, suddenly making room for some very necessary changes. When that happens, please remember to thank Russia… or, if you insist, Putin.

  • Bank Of Japan Shocks Market, Shuns Government Pressure: Leaves QE, Rates Unchanged, Questions Policy Effectiveness

    Expectations were extremely high heading into tonight's BoJ decision, and market liquidity disappeared with massive violent swings in FX, rates, and equity markets before Kuroda unleashed his disappointing statement:

    • *BANK OF JAPAN TAKES ADDITIONAL ACTION
    • *BOJ EXPANDS PURCHASES OF ETFS TO 6T YEN
    • *BOJ DOUBLES USD LENDING PROGRAM TO $24B

    But…

    • *BOJ MAINTAINS POLICY BALANCE RATE AT MINUS 0.100%
    • *BOJ BOARD VOTES 7-2 TO KEEP NEG RATE UNCHANGED
    • *BOJ MAINTAINS MONETARY BASE TARGET AT 80T YEN

    Finally, details are emerging of the stimulus package, NHK reporting:

    • ~7.5t yen of fiscal spending
    • ~6t for fiscal investment and loan financing program
    • 15,000 yen handouts for low-income people
    • 10.7t yen for infrastructure spending such as maglev line, ports
    • 10.9t in SME support to weather Brexit

    And most fascinatingly…

    • *KURODA ORDERS ASSESSMENT OF POLICY EFFECTIVENESS NEXT MEETING

    Raising doubts about the whole house of cards.

    So to summarize, Kuroda left rates unchanged, left QE unchanged, implicitly raised doubts about the effectiveness of the world's monetray policy machinations.. and increased the stock market ETF buying to make sure that the illusion of normality is maintained.

    As we noted this afternoon, the worst case for Yen shorts would be if the BOJ simply does what both the ECB and the Fed did in recent days and punts to September.. and sure enough: markets are unahppy…

     

    JGB Futures are crashing most sicne 2013…

     

    As 2Y Yields soar…

     

    Yen strength is weighing on US equity futures through the carry trade and gold is jumping…

    As one twitter-er noted so eloquently: US equities have rallied for weeks in part on BOJ expectations. Now nothing much, oil on its knees, earnings neg (still).. ok good luck buying

    *  *  *

    As we detailed earlier, before the statement, 32 of 41 analysts (the most in 3 years) expected an expansion of QQE2 shifting to ETFs (because that worked so well), but surprises will be hard to come by…

    “It’s Kuroda — you can’t underestimate what he is going to do,” said Yasuhide Yajima, chief economist at NLI Research Institute. “What’s certain is that Kuroda has to do something extreme or unthinkable if he wants to surprise.”

    2Y JGB yields were screaming for moar….

     

    JGBs had been halted…

    And FX market liquidity disappeared..

    Total chaos. Nikkei Futs crash 600 points instantly…

    *  *  *

    Morgan Stanley economists Robert Feldman, Takeshi Yamaguchi and Shoki Omori, writing in the firm's Global Macro Summer Outlook, say Japan's policy approach is having weak short-term impact:

    "The BOJ’s negative interest rate policy (NIRP) has bull-flattened the yield curve, but has yet to improve the economy or prices; indeed NIRP may have worsened inflation expectations, and started a credit crunch for small businesses."

    The spectrum of forecasts includes a boost to government bond buying to as much as 100 trillion yen a year — up from 80 trillion, quadrupling exchange-traded fund buying and cutting the policy interest rate to -0.3 percent. A more radical option: a pledge to maintain the BOJ’s balance sheet in its forward guidance.

    Prime Minister Shinzo Abe’s government has added pressure for bolstering monetary stimulus at this meeting. Abe in a surprise announced his economic package on Wednesday, which economists including Daiju Aoki saw as an intention to pressure the central bank by showing the government it is doing what it can to spur growth.

    So this was a big disappointment.

    Some may see it as a step toward hitting policy limits, with growing concerns about the sustainability of the easing program. There’s a limit to the amount of bonds in the market and the faster the BOJ buys them, the sooner it hits the ceiling. The size of the BOJ’s balance sheet is now more than 80 percent of Japan’s gross domestic product.

     

     

    Charts: Bloomberg

  • Did The DNC Hire Actors (At Below Minimum Wage) To Work At The Convention?

    Great news… The Democrats are 'creating jobs."

    Following the exposure of a fake Trump job advertisement designed by The DNC to embarrass Trump, it is interesting that a Craigslist ad calling for "Actors Needed for National Convention" has surfaced…

     

    Whether the ad is real or fake is unclear, but the text suggests below minimum wage compensation (7-plus hours work for $50) and the number of walkouts from the Convention indicates perhaps a need for cheering happy seat-fillers…

    Actors Needed For National Convention (Philadelphia)
    compensation: $50.00

     

    Looking for 700 people to be utilized as actors during the National Convention.

     

    We currently have a number of empty seats that will need to be filled as we are currently removing a number of people and need to refill their seats for the remainder of the conference.

     

    You will be paid $50.00 each night for the remainder of the convention. You will be required to cheer at all times and will be asked to dress properly and possibly wear some promotional material.

    Which makes sense if one looks at the following shocking video from film director, Josh Fox, best known for his Oscar-nominated anti-fracking documentary Gasland, captured inside the DNC…

     

    As DailyWire.com reports, Fox tells the camera… "This is amazing, this place is empty. There is nobody left in here. I mean this whole stadium, look at this," as he pans his cellphone to show the lack of cheering Dems.

    He continues in disbelief, adding, "This is not voter enthusiasm…. I can't believe my eyes. I've never seen anything like this. This is the primetime of the Democratic National Convention right after the nomination of Hillary Clinton and this place is emptied out like crazy. I'm stunned."

    "This is insane. The whole California delegation is pretty much gone," he adds. "I mean this has got to be something very worrisome for the Democrats. Voter enthusiasm wins elections."

    The director goes on to explain that the states that Hillary won got seating up close to the stage and the Bernie state delegates were sent up to the cheap seats.

    Is it then totally surprising that The DNC needed to hire 'seat-fillers'?

    *  *  *

    And here is proof:

  • Exposing Hillbama's Big Lie: The Central Issue In The U.S. Presidential Campaign

    Authored by Eric Zuesse via The Saker,

    The central issue in the U.S. Presidential campaign can’t even be discussed in U.S. newsmedia, because America’s media have been almost uniformly complicit all along in hiding from the American public the crucial factual information that’s necessary in order for the public to vote in an intelligent and truthfully informed way about it. No news medium wants to report its own having been complicit in anything; so, the cover-up here just continues; it has a life of its own, even though it’s a life that brings the world closer and closer to a situation which would kill billions of people, as things get increasingly out-of-control the longer this coverup continues. The cycle of virtually uniform lying thus persists, despite the growing danger it produces. This article will need to be lengthy, because the American public have been almost consistently lied-to about so many very important things — things associated with the nation’s central issue — an issue even bigger than terrorism, and than global warming, and than rising economic inequality and corruption, but which is still virtually ignored. This article is thus intended to be ‘Drano’ for a political system that has become clogged by lies just jammed down into it, now backing up and pouring out onto America’s political floor. The overflowing sludge has got to be cleaned up, and discarded. Or else — and very suddenly — it will kill us all.

    This central issue is whether or not to continue to move forward with the American government’s plan, ever since the Soviet Union and its military alliance the Warsaw Pact ended in 1991, to extend NATO — the anti-Russia military club — right up to Russia’s borders, surround Russia with NATO nuclear missiles a mere five minutes flight-time to Moscow, and simultaneously build a “Ballistic Missile Defense” or “Anti Ballistic Missile” (BMD or ABM) system to nullify Russia’s retaliatory missiles against an unannounced blitz U.S.-NATO invasion to take over, if not totally eliminate, Russia and its resistance to U.S. power. This operation is an ugly reality, but it is an American-led reality, and the outcome of the 2016 U.S. Presidential election will bring it into its final stage, either by ending it, or by culminating it — two drastically different outcomes, but one side or the other will prevail in this political contest, and the present article links to the documentation that America’s voters will need to be aware of that shows not only that they’ve been lied-to, but how and why they’ve been lied-to. The documentation is all-important, especially because the facts that are being documented have been hidden so successfully for so long. This is not a world that Americans want to know, but it is a world that especially the few Americans who are in control, don’t want the American public to know. That’s a toxic combination (public ignorance, which the people in control want to continue), but it is tragically real (as the documentation here will make clear).

    U.S. President Barack Obama has stated, on many occasions, that the U.S. is the only “indispensable” country, and that any country which refuses to capitulate to American global supremacy is an enemy. This applies especially to Russia and to China — two formerly communist nations. Thus, the ‘Cold War’ is being resumed, and U.S. arms-makers are booming again, even though the ideological excuse (the “red scare,” communism) is now gone.

    For example, Obama told graduating cadets at West Point, on 28 May 2014:

    “The United States is and remains the one indispensable nation. That has been true for the century passed and it will be true for the century to come. … Russia’s aggression toward former Soviet states unnerves capitals in Europe, while China’s economic rise and military reach worries its neighbors. From Brazil to India, rising middle classes compete with us, and governments seek a greater say in global forums. … It will be your generation’s task to respond to this new world. The question we face, the question each of you will face, is not whether America will lead, but how we will lead — not just to secure our peace and prosperity, but also extend peace and prosperity around the globe.”

    He was telling West Point graduates there, that economic competition can become a cause for America to go to war, and that America’s global supremacy is their job to enforce.

    Obama placed this into a moralizing framework, as he always so skillfully does (for propaganda-purposes; he’s terrifically gifted at that), by saying to those cadets:

    America’s willingness to apply force around the world is the ultimate safeguard against chaos, and America’s failure to act in the face of Syrian brutality or Russian provocations not only violates our conscience, but invites escalating aggression in the future. … In the 21st century American isolationism is not an option. We don’t have a choice to ignore what happens beyond our borders. … As the Syrian civil war spills across borders, the capacity of battle-hardened extremist groups to come after us only increases. Regional aggression that goes unchecked — whether in southern Ukraine or the South China Sea, or anywhere else in the world — will ultimately impact our allies and could draw in our military. We can’t ignore what happens beyond our boundaries. And beyond these narrow rationales, I believe we have a real stake, an abiding self-interest, in making sure our children and our grandchildren grow up in a world where schoolgirls are not kidnapped and where individuals are not slaughtered because of tribe or faith or political belief. I believe that a world of greater freedom and tolerance is not only a moral imperative, it also helps to keep us safe.”

    He was equating there the imposition of American control, as being “a world of greater freedom and tolerance,” which “helps to keep us safe.” Was it that, and did it do that, in Iraq? What about in Libya? What did it do for Ukraine? Is it really doing that in Syria? What about all of the refugees that are pouring out of all of those countries, which are being ‘saved’ by Obama’s policy, which has been America’s policy for decades, and which is not challenged, and which is bipartisan in every regard except for the style of lying rhetoric that’s being used to ‘justify’ it?

    Obama’s predecessor in office, George W. Bush, was working on the same plan, when he invaded Iraq in 2003. His allegations that he was certain that Saddam Hussein was rebuilding his nuclear-weapons program, and saying against “Saddam’s WMD program” that “a report came out of the Atomic — the IAEA that they were six months away from developing a weapon. I don’t know what more evidence we need”, all of it were just bald lies from him, because all of it was false, and he knew that it was false. He knew that there was no such ‘IAEA’ ‘report’. And the press didn’t even challenge him on it, but instead just parroted the President’s lies as if they should automatically be taken as truths. (And the press also hid the IAEA’s immediate announcement that there was no such report.) It’s happening again, but the stakes this time are even more dangerous.

    We’re going into a Presidential election, in which one candidate, Hillary Clinton, clearly wants to continue the policy that has been in place since 1990 (and which her husband played a major role in), and in which the other candidate, Donald Trump, wants to stop it  — he says we should end it. So, he is accused of being a ‘Soviet agent’. The same aristocracy that own the ‘news’ media and that control both of the political Parties, is being threatened by Trump’s repudiation of their program. They use moralisms — rightist ones for Republicans, and leftist ones for Democrats — to condemn him, but the real reason they are determined to defeat him is to continue their war which (on its U.S. side) never really was against communism; it was always a war for global conquest, global control; that’s how America’s controllers have been controlling this country since at least 1990. They want to continue it, though it’s heading all of us toward disaster.

    In support of this aggressive agenda — a metastatically cancerous NATO — Obama in 2014 perpetrated a very bloody Ukrainian coup (propagandized as ‘democracy demonstrations’), carried out by U.S.-paid rabid racist-anti-Russian fascists, nazis actually (and from a tradition in Ukraine that descended from the pro-Hitler, anti-Stalin, side of Ukraine during World War II — the side that did Ukraine’s pogroms, etc.) and which had been allied with the Axis powers during WW II — but that now were in the pay of the U.S. government.

    Some of the top members of Congress who have responsibility over foreign affairs refuse even to become acquainted with the evidence disproving the U.S. government’s lies on this. Elizabeth Murray was shocked to find in government officials, this intentional refusal to see evidence. She had served as Deputy National Intelligence Officer for the Near East in the National Intelligence Council before retiring after a 27-year career in the U.S. government. (She should be the head of the CIA.) On 24 July 2016, in an article titled “Rep. Rick Larsen Bases Russia Policy on Myth”, she described her efforts to inform congressman Larsen about the reality of the U.S. operation in Ukraine. Wikipedia says: “Richard Ray ‘Rick’ Larsen is the United States Representative for Washington’s 2nd congressional district and a member of the Democratic Party. … Larsen is a member of the House Armed Services Committee and the House Transportation and Infrastructure Committee. … He formerly worked as director of public affairs for the Washington State Dental Association and as a lobbyist for the dental profession. … the Second District was represented by future U.S. Senator Henry M. ‘Scoop’ Jackson between 1941 and 1953.” (Jackson later became famous as “the Senator from Boeing,” the first of the Democratic Party neoconservatives.)

    Murray wrote (and the links here are added by me):

    I mentioned to Rep. Larsen that I had just returned from Russia with a U.S. delegation, and that all the people in Russia I had spoken with — including teachers, students, journalists, medical doctors, entrepreneurs and war veterans — had no desire for a nuclear war with the United States, but instead expressed the wish for peaceful, normalized relations . . . During our time in Yalta, I had organized a ‘swim for peace’ with Americans and Russian war vets swimming together in the Black Sea, which had caused quite a stir in local Russian language media. I explained to Rep. Larsen my understanding of why the Russian public is suspicious about U.S. moves in the region (based on what I heard from people there), and why they would expect the United States to be the first to make a unilateral confidence-building measure in the direction of nuclear disarmament. Russians were savvy to the Nuland ‘Yats’ youtube recording (in which Victoria Nuland is distinctly heard telling U.S. ambassador to Ukraine Geoffrey Pyatt that ‘Yats is the guy’ just prior to the regime change in which Arseniy Yatsenyuk became prime minister, and which directly implicated the U.S. in the Ukrainian coup), felt threatened by the recent NATO/Operation Anakonda maneuvers that took place during our delegation’s visit, and were extremely concerned about other provocative U.S. moves in the region, including economic sanctions on Russia and Crimea, the latter enacted after a majority of Crimeans voted to rejoin Russia in response to what they saw as outside interference in the affairs of Ukraine.

    Larsen immediately responded with rebuttals, stating flat-out he didn’t believe there was a U.S. role in the Ukrainian events — that what I’d just told him was ‘not what I’ve been hearing’ – and he went on to talk about how the Baltic states felt threatened by Russia, etc. He didn’t know what ‘Operation Anakonda’ was and seemed unaware that the largest-ever NATO military maneuvers since WWII had just taken place on Russia’s borders. I offered to send his office additional information about that and the Ukrainian events – an offer he ignored.

    The path we’re on can end only in one of two ways: Either the U.S. ‘news’ media will get real and start reporting the crucial realities (such as that the aggression in Ukraine wasn’t Putin’s ‘seizure’ of Crimea but the immediately prior coup — and its necessary ethnic cleansing afterwards — by Obama’s hirees, which started being organized by him no later than 1 March 2013, and which culminated nearly a year later), these being the crucial realities that contradict the official lies and thus might (if we’re extremely lucky) compel the U.S. government to reverse its present course; or else, there will be a surprise blitz attack by U.S.-NATO against Russia, or else by Russia against U.S.-NATO. The closer we get to the end of this matter, the more difficult the former option becomes, and the more inevitable the latter option — a blitz attack (by either side) — becomes. That’s the reality.

    Obama’s ‘mono-polar world’ is a fiction, and the sooner that he and his Big Lie can be exposed (by the Western press, to the Western publics), the safer everyone will be. Discomforts on the parts of those who have promulgated and propagandized that lie will be vastly less than the disastrous alternative, which would destroy the world for everyone.

    *  *  *

    Investigative historian Eric Zuesse is the author, most recently, of  They’re Not Even Close: The Democratic vs. Republican Economic Records, 1910-2010, and of  CHRIST’S VENTRILOQUISTS: The Event that Created Christianity.

  • Pokemon 'No': Nintendo Suffers Worst Week In 27 Years

    After admitting to investors last Friday (after the close) that they won’t be able to rely on Pokemon Go to bolster profits, the company came clean this week that a widely anticipated accessory for the blockbuster app will be delayed until September. The effect is simple – Nintendo shares are down 27% this week – the worst week since Aug 1989 (when the exuberance over Super Famicom died).

    Thanks to this double Pokemon “no,” Nintendo has lost over $14 billion of market capitalization in the last week.

     

     

    As Bloomberg details, Pokemon Go Plus, a 3,500 yen ($33) Bluetooth gadget that helps users detect nearby virtual pocket monsters, was supposed to be Nintendo’s one measurable benefit from the explosive popularity of the game. It was set to go on sale in Japan this week, until Nintendo, Pokemon Co. and developer Niantic Inc. pushed back the accessory’s debut.

    In addition, the delay will probably force analysts to adjust their estimates, which were already in disarray because of the lack of clarity over how Pokemon Go will impact the company’s bottom line. Nintendo maintained its outlook for 35 billion yen in profit for the current fiscal year when it reported earnings shortly after announcing the delay.

     

    “The delay is disappointing, especially since it’s just a Bluetooth accessory that has already been available for pre-order,” said Atul Goyal, an analyst at Jefferies Group. “The sales will still accrue to Nintendo with a delay. Just as all eyes turn to Nintendo, the company’s management can’t seem to get their communication right.”

     

    Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co. estimated that Pokemon Go Plus would add 45 billion yen in sales and 8.2 billion yen in income to Nintendo for the current fiscal year, based on its original sale date. Analysts at Bank of America Corp. were predicting an extra 10.5 billion yen in profit.

     

    “Is Nintendo really not even capable of producing a low-end accessory these days?,” said Serkan Toto, founder of consultant Kantan Games Inc. “It has now delayed the launch to a time when at least the initial hype around the game will definitely be over. In contrast to Pokemon Go earnings, Nintendo would have pocketed most of the margin for the device.”

     

    While the Pokemon Go Plus delay was announced in Japan and the U.S., it wasn’t clear what the impact would be in other places where the game has debuted.

    Maybe The Bank of Japan will buy them? Stranger things have happened.

  • USDJPY Plunges Again

    Japanese ‘markets’ are total disaster tonight…

    Liquidity is gone… as another 104.00 run breaks…

    Yen futures again show the surge in volume…

    “There was no visible news, but markets are nervous ahead of the BOJ meeting,” said Yuji Saito, Tokyo-based head of the foreign-exchange department at Credit Agricole SA.

    This siwhat happens when everything becomes binary – based on a handful of ivory tower academics fumbling in the dark.

  • Democrats Hacked Again: FBI Probing "Cyber Intrusion" At Fundraising Group

    Those pesky Russian hackers are working overtime.

    According to Reuters, the FBI is probing a “cyber intrusion” at yet another Democratic organization, this time the Democratic Congressional Campaign Committee (DCCC) which may or may not be related to an earlier hack at the Democratic National Committee. The previously unreported incident at the DCCC, which raises money for Democrats running for seats in the U.S. House of Representatives, is said to have been intended to gather information about Democratic donors.

    We anticipate another media freakout, one which again blames the Kremlin, is imminent. As Reuters puts it, “the breach and its potential ties to Russian hackers are likely to sharpen concern, so far unproven, that Moscow is attempting to meddle in U.S. elections. The issue has clouded this week’s Democratic National Convention in Philadelphia.”

    The DCCC intrusion could have begun as recently as June, two of the sources told Reuters. That was when a spoof website was registered with a name closely resembling that of a main donation site connected to the DCCC. For some time, Internet traffic associated with donations that was supposed to go to a company that processes campaign donations instead went to the spoof site, two sources said. How this went on as long as it did is unclear: perhaps in addition to having problems with “email”, the Democratic party is simply unable to keep keep up with modern technology.

    Sure enough, a Russian “trail” has emerged quickly. Reuters’ sources said the Internet Protocol address of the spurious site resembled one used by a Russian government-linked hacking group, one of two such groups suspected in the breach of the DNC, the nationwide strategy setting and money-raising body for the Democratic Party.

    The DCCC had no immediate comment. Donation processing company ActBlue had no immediate comment.

    Reuters adds that the FBI referred questions to a statement it made on Monday on the DNC hack: “The FBI is investigating a cyber intrusion involving the DNC and are working to determine the nature and scope of the matter. A compromise of this nature is something we take very seriously, and the FBI will continue to investigate and hold accountable those who pose a threat in cyberspace.”

    While private cyber experts and the government were aware of the DNC hack months ago, embarrassing emails were leaked last weekend by the WikiLeaks anti-secrecy group just as the party prepared to anoint Hillary Clinton as its presidential candidate for the Nov. 8 election. 

    The revelation of the DCCC breach is likely to further stoke concerns among Democratic Party operatives, many of whom have acknowledged they fear further dumps of hacked files that could harm their candidates. WikiLeaks has said it has more material related to the U.S. election that it intends to release.

    While fingers will surely point to Russia, earlier today Director of National Intelligence James Clapper said the U.S. intelligence community was not ready to “make the call on attribution” as to who was responsible for the DNC hack. The White House said earlier the FBI had not disclosed any information about who was behind the hack.

    Clapper, speaking at the Aspen Security Forum, acknowledged that “there’s just a few usual suspects out there” who might be responsible for the cyber intrusion, suggesting it was the work of a state actor rather than an independent hacking group.

     

    Russian officials have dismissed the allegations of Moscow’s involvement. “It is so absurd it borders on total stupidity,” said Kremlin spokesman Dmitry Peskov.

    So far nobody has claimed responsibility.

  • DNC Grand Finale: Ladies Night, Hillary Unleashed (And Katy Perry!) – Live Feed

    It's the day everyone has been waiting for – Ladies' night. The grand finale of four days of Democratic dreamery as Kary Perry takes the stage (after Barbara Mikulski – the first woman elected to the Senate). The night will be capped off by Chelsea Clinton introducing her mother – the first female nominee for President from a major party (Victoria Woodhill was first female nominee in 1872).

     

     

    Live Feed (due to 'gavel in' at 1630ET)…

    As The Hill reports,  Clinton will formally accept the Democratic presidential nomination on the final night of the party’s national convention in Philadelphia Thursday night. Campaign manager Bobby Mook said the former secretary of State will “stitch together” the themes from the first three nights of the convention.

    Clinton will make the case that she’s a fighter for working-class Americans and dismiss Trump as a representative of the “ultra-wealthy” who has stepped all over the middle class on his way to the top.

     

    She’ll frame herself as a natural leader with the “steadiness” Americans can count on and frame Trump as erratic and reckless.

     

    And Clinton will look to highlight the stakes of the election and how she will protect the “values” the nation was founded on against what she sees as a threat from Trump, whom Democrats view as a divisive and dangerous figure.

     

    “Hillary is going to stitch together each of these themes and talk about how this election is really a moment of reckoning for voters,” Mook said. “Are we going to succumb to some very powerful forces that are tearing at our social fabric, that are dividing us economically and socially? Or are we going to come together to solve these problems?”

     

    Clinton will return to the theme of her 1996 book about how it “takes a village” to build a strong society.

     

    The 2016 spin on that theme is how “we are stronger together,” Mook said.

     

    The campaign will be looking to highlight the historic nature of Clinton’s nomination as she becomes the first female standard-bearer for a major political party in the U.S.

    *  *  *

    The big question is – can she trump Trump's longest acceptance speech ever?

    Trump's speech clocked in at about an hour and 15 minutes, by various counts, making it the longest of any acceptance speeches in the last four decades.  Trump's speech was as long as Mitt Romney's and Barack Obama's speeches combined in 2012.

    *  *  *

    Today's tentative schedule:

    Thursday, July 28

    The session begins at 4:30 p.m.

    • Henrietta Ivey, a Michigan home care worker who advocates for a $15 an hour minimum wage.
    • Beth Mathias of Ohio, who works two jobs
    • Jensen Walcott and Jake Reed. Walcott was fired from her job in Bonner Springs, Kan., for asking why her co-worker, and friend,  Reed, made more than she did for the same job
    • Khizr Khan, whose son, , Humayun S. M. Khan, is one of 14 American Muslims killed after 9/11 serving in the U.S. Armed Forces
    • Retired Marine Corps Gen. John Allen, who commanded U.S. forces in Afghanistan
    • Candidates of the Democratic Senatorial Campaign Committee
    • Human Rights Campaign President Chad Griffin
    • League of Conservation Voters President Gene Karpinski
    • Rep. Sea Patrick Maloney of New York, co-chair of the Congressional LGBT Equality Caucus, and LGBT rights activist Sarah McBride
    • U.S. Sen. Barbara Mikulski of Maryland and Democratic women of the Senate
    • Chelsea Clinton, Clinton's daughter
    • Former U.S. Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, Democratic nominee

    The spin all wek has been dramatic, media watchers are getting whiplash as the liberal media desperately attempt to distract from the leaked emails content to the conspiracy theory that Trump and Putin did it…

    h/t @Mark412NH

  • Japanese Bond Futures Halted Without Warning

    At 2051ET, Japanese government bond futures suddenly halted trading. There was no limit moves or sudden surge in volume and the Osaka Excchange has confirmed it is investigatingthe reasons for the halt. Following the earlier flash-crash in USDJPY, one wonders just what is going on.. and what is coming?

    • *TOKYO EXCHANGE CONFIRMS HALT OCCURRED IN 10-YR JGB FUTURES

     

    And sure nough once everyone started to look:

    • *JGB FUTURES RESUMED; HALT BETWEEN 9:51 TO 10:12 A.M. TOKYO

    Following this week’s terrible tail in the 2Y JGB auction, and repeated claims by primary dealers that BoJ had killedthe JGB market, it is unsurprising that such a ‘glitch’ could happen… but within an hour of the biggest BoJ announcement in history is too suspicious.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 28th July 2016

  • Trump And The End Of NATO?

    Submitted by Finian Cunningham via Strategic-Culture.org,

    If Donald Trump is elected US president it will spell the end of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization. At least, that’s how a phalanx of US foreign policy pundits and establishment figures see it. Trump once again caused uproar recently with comments that were viewed as undermining a «cornerstone» of US foreign policy since the Second World War.

    Ahead of accepting official nomination as the Republican party presidential candidate, the billionaire property magnate told the New York Times in an interview that, if elected, he would not automatically deploy American military forces to defend another member of NATO if it were attacked.

    As the NYT noted Trump’s conditionality regarding NATO was the first time any senior American politician has uttered such a radical change in policy. It overturns «American cornerstone policy of the past 70 years».

    Trump was asked whether he would defend Eastern European countries if they were attacked by Russia.

    (Hypothetical, propagandistic nonsense, but let’s bear with the argument for the underlying logic that it exposes.)

    Trump did not give the customary automatic, unconditional «yes» response. Rather, he said he would have to first review whether these countries had fulfilled their «obligations to us». If they had, then, he said, US forces would defend. If they hadn’t lived up to past financial commitments to NATO, then the inference was that a would-be President Trump would not order troops to defend.

    The reaction to Trump’s comments was explosive. NATO’s civilian chief, Jens Stoltenberg, was evidently perplexed by Trump’s equivocal attitude. «Solidarity among allies is a key value for NATO», said the former Norwegian prime minister. «This is good for European security and good for US security. We defend one another».

    Stoltenberg was just one of the many pro-NATO figures on both sides of the Atlantic who stampeded to slam Trump for his comments.

    The rightwing American Enterprise Institute, the Council on Foreign Relations, and senior foreign policy makers within the Republican and Democrat parties all unanimously berated Trump over his views on NATO. Estonian and Latvian political leaders also expressed deep anxiety on what they saw as a withdrawal by the US from Europe’s security.

    Reuters reported a joint letter from a US bi-partisan group of «national security» experts who condemned Trump’s «inflammatory remarks» for not representing the «core interests» of the United States.

    «The strength of our alliances is at the core of those interests», said the group. «The United States must uphold the North Atlantic Treaty Organization’s commitments to all of our allies, including Poland, Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania».

    Reuters also quoted a former US ambassador to the alliance as saying that Trump’s policy means: «It’s the end of NATO».

    Robert Hunter, who was NATO envoy under President Bill Clinton, added: «The essence of NATO, more than any other single factor, is the commitment of the United States of America to the security of the other 27 members».

    The Los Angeles Times quoted former NATO supreme commander, US General Wesley Clark, as saying that Trump’s stance «undercuts NATO’s deterrence in Europe». Clark said that the comments showed that Trump has a fundamental misunderstanding of how the alliance works. «It will mean the end of the European Union and the collapse of the US’s largest trading partner».

    The former NATO military chief also made the snide comment that Russian leader Vladimir Putin would be «happy» with Trump’s shift in defense policy. As did Hillary Clinton’s senior policy advisor, Jake Sullivan, who made the inane assertion that «Putin would be rooting for Trump» to win the November presidential election.

    It is not the first time that Donald Trump has shown an irreverent disregard for NATO and other military partnerships which have been the hallmark of US foreign policy since World War Two. Previously, during the Republican primaries in March, the presidential contender told the Washington Post he would withdraw US troops from Japan, South Korea and the Middle East if regional allies did not shoulder more of the defense burden in terms of boosting financial contributions.

    Trump says that his view of drawing down overseas American military forces is part of his «America First» policy. He told the New York Times this policy means: «We are going to take care of this country first before we worry about everyone else in the world».

    In a certain sense, Trump’s worldview is laudable. Given the immense challenges for fixing the US economy, impoverished communities, post-industrial unemployment and crumbling infrastructure, of course it does not make sense for the US to maintain over 1,000 military bases overseas in over 100 countries.

    And, as Trump has pointed out, it is the US that pays the lion’s share of the budget for its military partnerships. In the 28-member NATO alliance, the US pays 70-75 per cent of the entire budget.

    But here is where Trump gets it fundamentally wrong. His premise of the United States functioning as a benevolent protector is misplaced. If that were the case then, yes, Trump’s point about the arrangement being «unfair» would be valid.

    However, NATO and the US’s other military umbrellas in Asia-Pacific and the Middle East, are not motivated primarily about maintaining security and peace. These military pacts are all about providing the US with a political, legal and moral rationale for intervening its forces in key geopolitical regions. The massive expenditure by the US on military alliances is really all about maintaining Washington’s hegemony over allies and perceived enemies alike. The reality is that America’s «defense» pacts are more a source of relentless tensions and conflicts. Europe and the South China Sea are testimony to that if we disabuse the notional pretensions otherwise.

    In all the heated reaction to Trump’s latest comments on NATO the over-riding assumption is that the United States is a force for good, law and order and peace.

    Under the headline «Trump NATO plan would be sharp break with decades-long US policy», this Reuters reportage belies the false indoctrination of what US and NATO’s purpose is actually about. It reports: «Republican foreign policy veterans and outside experts warned that the suggestion by Republican presidential nominee Donald Trump that he might abandon NATO’s pledge to automatically defend all alliance members could destroy an organization that has helped keep the peace for 66 years and could invite Russian aggression».

    Really? Maintaining peace for 66 years? Not if you live in former Yugoslavia, Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya, or Ukraine and Syria where NATO powers have been covertly orchestrating and sponsoring conflicts.

    Also note the unquestioned insinuation by Reuters that without NATO that would «invite Russian aggression».

    If we return to the original question posed by the New York Times, which sparked the flurry of pro-NATO reaction, the newspaper put it to Trump like this:

    «Asked about Russia’s threatening activities, which have unnerved the small Baltic States that are among the more recent entrants into NATO, Mr Trump said that if Russia attacked them, he would decide whether to come to their aid only after reviewing if those nations have fulfilled their obligations to us».

    The NY Times, like so many NATO advocates who went apoplectic over Trump, is constructing its argument on an entirely false and illusory premise of «Russia’s threatening activities».

    Unfortunately, it seems, Trump bought into this false premise by answering the question, even though his conditional answer has set off a firestorm among NATO and Western foreign policy establishments. Can you imagine the reaction if he had, instead, rebutted the false assertion about there even being Russian aggression?

    But this fabrication of «Russian threat» is an essential part of the wider fabrication about what the US-led NATO alliance is really functioning for. It is not about defending «the free world» from Russian or Soviet «aggression», or, for that matter, from Iranian, Chinese, North Korean, or Islamic terrorist threats. In short, NATO and US military «protection» has got nothing to do with defense and peace. It is about protecting American corporate profits and hegemony.

    Ever since its inception in 1949 by the US under President Truman, NATO is a construct that serves to project American presence and power around the world, as well as propping up its taxpayer-subsidized military-industrial complex. The most geopolitically vital theatre is Europe, where the European nations must be kept divided from any form of normal political and economic relations with Russia. If that were to happen, American hegemonic power, as we know it, is over. That’s what the alarmism among the NATO advocates over Trump is really about.

    Trump’s declared aim of withdrawing US forces from overseas and of cutting down NATO is admirable, even if his reasoning is faulty and imbued with false notions of American benevolence.

    If he were to implement such policies, then indeed the American facade of NATO might well collapse. Which would be an immeasurably good thing for restoring peaceful international relations, especially with regard to Europe and Russia, despite what the reactionary, rightwing Russophobic European states might say.

    But here’s the thing. Trump does not seem to understand how deeply important NATO or US militarism elsewhere around the globe are to American hegemony under its corporate capitalist system. If and when he does actually try to implement his policy, he will encounter formidable forces that he probably isn’t aware of yet.

    Without a massive popular mobilization, Trump will not be allowed to implement such a challenge to the foundational premise of modern American power. The US military-industrial-intelligence complex will see to that.

    The last American president who tried to rein in the corporate power of US militarism was John F Kennedy. He was assassinated on November 22, 1963, in broad daylight by the CIA-Pentagon and their contract killers. And for 53 years, the entire American media and law enforcement establishments have brazenly covered up that shocking truth in the fashion of a «ministry of truth».

    Potentially, Trump’s stance on NATO is damaging to the military alliance, and could even precipitate a terminal decline. That is why the reaction to his comments has been so fierce, and is also why he won’t be allowed to get away with such a policy if he is elected.

    This is not meant, however, to sound defeatist. Of course, US militarism and its war-mongering imperialist foreign policy could be overturned. American hegemony is not divinely ordained. But such a radical, fundamental change in direction will require a massive popular movement among ordinary Americans. It will not be achieved on the basis of one fiery politician’s words.

  • The Law Of The Jungle Is Far Superior To The Ideology Of Globalism

    Submitted by Brandon Smith via Alt-Market.com,

    In 1991 George Bush Sr., in at least two separate speeches, announced an active geopolitical endgame for global stability; something he called the “New World Order.” This was not the first time the concept of the NWO had been uttered by a prominent figure. Fabian socialist H.G. Welles wrote an entire book on the ideology decades before, in 1940, entitled 'The New World Order', and even scripted a thinly veiled propaganda film on the rise of globalism titled 'Things To Come'. The core of this ideology is the institution of global governance and the erasure of sovereign nation states, ostensibly in order to end the persistent threat of world war.

    It all sounds very noble on the surface, but there is much more to total globalization that the elites do not discuss very openly or very often.

    A key quote from Bush’s White House speech to the nation on the eve of Operation Desert Storm in Iraq explains much behind the NWO concept:

    “We have before us the opportunity to forge for ourselves and for future generations a new world order — a world where the rule of law, not the law of the jungle, governs the conduct of nations. When we are successful — and we will be — we have a real chance at this new world order, an order in which a credible United Nations can use its peacekeeping role to fulfill the promise and vision of the U.N.’s founders.”

    The questions are, what did he mean by the “rule of law,” and what did he mean by the “law of the jungle?” As Bush clarifies further, the “rule of law” in his mind is the law as enforced by a globalist governing body (i.e. the UN). The “law of the jungle” would invariably be everything that represents the opposite of globalism (i.e. wild and unshackled sovereignty).

    The "law of the jungle" sounds harsh and unforgiving, and it is, for people who do not pursue greater imperatives and who do not work hard to reach their ultimate potential.  This idea is often misconstrued as "fascist" in its origins.  That is to say, people commonly assume the law of the jungle is merely the subjugation of the weak by the strong.  This is how the globalists WANT you to view sovereignty, national or tribal identity, individualism, etc.; they want you to see these principles as akin to savagery.

    In truth, it is the elites that promote savagery as the core of globalism, though it is to be sure a highly sterilized and scientific form of savagery. Their "rule of law" is entirely arbitrary – it is not based in the light of  conscience, but on darker desires of artificial advantage for the ruling class and the oppression of everyone else.  A better interpretation of the law of the jungle would be that it is a more colorful description of "natural law", the inborn right of self determination guided by inherent conscience.  Under natural law, bureaucratic governance serves little purpose.  It becomes obsolete.

    While the law of the jungle is not easy or carefree or eternally "safe", I think there are many virtues to a “natural”, unfettered and decentralized way of life far above the mindless homogenization and collectivism of the globalist ideal.

    Here are just a few examples on why humanity would be much better off living wild and free rather than living an inhibited and micromanaged existence under a global authority.

    Surviving In The Jungle Requires Strength And Intelligence

    A shallow interpretation of the law of the jungle would argue that “only the strong survive.” Collectivists would claim that this is unfair to the weak and ultimately barbaric in principle. I disagree. The assumption these people make is that the “weak” cannot improve their circumstances and therefore require constant babysitting by a central authority. However, if you actually allow people to be challenged rather than coddled, it can be surprising how strong they become.

    Globalism destroys the environmental conditions that inspire excellence and instead rewards and protects mediocrity. Take for example the problems regarding “too big to fail” banks; these institutions are really failures in every respect and, like wounded gazelles, should be given a quick death. But under the theory of globalization the strategy has (so far) been to keep these failures limping along. In other words, the incentive for success has been undermined and weakness has been rewarded.

    In this way, not just in the business world but also in the social world, globalism encourages people to accomplish as little as possible and comforts them with promises of being forever nurtured by the global nanny state. If this kind of world becomes an absolute, society will decay and revert to something subhuman. All evolutionary progress will be lost.

    Surviving In The Jungle Requires Merit

    You have to be useful in the jungle; you have to produce, repair or teach something truly valuable. You have to build. You have to innovate. You have to invent. You have put in the effort to take control of your destiny. You have to prove your merit if you want to thrive. Under globalism, none of this behavior is really necessary or rewarded.

    One of the early phases of collectivism, as it establishes its control base, is to forcefully “equalize” all existing elements. This means that collectivist societies often oppress the naturally successful and debase a population until they all meet the same standards of the lowest common denominator.

    The small but vocal movement of social justice cultists in the West is a perfect example of the collectivist narrative inherent in globalism. If any movement embodies anti-merit, it is the social justice warriors.

    The social justice presumption of life is that all human beings must be treated as if they have merit, and this is often based on their level of victim status rather than their accomplishments. For example, in my article “Why Conscripting Women Into Combat Will Result In Cultural Disaster,” I outlined the outright progressive dismantling of U.S. military training standards in order to open the door for far weaker females to enter active combat units. Superior merit is being systematically removed from the military in order to make way for homogenization based on mediocrity. And while the law of the jungle does not call for a standing military, the fact remains that the loss of merit will invariably lead to a weaker military overall.

    I have even seen SJW men argue that they must promote the lowest common denominator under movements like feminism because in a culture based on merit, they personally would have no chance at survival. They claim they are too weak to undertake traditional male roles of production and protection and thus opt for the laziness and safety of the collective rather than bettering themselves. In the jungle, the willfully useless would be quickly eaten, or they would die simply due to their own stupidity and sloth; and I have to say, I’m not so sure that’s a bad thing.

    When you give the least successful people the keys to the foundation of your society you discourage the truly successful from pursuing further excellence. The goal for a person who really wants to make their way in such a world would then be to gain as much victim status as possible in order to get the most rewards. Merit becomes superfluous.

    Under globalism, this SJW nightmare would achieve world-wide recognition and political promotion.

    Survival In The Jungle Requires The Will For Self Defense

    The globalist ideal is rooted in pacifism. That is to say aggressive defense by the average individual is treated as either unscrupulous or futile. Why learn how to protect your own life and the lives of others when you can keep your hands clean and have the establishment do it for you? Why not support global governance, end the law of the jungle and put an armed sentry and surveillance camera on every street corner to ward off potential predators? Why not trade all self determination for the promise of endless comfort and a carefree existence?

    The problem is, as we have seen in numerous instances in highly self-defense-restricted environments in Europe, the state cannot and will never be able to fulfill its empty promises of constant protection. At bottom, the only promise the authorities can keep is that they will quickly clean up the mess left behind by your corpse after an attack has already occurred. And, as we have seen in other instances in the U.S., the authorities are sometimes also the assailants.

    In the jungle, there are no pacifists. They are all dead, or they have converted to a self defense mindset. Pacifists therefore need a collectivist herd to blend into so that they can hide, or so that the guy next to them can be eaten while they make their escape.

    Globalism requires the dilution of an actively vigilant population because the philosophy of self defense leads naturally to an appreciation for individual action. Centralized government cannot take control of a citizenry that has the will to strike back on its own against predators.

    Anyone who promotes a pacifist response is merely aiding the predators, and this includes people who promote a pacifist response towards predatory governments. If the average person lived by the law of the jungle rather than waiting for a “civilized” authority to protect them or parcel out the freedoms they were born with as if they were privileges, predatory governments would no longer exist.

    The Law Of The Jungle Requires Freedom In All Things

    You cannot act in the jungle if you are restricted by bureaucracy and collectivist niceties. And if you cannot act freely in the jungle then you will die in the jungle. Therefore, the jungle and the globalist system are mutually exclusive environments.

    This does not mean that in the jungle there are no consequences for taking undue actions that harm others. As in the Libertarian concept of the non-aggression principle, it is far better to leave others alone to pursue their own prosperity, first because it is the right thing to do, but also because they may have means of self defense just as you do. To try to control the lives of others, the thoughts of others, the language of others, the personal associations of others, the property rights of others, is to elicit a justified backlash and the loss of your own life.

    To be a predator in the jungle is not without ample risk, most animals will defend themselves when cornered and an injured predator could end up a dead predator. But to be a predator in a globalist world populated with unarmed sheep means there is little risk, especially when you are sanctioned by the establishment.

    The jungle is a place where meaningful progress serving the individual is essential, for even a jungle tribe is only as strong as the individuals that make up its ranks. The globalist world is a place where meaningful progress is stifled and strong individuals are treated as a threat. Globalism requires a collectivist machine, a hive mind in which the individual is only a piston in the apparatus. Globalism displaces creative thinking in the name of efficiency, and murders innovation.

    A globalist society would be a static society, frozen in an endless cycle of conformity and sameness. The only beneficiaries would be those at the top of the pyramid, who, as in all collectivist ventures, reap the majority of the rewards because they are the people who get to redistribute the wealth of production in any manner they see fit.

    In the jungle, these redistributors would be seen as useless middlemen, parasitic gatekeepers standing in the way of production and prosperity, drinking their share of blood from every transaction and every invention; stealing earned wealth from the successful in order to feed another army of people they have encouraged to also become parasites through the ideology of anti-merit.

    In the jungle, in a free world, people would immediately question why these middlemen posing as authority figures and financiers should exist at all? What purpose do they serve? They certainly have no merit. They are not successful because they are better than anyone else at anything necessary. They are not hunter gatherers, they are not producers, they are not defenders, they are not teachers, and they are not fixers. They feed off the rest of us but they are not active and honest competitors. They are not lions or tigers or bears. They are vicious scavengers. Carrion feeders or thieves. They are rabid hyenas and jackals looking to nibble a piece at time from us when while we are distracted.

    In the jungle, these vermin are often present but certainly not welcome. At any opportunity they are squashed. In this way it is understandable why globalists would be so afraid of the jungle.

  • "Short Everything That Guy Has Touched" – San Fran's Lending Standards Put The Last Housing Bubble To Shame

    A perfect storm of low interest rates and a booming tech economy, which has pumped out an endless number of tech millionaires rewarded for amazing ideas like the ability to morph one’s face with a squirrel, have culminated in a substantial housing bubble in Silicon Valley and the surrounding areas. 

    As recently observed here and here, we think this bubble is just about ready to burst. In fact, an overlay of recent housing prices in San Franciso vs. Las Vegas prices during the last cycle look fairly ominous:

    San Fran vs. Vegas

     

    Several weeks ago in a post titled “These 2 Forces Will Crush the San Francisco Housing Bubble,” we presented the combination of plateauing employment with an accelerating expansion of housing supply as a nasty combination for home prices in Silicon Valley.  That said, we would like to add 1 more “force” to the list which is a return of extremely aggressive lending practices, painfully similar to the previous housing bubble. 

    As noted in a Bloomberg article today, the $0 down, 30-year, adjustable-rate, jumbo mortgage backed by illiquid stock options in tech start-ups, a loan which the San Francisco Federal Credit Union has coined POPPY, or Proud Ownership Purchase Program for You (because “Steaming Pile of Shit” just didn’t seem appropriate and messaging really is everything when you’re trying to dump loans overseas), has made a huge comeback in Silicon Valley. 

    As the San Francisco Federal Credit Union pointed out, it’s often not home values that keep people in rentals but rather the inability of potential buyers to come up with a down payment which would be equal to $187,000 on the median home in San Francisco.  So they decided to solve that silly little problem with POPPY.  To our “surprise”, POPPY has been a huge success and the credit union is sitting on a backlog of $100 million of pre-approved, 30-year, adjustable-rate mortgages just waiting to be funded.

    Not wanting to be outdone by their tech brethren, local banks have become very “innovative” in their race to “disrupt” the old-school approach to mortgage lending that requires things like down payments and rigorous credit checks.  Per Bloomberg:

    At Social Finance, the strategy is about getting in on the ground floor, which it aims to do through its marketing partnerships with 22 companies and a promise of an answer on a loan application within a day to help speed up the home-buying process.  SoFi also woos clients with loan officers who fight to help them win bidding wars against cash buyers.

     

    First Republic Bank — which gave Facebook Inc. billionaire Mark Zuckerberg a 1.05% interest-rate mortgage — has opened branches in Facebook and Twitter Inc. headquarters.

    As Glenn Kelman, CEO of the brokerage Redfin, concluded “It’s a smart bet to cater to a sector that’s created thousands of millionaires and dozens of billionaires.” 

    Our thoughts are best summarized by Steve Carroll at the very end of the clip below:

  • Bernie Supporters Boo, Chant "No More Wars" As Leon Panetta Pitches Hillary's War Credentials

    Former Secretary of Defense Leon Panetta reinforced Hillary Clinton’s position as a warmonger in his speech at the Democratic National Convention tonight. Amid various jabs at Donald Trump, Panetta exclaimed the danger of “withdrawal” of American forces from the world and the apparent need for more status quo interventionism; but the ‘reportedly’ united Democratic convention seemed not to agree. Bernie Sanders’ supporters drowned out Panetta’s claims that Hillary masterminded Bin Laden’s killing with boos and chants of “no more war,” and “lies.”

    Having already slammed Donald Trump with regard Russia,

    “I just think that’s beyond the pale,” he said to CNN’s Christiane Amanpour. “I think that kind of statement reflects that he is truly not qualified to be president of the United States.”

    The former CIA Head then proclaimed falsely that,

    “Trump..is asking one of our adversaries to engage in hacking or intelligence efforts against the US to affect our election.”

    But it was his reinforcement of Hillary Clinton’s war credentials that appeared to upset the clearly-divided Democratic party the most, as Bernie supporters drowned him out for a few moments with chants of “no more wars” and “lies” amid their booing…

    Excerpts from Panetta’s speech:

    This president is Hillary Clinton. During my time as CIA Director and Secretary of Defense, Hillary was a strong supporter of our efforts to protect our homeland, decimate al-Qaeda, and bring Osama bin Laden to justice. It was a tough decision to go after bin Laden. In long meetings in the White House Situation Room, we debated that fateful decision.

     

    I presented the intelligence to the President, laying out the risks. And when the President went around the table to the country’s national security leadership, Hillary was clear: We have to go get bin Laden. And our Special Operations Forces did just that. And they sent a clear message to the world that no one attacks America and gets away with it.

     

    Hillary is just as determined to defeat those who threaten us today: ISIS, al-Qaeda, Boko Haram, al-Shabaab. Terrorists who pervert the teachings of Islam to kill innocent people going about their daily lives, people traveling through airports in Brussels and Istanbul, families celebrating on the beachfront in France, men and women shopping in a market in Baghdad, and just this week, an 85-year-old priest whose throat was slit by terrorists who stormed his church during Mass. These murderers must be stopped.

     

    Hillary Clinton is the only candidate who has laid out a comprehensive plan to defeat and destroy ISIS and keep America safe. She is smart. She is principled. She is tough and she is ready. Hillary is the single most experienced and prepared person who has ever run for president.

     

     

    We cannot afford someone who believes America should withdraw from the world, threatens our international treaties, and violates our moral principles.

    As The Hill reports, Panetta appeared very flustered as he stood on stage waiting for the chants to end.

    As Panetta continued to speak, the lights were dimmed over the sections of Sanders supporters, an apparent effort to silence them. 

     

    But the protesters were undeterred and lit up cell phone flashlights in protest.

     

    The chants undercut a portion of the convention dedicated to promoting Clinton’s national security bonafides. 

     

    Retired Rear Adm. John Hutson’s speech was also cut off by chants from the California delegation. But the chants appeared unrelated to his speech, which praised the former secretary of State’s readiness to be president and attacked Trump as reckless on foreign policy.

    We have one word: Unity?

  • Richard Koo: If Helicopter Money Succeeds, It Will Lead To 1,500% Inflation

    After today’s uneventful Fed announcement, all eyes turn to the BOJ where many anticipate some form of “helicopter money” is about to be unveiled in Japan by the world’s most experimental central bank.

    However, as Nomura’s Richard Koo warns, central banks may get much more than they bargained for, because helicopter money “probably marks the end of the road for believers in the omnipotence of monetary policy who have continued to press for further accommodation in the midst of a balance sheet recession, when such policies simply cannot work.”

    As he continues, believers “have doggedly insisted that it is possible to control inflation because (1) inflation is everywhere and always a monetary phenomenon and (2) central banks control the supply of money. Based on this belief, they have implemented a variety of policies including quantitative easing, negative interest rates, forward guidance, and inflation targeting, each of which has failed to produce expected results. Now they have reached the end of the line, and the signpost reads “Last stop: helicopter money.

    Koo continues to unload on central bankers, slamming their “faith that the economy will pick up if only money is dropped from the sky” that has provided a psychological foundation for economists and policymakers convinced of the efficacy of monetary policy. It also explains why nothing has worked yet. The Nomura strategist then mocks “their belief that dropping money from helicopters would revive the economy that has led them to assume that slightly less extreme policies such as quantitative easing and inflation targeting would also have a positive economic impact (albeit a more modest one).”

    This is precisely what we said in March 2009 when the Fed first launched QE, and were mocked. It has now become mainstream.

    * * *

    We also predicted that the endgame will ultimately be hyperinflation, after an extended period of intermediary steps in which central bankers stumble from one interim, and flawed, “solution” to another, until they finally hit the monetary endgame…  which is where we are now.

    Koo admits as much by highlighting the paradox of helicopter money   (assuming the form it is most likely to be implemented under, i.e., financing of deficits) namely that if and when it is ultimately successful, it will assure hyperinflation. This is how he puts it:

    Eventually the private sector will complete its balance sheet repairs and resume borrowing. When that happens, inflation can quickly spiral out of control unless the central bank drains the liquidity it pumped into the market under quantitative easing or helicopter money. For example, excess reserves created by the Fed currently amount to some 15 times the level of statutory reserves.  

     

    That implies that if businesses and households were to resume borrowing in earnest, the US money supply could balloon to 15 times its current size, sending inflation as high as 1,500%. The corresponding ratios are 28 times for Japan and Switzerland, five times for the eurozone, and 11 times for the UK.

     

    Once private-sector demand for loans recovers in these countries, confidence in the dollar, euro, and yen will plummet unless the Fed reduces excess reserves to one-fifteenth of their current level, the ECB to one-fifth, and the Bank of Japan to one-twenty-eighth.

    So what’s the problem: just soak up reserves, i.e., sell central bank assets?

    However, as Koo puts it, “that sort of extreme reduction in reserves will require the central bank to sell the bonds it holds, which would be a nightmare for both the economy and the bond market.

    In short, it would result in a bidless (already illiquid) bond market with yields exploding, and likewise trigger an explosion in inflation as suddenly interest rates go through the roof, countless companies default on their debt, and the value of both debt and credit implode.

    * * *

    Below we present selected excerpts from Koo’s full “cost-benefit analysis” of helicopter money, and specifically the four forms it could take, and why each of them is ultimately doomed.

    1. Dropping money from the sky

    A look at the helicopter money debate in Japan and elsewhere shows that the actual policies being discussed can be classified into four main types. The first is helicopter money in the literal sense of dropping money from helicopters. Would this work? In Japan, at least, it would be another complete failure. This is because when the typical Japanese finds a 10,000-yen note lying on the ground, she will turn it in at the nearest police station rather than spend it. Put differently, a helicopter money policy can only work if the people in a country have little sense of right and wrong.

    No seller would exchange products for money that fell from the sky

    Another critical omission from the argument that helicopter money will resuscitate the economy is that it focuses exclusively on the logic of buyers while ignoring the logic of sellers.  Unethical buyers may try to go shopping with money that has fallen from the sky, but there is no reason for sellers to accept such money. Sellers are willing to take money in exchange for goods and services only because the supply of that money is strictly controlled by the central bank. If money starts falling from the sky, sellers will refuse to accept it as payment for their products. If the authorities actually began dropping money from helicopters, shops would either close their doors or demand payment in foreign currency or gold, and the economy would quickly collapse. There is no economy so wretched as one that no longer has a national currency the people trust.

    Helicopter money not the ultimate form of monetary accommodation

    In light of the above, the argument that monetary policy can be relied upon to boost the economy because helicopter money is the ultimate form of monetary accommodation and always works can be seen to be complete nonsense that ignores the standpoint of sellers. Taking monetary accommodation to those extremes would lead to the economy’s collapse, not its recovery. There is no case in recorded history of an economy without a credible national currency outperforming an economy that has one. 

    2. Financing government deficits

    In response to this criticism, some proponents of helicopter money would probably say that the helicopter money policies now being discussed do not involve actually dropping money from the sky but rather call for direct financing of government fiscal expenditures by the central bank. In this, the second version of helicopter money, the money is supplied in a way that is not immediately visible to ordinary citizens, so it may take time before sellers begin refusing to sell, but the problems that remain are no different from those of quantitative easing.

    Financing of fiscal expenditures during balance sheet recession does not stimulate economy

    Fiscal stimulus itself can provide a large boost to the economy. But while direct financing by the central bank may increase reserves in the banking system, those reserves will be trapped in the banking system because there are no private-sector borrowers during a balance sheet recession even at zero interest rates. Prime examples include post-1990 Japan and the leading Western economies since 2008. At such times, the “direct” part of the direct financing of fiscal stimulus cannot stimulate the economy or raise inflation any more than the “non-direct” QE. Both growth and inflation have remained at depressed levels in Japan (since 1990) and the West (since 2008) regardless of how accommodative monetary policy has become because the private sector stopped borrowing after the bubble collapse slashed the value of its assets but left its liabilities intact.

    Question of how to mop up excess liquidity has not been answered

    Eventually the private sector will complete its balance sheet repairs and resume borrowing. When that happens, inflation can quickly spiral out of control unless the central bank drains the liquidity it pumped into the market under quantitative easing or helicopter money. For example, excess reserves created by the Fed currently amount to some 15 times the level of statutory reserves. That implies that if businesses and households were to resume borrowing in earnest, the US money supply could balloon to 15 times its current size, sending inflation as high as 1,500%. The corresponding ratios are 28 times for Japan and Switzerland, five times for the eurozone, and 11 times for the UK. Once private-sector demand for loans recovers in these countries, confidence in the dollar, euro, and yen will plummet unless the Fed reduces excess reserves to one-fifteenth of their current level, the ECB to one-fifth, and the Bank of Japan to one-twenty-eighth.

    But that sort of extreme reduction in reserves will require the central bank to sell the bonds it holds, which would be a nightmare for both the economy and the bond market. It would be a different matter if we were talking about future increases in reserves under a helicopter money policy, but the Fed has already created some $2.5trn in excess reserves under quantitative easing, and the BOJ has created ¥250trn, which means the monetary authorities cannot avoid the issue of draining those funds from the market.

    3. Government scrip and perpetual zero-coupon bonds

    A third version of helicopter money involves government money printing or the replacement of the JGBs held by the BOJ with perpetual zero-coupon bonds. The people proposing these policies hope that fiscal stimulus financed by government scrip or perpetual zero-coupon bonds, which are not viewed as government liabilities, will elicit spending from people who are currently saving because of concerns about the size of the fiscal deficit and the likelihood of future tax increases. Economists refer to this reluctance to spend because of worries about future tax hikes as the Ricardian equivalence. If true, it implies that consumption will increase each time the government raises taxes since higher taxes mean lower deficit in the future. The fact that this phenomenon has never once been observed in the real world suggests it is nothing more than an empty theory.

    Moreover, there are serious issues that must be confronted once the economy picks up and the liquidity supplied by the monetary authorities via government scrip or zero-coupon perpetuals must be drained from the system. Perpetual zero-coupon bonds are essentially worthless, which means the BOJ cannot sell them—no one in the private sector would be stupid enough to buy them. That means the only way to mop up the excess reserves created via the issue of perpetual zero-coupon bonds is for the BOJ to ask the MOF to issue equivalent amounts of coupon-bearing bonds. The same would be true when trying to mop up reserves created by government scrip. Once this scrip starts circulating, it becomes part of the monetary base, and draining it from the system will require the government to absorb it by issuing bonds. And in the case of both perpetuals and government scrip, the government that issued the bonds cannot spend the proceeds. If the government spends them, the liquidity that had been mopped up will flow back into the economy again. Those recommending the issuance of government scrip or perpetual zero-coupon bonds say that one advantage of this approach is that it does not lead to an expansion of government liabilities (upon issuance). However, they will become massive government liabilities when the economy eventually recovers and they must be mopped up.

    Helicopter money proponents silent on issue of mopping up reserves

    In other words, the biggest issue with helicopter money—as with quantitative easing—is the question of how to drain these funds from the system. It becomes clear just how problematic both policies are when the difficulty of draining reserves is taken into account. Yet in all the discussion about helicopter money and quantitative easing in Japan and elsewhere, almost no one has touched on the massive costs involved in mopping up the excess reserves created under these policies. Everyone emphasizes the benefits of these policies when introduced while ignoring that those benefits are small indeed when we examine the costs and benefits over the policy’s lifetime. As one example of this bias, Waseda University professor Masazumi Wakatabe argued in a Nikkei column titled “Easy Economics” that helicopter money is preferable to quantitative easing inasmuch as it enables the government to undertake fiscal stimulus without increasing its liabilities.

    I suspect that the helicopter money envisioned by Mr. Wakatabe involves the issuance of government scrip or direct central bank underwriting of perpetual zero-coupon bonds. However, he makes no mention whatsoever of how the liquidity created via these methods will be drained from the system once private-sector demand for loans recovers.

    Helicopter money offers no benefits whatsoever over policy’s lifetime

    As described above, the only way to mop up liquidity that has been created using these methods is for the government to issue bonds and not spend the proceeds. I think this would be more difficult from both a legal and practical perspective than winding down quantitative easing, which in itself is no easy task. Moreover, the amount of government debt that must ultimately be acquired by the private sector is no different from a case in which the government had issued bonds to fund fiscal stimulus from the outset.

    In short, whether fiscal stimulus is funded with government scrip and zero-coupon bonds or with the ordinary issue of government debt, the size of the government’s liabilities will be the same in the end. Helicopter money offers no benefits whatsoever when viewed over the lifetime of the policy, including the eventual need to mop up liquidity.

    4. Handing cash directly to consumers

    A fourth version of helicopter money involves handing out money directly to consumers, without requiring it to pass through financial institutions. In this scenario, a consumer might open her mailbox one morning to find an envelope from the Bank of Japan containing ¥1mn. While that discovery may bring momentary happiness, I suspect she may feel a chill down her spine once she realizes everyone around her had received similar envelopes. And if such envelopes arrived day after day, the entire country would quickly fall into a panic as people lose all sense of what their currency is worth. Regardless of what buyers might wish to do, sellers would be forced to protect themselves, with stores putting up signs requesting payment in either foreign currency or gold. This is a nightmare scenario.

    * * *

    Why is helicopter money so popular?

    What I find fascinating is why so many pundits in Japan and elsewhere continue to promote policies like quantitative easing and helicopter money while completely ignoring the need to eventually mop up all the liquidity created under these policies. One possibility is that this marks the last stand of the academic economists who have been insisting for the past three decades that monetary policy is the solution to all economic problems. Mr. Wakatabe, for example, declared without irony that “the problem of how to increase nominal GDP always has an answer: helicopter money.” This argument completely ignores sellers’ reactions and the ultimate cost of mopping up excess liquidity. Yet even Mr. Wakatabe acknowledged in the aforementioned Nikkei column that no matter how much money the central bank supplies under quantitative easing, “the money available for people to use will not increase unless financial institutions start lending more.” This statement suggests that the professor has finally realized the shortcomings of monetary policy during a balance sheet recession, something we have been talking about for the last 20 years. And that, in turn, may be why these economists are now leaning in the direction of helicopter money, which could go directly to the households and not depend on financial institutions.

    Will private-sector loan demand ever recover?

    Another possibility is that these economists are assuming private-sector loan demand will never recover. If that were in fact the case, there would be no need to mop up the liquidity, and consequently no need to worry about the attendant costs. The current economic slump could continue indefinitely if people who had terrible experiences digging themselves out of debt following the asset bubble’s collapse decided they would never again borrow money. In that case there would be no need for the central bank to move quickly to mop up the funds created under quantitative easing and helicopter money. It is extremely difficult to project when the private sector will overcome its debt trauma and resume borrowing, inasmuch as there are few historical instances in which an economy has emerged from a balance sheet recession. But I think it is dangerous to keep quantitative easing and helicopter money policies in place based on the assumption that the current situation will continue forever. After all, success for all policies including helicopter money is defined as a recovery in private-sector demand for loans.

  • "Real, Imminent Threat" That Next World War Will Be Initiated By First Strike EMP Weapon

    Submitted by Jeremiah Johnson (nom de plume of retired Green Beret, US Army Special Forces (Airborne)) via SHTFPlan.com,

    There has been a tremendous amount of technological interchange between North Korea, the Russians, and the Chinese.  North Korea has also been working for years in the refinement (development) of its nuclear arsenal, especially in partnership with Pakistan and Iran.  In a press conference at the Pentagon on October 24, 2014 reporters were briefed by General Curtis Scaparrotti, the U.S. Military Commander in Korea.  This is what the general had to say:

    “I believe they [the North Koreans] have the capability to have miniaturized the [nuclear] device at this point, and they have the technology to potentially, actually deliver what they say they have.”

    On March 9, 2016, Kim Jong-Un for the first time stated that North Korea had accomplished the miniaturization of nuclear warheads that are compatible with ICBM’s.  Admiral William Gortney, Commander of US NORTHCOM was in front of a Senate Committee on March 10, 2016 briefing them on the potential North Korean nuclear threat.  The Admiral stated it was “prudent to assume Pyongyang had the ability to miniaturize a nuclear warhead” and deliver it via ICBM that could actually strike the continental U.S.

    Finally, (and the most compelling proponent of the danger posed by North Korea), Dr. Peter V. Pry, the foremost expert on EMP (Electromagnetic Pulse) threats by established and rogue nations has long upheld that Iran and North Korea hold an EMP first strike as central to their current military doctrines.  Pry has spent countless hours briefing Senate Investigating Committees on the dangers of an EMP strike by these two nations.

    This year the North Koreans have ramped up their missile tests exponentially, building off of their R&D for the past five years.  Kwangmyongsong-3, Unit 2 satellite was placed into orbit December 12, 2012.  Kwangmyongsong-4 satellite was successfully launched February 7, 2016.  In April 2016 they tested an ICBM engine.  May 2015 saw their claim of a successful SLBM (Submarine Launched Ballistic Missile) test, their first. Then this year, March 23, 2016, (as reported by CNN’s Don Melvin, Jim Sciutto, and Wil Ripley on April 24), their success became a reality.  Here is an excerpt from that report by CNN:

    After previous launch attempts by Pyongyang failed, this one seems to have gone much better, one U.S. official noted.

     

    “North Korea’s sub launch capability has gone from a joke to something very serious,” this official said. “The U.S. is watching this very closely.”

     

    Asked whether the test was successful, another U.S. official told CNN, “essentially yes.”

    The missile traveled 30 km as opposed to the 300 km intended by North Korea, but this is the point: North Korea successfully launched the missile from the submarine.  As can be seen, a U.S. official categorized the test as being successful, as well as another one noting the seriousness of North Korea’s newfound capability.  They have recently been launching short and medium-range missiles in tests, and these tests have been conducted regularly over the past 6 months and almost nonstop.

    On July 22, Jane’s Defence Weekly reported that North Korea has constructed a fortified structure (docks) that can potentially shelter ballistic missile-carrying submarines.  Although the report was just made, it was satellite photo imagery that indicated these submarine pens had neared project completion and they were being covered with earth.  The satellite photos indicated that the two enclosures measure 490 feet in length by 32 feet in width, with there being about 50 feet in between the two of them.  The project had actually been started back in October of 2013.

    These are pretty serious reports, and as much as they are laughed at and disparaged, the North Koreans are in deadly earnest about doggedly attaining advances in their nuclear forces’ capabilities.  In March of 2016, North Korea threatened that it would conduct a “preemptive and offensive nuclear strike.” The “balance” that has been made is simple, effected by simpletons, as such:

    The North Koreans threaten to strike and bluster their nuclear capability.  The United States responds with, “Oh, they can’t do that,” or “they don’t have the technology,” or some other such scoffing characterization.

    The frightening thing about this teteatete is that neither side’s leaders or elites will face any kind of danger or peril that would result from a nuclear conflagration, but the populations of both countries would suffer immeasurably.  A general and an admiral have stated their belief in the miniaturization capabilities of North Korea regarding nuclear warheads.  The foremost expert on the EMP has provided prima facie evidence before the Senate and numerous commissions attesting to those capabilities.  Each day North Korea ramps up its tests and its threats.  Russia and China publicly whisper their disapproval of such actions and words while taking no steps to actually stop them.

    The next world war will be initiated by a first strike utilizing an EMP weapon.

    There is no timetable.  The threat is real, and it is imminent.  It is a matter of time before it is carried out.  Do you want something more tangible?  Here it is.  Now would be a good time to construct the necessary Faraday cages for your sensitive electronic equipment you wish to have after a war commences.  You’ll also need emergency food, water, medicine, and a stockpile of materials to defend it, hopefully in a remote location.

    Naysayers and politicians have one thing in common: denial of the reality of a situation.  The difference is that the first group is usually unprepared when it happens and they are ignorant of the situation (in terms of information, and this partially due to denial).  The politicians and leaders are the exact opposite: they deny the reality to obfuscate their complete knowledge of the reality, and they are completely prepared for what will unfold…and those politicians and leaders are prepped and defended on your dime, in every way.

  • China Unveils 'Pokemon Go Danger' Public Service Announcement

    Following reports of an Ohio man shot three times and robbed of his phone while playing ‘Pokemon Go’, it seemed appropriate to share China’s latest Public Service Announcement…

  • Democrats Question "Loyalty To US" Of "Treasonous, Traitor" Trump

    In a full court propaganda press, enabling by a liberal media that can read polling data as well as anyone else, the 'wild conspiracy theory' that Donald Trump coordinated with Putin to hack and expose DNC emails (that prove the level of rigging and collusion that is too much to bear for many democracy-seeking citizens) has now become confirmed fact… entirely lacking any actual facts. In a desperate bid to regain the narrative, as any convention bounce is erased for Hillary Clinton, her surrogates, as The Hill reports, have now stepped it up, calling Trump "treasonous" and a "traitor," questioning "his loyalty to America."

    Having earlier stated that he wished Russian hackers accused of breaching the DNC also obtained emails deleted from Clinton’s personal server…

    “If they hacked, they probably have her 30,000 emails,” he said during a press conference at his Miami-area hotel. "I hope they do.

     

    Russia, if you are listening, I hope you are able to find the 30,000 emails that are missing. I think you will probably be rewarded mightily by the press.”

    The Democrats have mobilized everyone to change the narrative away from the corruption, rigging, and collusion that is barely beneath the surface of the contentious convention… (via The Hill)

    “He is inviting an aggressive country that we are really worried about to invade us,” Sen. Claire McCaskill (Mo.) said on MSNBC. "This is — this is ridiculous, and, frankly, it borders on treasonous."

     

    "It’s terrifying he’s doing as well as he is," she added of the GOP's presidential nominee. "I don’t think this is a man who has any interest in understanding the complexity of foreign policy."

     

    Rep. Steve Israel (N.Y.) closely echoed McCaskill’s concerns during his own interview with MSNBC on Wednesday.

     

    Well, that borders on treason. Never before have I heard of or seen a candidate not just for president, but for anything, invite a foreign spy agency to hack America’s computers. It’s one thing to be unfit for command, but today he’s proved he’s dangerously unfit for command."

     

    Former CIA Director and Secretary of Defense Leon Panetta earlier Wednesday questioned Trump’s loyalty to the U.S. following the billionaire’s comments.

     

    “I just think that’s beyond the pale,” he said to CNN’s Christiane Amanpour. "I think that kind of statement reflects that he is truly not qualified to be president of the United States.”

     

    Rep. Eliot Engel (N.Y.) said Trump’s comments may encourage further Russian meddling in the general presidential election. Russia is accused of hacking the Democratic National Committee's (DNC) emails and leaking them to WikiLeaks, which released nearly 20,000 of them last week.

     

    “Vladimir Putin is working to influence an American election, and a major-party candidate wants to benefit from this foreign interference by encouraging more illegal hacks,” Engel said in a statement.

     

    We cannot allow Russia to manipulate American democracy, and we cannot stay quiet when a major American political figure invites foreign influence into American voting booths," said Engel, a ranking member on the House Committee on Foreign Affairs.

     

    And House Democratic Whip Steny Hoyer (Md.) said Trump’s comments raise serious concerns about his patriotism.

     

    “To call on a foreign adversary to commit an illegal act of cybercrime and espionage in order to undermine a political rival is not only un-American, it undermines our national security,” he said in a statement.

    "Undermining a politcal rival"? Now who would do such a thing? Debbie? Guilty… guilty… guilty… we hear them cry… we are somewhat reminded of this…

    But seriously, of course, Trump never lied under oath; was not responsible for the content of the incriminating emails; and, like many others (except the mainstream media), is perhaps rightly interested in whether anyone (from the NSA to Guccifer) has those 30,000 deleted emails.

    We come back to our previous conclusion as to how this sound and fury plays out

    To be sure all of the above ac is circumstantial and while we have no independent insight into any of the above, we are confident that now that the trail has grown "warm", the FBI – which yesterday said that Russia is a prime suspect – will use this as a foundation upon which to build a case blaming the Kremlin for interfering in US politics… will there be more YouTube video proof?

     

    Which then begs the question: just like in the case of Snowden whose "treasonous" act has made him into a cult hero for a great part of the US population due to his pursuit of government accountability, would a Russian hack – if confirmed – be seen as a hostile act, or – when considering the dramatic revelations – one of much needed transparency into corrupt US political practices.

     

    And even if the FBI does find Putin as the gulty party, just how will the US respond? Will this be the first case of "cyberespionage" that escalates to some more conventional form of militaristic retaliation?

  • Insanity In Japan

    Submitted by Michael Lebowitz via 720Global.com (h/t Lance Roberts at RealInvestmentAdvice.com),

    Pondering the state of the global economy can elicit manic?depressive?obsessive?compulsive emotions. The volatility of global markets – equities, bonds, commodities, currencies, etc. – are challenging enough without consideration of Brexit, the U.S. Presidential election, radical Islamic terrorism and so on. Yet no discussion of economic and market environments is complete without giving hefty consideration to what may be a major shift in the way economic policy is conducted in Japan.

    The Japanese economy has been the poster child for economic malaise and bad fortune for so long that even the most radical policy responses no longer garner much attention. In fact, recent policy actions intended to weaken the Yen have resulted in significant appreciation of the yen against the currencies of Japan’s major trade partners, further crippling economic activity. The frustration of an appreciating currency coupled with deflation and zero economic growth has produced signs that what Japan has in store for the world falls squarely in to the category of “you ain’t seen nothin’ yet.” Assuming new fiscal and monetary policies will be similar to those enacted in the past is a big risk that should be contemplated by investors.

     

    The Last 25 Years

    The Japanese economy has been fighting weak growth and deflationary forces for over 25 years. Japan’s equity market and real estate bubbles burst in the first week of 1990, presaging deflation and stagnant economic growth ever since. Despite countless monetary and fiscal efforts to combat these economic ailments, nothing seems to work.

    Any economist worth his salt has multiple reasons for the depth and breadth of these issues but very few get to the heart of the problem. The typical analysis suggests that weak growth in Japan is primarily being caused by weak demand. Over the last 25 years, insufficient demand, or a lack of consumption, has been addressed by increasingly incentivizing the population and the government to consume more by taking on additional debt. That incentive is produced via lower interest rates. If demand really is the problem, however, then some version of these policies should have worked, but to date they have not.

    If the real problem, however, is too much debt, which at 255% of Japan’s GDP seems a reasonable assumption to us, then the misdiagnoses and resulting ill?designed policy response leads to even slower growth, more persistent deflationary pressures and exacerbates the original problem. The graphs below shows that economic activity is currently at levels last seen in 1993, yet the level of debt has risen 360% since 1996. The charts provide evidence that
    Japan’s crippling level of debt is not helping the economy recover and in fact is creating massive headwinds.

    What is so confounding about this situation is that after 25 years, one would expect Japanese leadership to eventually recognize that they are following Einstein’s definition of insanity – doing the same thing over and over again and expecting different results. Equally insane, leaders in the rest of the developed world are following Japan over the same economic cliff. 

    Throughout this period of economic stagnation and deflation, Japan has increasingly emphasized its desire to generate inflation. The ulterior motive behind such a strategy is hidden in plain sight. If the value of a currency, in this case the Yen, is eroded by rising inflation debtors are able to pay back that debt with Yen that is worth less than it used to be. For example, if Japan were somehow able to generate 4% inflation for 5 years, the compounded effect of that inflation would serve to devalue the currency by roughly 22%. Therefore, debtors (the Japanese government) could repay outstanding debt in five years at what is a 22% discount to its current value. Said more bluntly, they can essentially default on 22% of their debt. 

    What we know about Japan is that their debt load has long since surpassed the country’s ability to repay it in conventional terms. Given that it would allow them to erase some percentage of the value of the debt outstanding, their desperation to generate inflation should not be underestimated. One way or another, this is the reality Japan hopes to achieve.

     

    QE

    Quantitative easing (QE) is one of the primary monetary policy approaches central banks have
    taken since the 2008 financial crisis. With short term interest rates pegged at zero, and thus the traditional level of monetary policy at its effective limit, the U.S. Federal Reserve and many other central banks conjured new money from the printing presses and began buying sovereign debt and, in some cases mortgages, corporate bonds and even equities. This approach to increasing the money supply achieved central bank objectives of levitating stocks and other asset markets, in the hope that newly created “wealth” would trickle down. The mission has yet to produce the promised “escape velocity” for economic growth or higher inflation. The wealthy, who own most of the world’s financial assets, have seen their wealth expand rapidly. However, for most of the working population, the outcome has been economic struggle, further widening of the wealth gap and a deepening sense of discontentment. 

     

    The Nuclear Option

    In 2014, as the verdict on the efficacy of QE became increasingly clear, European and Japanese central bankers went back to the drawing board. They decided that if the wealth effect of boosting financial markets would not deliver the desired consumption to drive economic growth then surely negative interest rates would do the trick. Unfortunately, the central bankers appear to have forgotten that there are both borrowers and lenders who are affected by the level of interest rates. Not only have negative interest rates failed to advance economic growth, the strategy appears to have eroded public confidence in the institution of central banking and financially damaging the balance sheets of many banks.

    In recent weeks, former Federal Reserve (Fed) chairman Ben Bernanke paid a visit to Tokyo and met with a variety of Japanese leaders including Bank of Japan chairman Haruhiko Kuroda. In those meetings, Bernanke supposedly offered counsel to the Japanese about how they might, once and for all, break the deflationary shackles that enslave their economy using “helicopter money” (the termed was coined by Milton Freidman and made popular in 2002 by Ben Bernanke). What Bernanke proposes, is for Japan to effectively take one of the few remaining steps toward “all?in” or the economic policy equivalent of a “nuclear option”.

    The Japanese government appears to be leading the charge in the next chapter of stranger than fiction economic policy through some form of “helicopter money”. As opposed to the prior methods of QE, this new approach marries monetary policy with fiscal policy by putting printed currency into the hands of the Ministry of Finance (MOF or Japan’s Treasury department) for direct distribution through a fiscal policy program. Such a program may be infrastructure spending or it may simply be a direct deposit into the bank accounts of public citizens. Regardless of its use, the public debt would rise further.

    According to the meeting notes shared with the media Bernanke recommended that the MoF issue “perpetual bonds”, or bonds which have no maturity date. The Bank of Japan (BOJ or Japan’s Central Bank) would essentially print Yen to buy the perpetual bonds and further expand their already bloated balance sheet. The new money for those bonds would go to the MoF for distribution in some form through a fiscal policy measure. The BoJ receives the bonds, the MoF gets the newly printed money and the citizens of Japan would receive a stimulus package that will deliver inflation and a real economic recovery. Sounds like a win?win, huh?

    Temporarily, yes. Economic activity will increase and inflation may rise. Let us suppose that the decision is to distribute the newly printed currency from the sale of the perpetual bonds directly into the hands of the Japanese people. Further let us suppose every dollar of that money is spent. In such a circumstance, economic activity will pick up sharply. However, eventually the money will run out, spending falters and economic stagnation and decline will resume.

    At this point, Japan has the original accumulated debt plus the new debt created through perpetual bonds and an economy that did not respond organically to this new policy measure. Naturally the familiar response from policymakers is likely to be “we just didn’t do enough”. It is then highly probable another round of helicopter money will be issued producing another short lived spurt of economic activity. As with previous policy efforts, this pattern likely repeats over and over again. Each time, however, the amount of money printed and perpetual bonds issued must be greater than the prior attempts. Otherwise, economic growth will not occur, it will, at best, only match that of the prior experience.

    Eventually, due to the mountain of money going directly in to the economy, inflation will emerge. However, the greater likelihood is not that inflation emerges, but that it actually explodes resulting in a complete annihilation of the currency and the Japanese economy. In hypothetical terms as described here, the outcome would be devastating. Unlike prior methods of QE which can be halted and even reversed, helicopter money demands ever
    increasing amounts to achieve the desired growth and inflation. Once started, it will be very
    difficult to stop as economic activity would stumble.

    The following paragraph came from “Part Deux – Shorting the Federal Reserve”. In the article we described how the French resorted to a helicopter money to help jump start a stagnant economy.

    “With each new issue came increased trade and a stronger economy. The problem was the activity wasn’t based on anything but new money. As such, it had very little staying power and the positive benefits quickly eroded. Businesses were handcuffed. They found it hard to make any decisions in fear the currency would continue to drop in value. Prices continued to rise. Speculation and hoarding were becoming the primary drivers of the economy. ‘Commerce was dead; betting took its place.’ With higher prices, employees were laid off as merchants struggled to cover increasing costs”.

     

    The French money printing exercise ultimately led to economic ruin and was a leading factor fueling the French revolution.

    Summary

    Is it possible that Bernanke’s helicopter money approach could work and finally help Japan escape deflation in conjunction with a healthy, organically growing economy? It has a probability that is certainly greater than zero, but given the continual misdiagnoses of the core problem, namely too much debt, that probability is not much above zero. There is a far greater likelihood of a multitude of other undesirable unintended consequences.

    Of all the developed countries, Japan is in the worst condition economically. Most others, including the United States, are following the same path to insanity though. Unlike Japan, other countries may have time to implement policy changes that will allow them to avoid Japan’s desperate circumstances.

Digest powered by RSS Digest

Today’s News 27th July 2016

  • Beware The "Crisis Actors" – Goring, Erdogan, Krugman, Cramer, Draghi, Yellen

    Submitted by Ben Hunt via Salient Partners' Epsilon Theory blog,

    Hermann Göring and the Nazis didn’t burn the Reichstag down in 1933. They left that to a simpleton Communist patsy (that’s him in the photo; quite the ur-terrorist, no?). But Göring and the Nazis used the Reichstag fire as their excuse to arrest thousands, establish Hitler as the Führer and unleash a decade-plus of fascist horror on Germany and the world. History is rhyming today, as it always does.

    Just need a little hair dye on that Erdogan moustache, and I think we’re good to go.

    My favorite De Niro role, worth watching just for the fingernails and the way the man eats an egg.

    Four people died at the 1969 Altamont concert, including a front row murder during the Stones set. It’s fun to strut on stage and sing about this stuff, until the Hells Angels show you what you’re singing about.

    Everything I know about politics, I learned from “The Wire”. That and a Ph.D. in Government from Harvard. But mostly “The Wire”.

     

    I think it’s a guy thing, this willingness to be a patsy for a cause, be it love, or lust, or greed, or religion … or a political party. Don’t be a patsy. Be a Sam Spade. Be an Omar.

    A “crisis actor” is a familiar theme in all sorts of conspiracy theories. Basically, the idea is that terrorist attacks and the like are false-flag operations, where nefarious government agencies kill their own citizens, directly or indirectly, in order to instill fear and maintain popular support for the smiley-face authoritarianism of the modern State. Crisis actors are the patsies hired by the agencies to weep and wail for the cameras, creating the initial Narrative of terror and supporting the follow-on Narrative of steely government resolve to track down the supposed bad guys.

    As per usual with conspiracy theories, the specifics of their claims about crisis actors are nonsense. It’s not “the same girl” crying at Newtown and Orlando and Nice, as the photos on conspiracy websites claim. CNN isn’t a secret division of the CIA. Neil Armstrong really did walk on the moon.

    But as also per usual with conspiracy theories, they’re not thinking big enough. Crisis acting isn’t found in the secret construction of a crime scene. It’s found in the public construction of a social Narrative. It’s found in the public statements of the Missionaries (to use the game theory term) who create Common Knowledge — what everyone knows that everyone knows.

    Hermann Göring and Erdogan are crisis actors, pretending that the Nazis or the Islamists are the only force standing between the Motherland and political traitors within and abroad, pretending that their “emergency policies” are anything less than a permanent seizure of political control.

    It’s oh so easy to look at what’s going on in Turkey and shake our heads and tsk-tsk that awful Erdogan and the awful anti-democratic things he’s doing over there. Because it IS awful. What’s happening today in Turkey is absolutely a carbon copy of what happened in Germany in 1933 with the Reichstag Fire, and every Western president and prime minister and chancellor and secretary of state and foreign minister — all of whom are mouthing the same diplo-speak pablum about the Islamist fascists of 2016 that their counterparts mouthed about the Nazi fascists of 1933 — will have the same stain on their souls. Not that I’m sure many of this 2016 crowd have a soul left to stain. As Gertrude Stein famously said about Oakland, and I’m saying about these crisis actors, there’s no there there. Whatever human beings they used to be, it seems they’ve been absorbed by their public cartoons, which is really just … sad.

    But look homeward, angel. Look homeward, too.

    Paul Krugman and Tom Friedman and Jim Cramer and their media Missionary kin are also crisis actors, pretending that the Brexit vote was a deluded, colossal mistake perpetrated on innocent UK voters by economic traitors within and abroad.

    Janet Yellen and Mario Draghi and their central bank Missionary kin are also crisis actors, pretending that their “emergency policies”, now more than seven years old, are anything less than a permanent political shift in the global allocation of money and credit.

    I mean, can’t we just stop these charades surrounding “the Horror of Brexit” and “data dependence”? Can’t we just admit that it’s all an exercise in — to use the Fed’s terminology — “communication policy”, where words are chosen for effect rather than to convey true belief or opinion … or what we would call in normal human interaction “lying”?

    Of course we can’t. Whether you’re Göring or Erdogan or Yellen or Draghi, once you start weaving that tangled web of deception, you can’t un-weave it. Once you sell your soul to the Narrative Devil you can’t buy it back. Erdogan can’t walk his purge back even if he wanted to. Yellen can’t walk her dot plots and forward guidance back even if she wanted to. Draghi and Kuroda are never going to go on stage and shrug their shoulders and say “oops, sorry ‘bout that.” At least St. Louis Fed Governor Jim Bullard didn’t have to flee to Greece for his “failed dot plot coup”.

    And yeah … I understand that I’m tarring central bankers and their fellow travelers with the fascist brush. Because the road to hell is paved with good intentions as well as bad. Because there IS a moral equivalence between the means used by Göring and Erdogan to accomplish their ends and the means used by central bankers to accomplish theirs. Do the differing ends and the better intentions matter? Of course they do. And that’s why Ben Bernanke gets $250,000 per speech and Hermann Göring got a cyanide pill in his prison cell. But the shared means of false Narrative and crisis acting matter, too, because they create a world of profound inauthenticity, where ALL public speech is deemed suspect and self-serving — because it is! — and where ANY public speech, no matter how demagogue-ish or false or borderline insane, is deemed functionally equivalent to any other speech. Because it is. It’s what I call Gresham’s Law of Narrative: inauthentic speech drives authentic speech out of circulation, just like bad money drives good money out of circulation. If the function of public speech is to persuade rather than inform — and that’s precisely the function of forward guidance and every other status quo political statement of the past seven years — then it’s just comical for those same status quo institutions to complain now that their political opponents are “lying”. No, they’re just more effective persuaders. They’re just better liars.

    And yeah … I’m saying that the rise of Trump and Farage and Le Pen and their ilk is a direct consequence of the communication policy toolkit and the crisis acting employed by every Western central banker and politician over the past seven years. That’s exactly what I’m saying.

    As for us investors … we’re the “poor slobs on a farm” that Hermann Göring talks about in his prison cell interviews during the Nuremberg Trials. We don’t want to go to war, whether it’s a real-life war like Erdogan is waging or an ersatz war like Yellen and Draghi are waging. As Göring said, the best outcome for us is that we get home to our farms alive. Why in the world would we sign up for that?

    We sign up for it because we are biologically hard-wired over millions of years and socially soft-wired over tens of thousands of years to respond to Narrative. We are social animals in the scientific, technical sense of the phrase, and we — along with our termite, ant, and bee cousins — are the four most successful multi-cellular animal species on Earth because of it. The hallmark of what biologists call a eusocial species isn’t just that it communicates. It swims in an ocean of communication. It is evolved to be immersed in constant communication. How many waking minutes of every day are you away from some sort of message from other humans? Five? Ten? For me it’s however long my morning shower takes. That’s about it. Probably about the same amount of time that an ant or a termite goes without a message from another ant or termite. That’s the human animal for you … basically a giant termite with fire. As a eusocial species, we can no more ignore a message from Janet Yellen than an ant can ignore a pheromone from its queen. Not only can we not ignore it, but it WILL move us, in some small way, at least.

    Thankfully, though, unlike an ant we have self-awareness. Or at least the capacity for self-awareness. We can recognize that this process of Narrative influence is happening to ourselves and to others, and we can resist if we choose to.

    Now, we will probably go along with whatever the Narrative is suggesting we do, because that’s usually the smart play. We know that there are millions of other ants hearing the queen’s message, and we know that each of them will be moved by her message. Plus — and this is the big insight from game theory, the engine for all of these Common Knowledge behaviors — we know that all of the other ants are thinking about US in exactly the same way we are thinking about THEM. Knowing that, it is entirely rational for each of us to act AS IF the queen’s message is True with a capital T.

    But acting AS IF doesn’t mean acting AS. That’s what the patsy does. The patsy is the guy who believes, deeply madly truly, that the queen’s message is True with a capital T, forever and ever, amen. The patsy is the guy without self-awareness. The patsy is the guy who doesn’t recognize that he’s being played. As the old poker saying goes, if you’ve been playing cards for half an hour and you don’t know who the sucker is … it’s you. The entire reason I write Epsilon Theory is to do my small part in preventing people from becoming suckers, from accepting Missionary statements at face value, from believing in their heart of hearts that maybe 2 + 2 = 5 and that maybe the Emperor is wearing a fine suit of clothes after all. The inescapable human Truth, of course, is that we are ALL being played ALL the time. But if you’re self-aware, you can resist. You can resist in your heart even if you comply in your behavior, and you can resist in your behavior if and when you choose. You know that you are being played, and you choose to go along with the game. For now.

    Okay, Ben, all very heroic and heartfelt, but what do we do?

    Well… here’s what we don’t do. We don’t “fight the Fed”, and we don’t stick our head in the sand and pretend that the status quo Missionaries can’t construct highly investable rallies. You know, like the rally we’re experiencing right now. But by the same token we don’t allow ourselves to become a patsy for the Fed or the ECB or the DNC or the RNC or the WSJ or the NYT or CNBC or whatever other institutional collection of initials asks you to play the fool. We should never trust the Fed or any other Missionary, because one day we’re going to need to, if not fight them, then at least take ourselves off their battlefield.

    I think what we need to DO is identify the potential political and economic catalysts coming down the pike and figure out which of these are potential Humpty Dumpty moments — crack-ups in the current system of global credit allocation that are too large for the central banks to piece back together again with their crisis acting and Narrative creation efforts. Then we need to track that Narrative effort so we can get the timing right on these massive catalysts.

    Because as any coup-launcher or Fed-fighter or volatility-embracer knows, if you’re wrong on timing … you’re just wrong.

  • Stop Drinking The Kool-Aid, America: Political Fiction In An Age Of Televised Lies

    Submitted by John Whitehead via The Rutherford Institute,

    “We’ve got to face it. Politics have entered a new stage, the television stage. Instead of long-winded public debates, the people want capsule slogans—‘Time for a change’—‘The mess in Washington’—‘More bang for a buck’—punch lines and glamour.”— A Face in the Crowd (1957)

    Politics is entertainment.

    It is a heavily scripted, tightly choreographed, star-studded, ratings-driven, mass-marketed, costly exercise in how to sell a product—in this case, a presidential candidate—to dazzled consumers who will choose image over substance almost every time.

    This year’s presidential election, much like every other election in recent years, is what historian Daniel Boorstin referred to as a “pseudo-event”: manufactured, contrived, confected and devoid of any intrinsic value save the value of being advertised. It is the end result of a culture that is moving away from substance toward sensationalism in an era of mass media.

    As author Noam Chomsky rightly observed, “It is important to bear in mind that political campaigns are designed by the same people who sell toothpaste and cars.” In other words, we’re being sold a carefully crafted product by a monied elite who are masters in the art of making the public believe that they need exactly what is being sold to them, whether it’s the latest high-tech gadget, the hottest toy, or the most charismatic politician.

    Tune into a political convention and you will find yourself being sucked into an alternate reality so glossy, star-studded, emotionally charged and entertaining as to make you forget that you live in a police state. The elaborate stage show, the costumes, the actors, the screenplay, the lighting, the music, the drama: all carefully calibrated to appeal to the public’s need for bread and circuses, diversion and entertainment, and pomp and circumstance.

    Politics is a reality show, America’s favorite form of entertainment, dominated by money and profit, imagery and spin, hype and personality and guaranteed to ensure that nothing in the way of real truth reaches the populace.

    After all, who cares about police shootings, drone killings, SWAT team raids, asset forfeiture schemes, private prisons, school-to-prison pipelines, overcriminalization, censorship or any of the other evils that plague our nation when you can listen to the croonings of Paul Simon, laugh along with Sarah Silverman, and get misty-eyed over the First Lady’s vision of progress in America.

    But make no mistake: Americans only think they’re choosing the next president.

    In truth, however, they’re engaging in the illusion of participation culminating in the reassurance ritual of voting. It’s just another Blue Pill, a manufactured reality conjured up by the matrix in order to keep the populace compliant and convinced that their vote counts and that they still have some influence over the political process.

    Stop drinking the Kool-Aid, America.

    The nation is drowning in debt, crippled by a slowing economy, overrun by militarized police, swarming with surveillance, besieged by endless wars and a military industrial complex intent on starting new ones, and riddled with corrupt politicians at every level of government. All the while, we’re arguing over which corporate puppet will be given the honor of stealing our money, invading our privacy, abusing our trust, undermining our freedoms, and shackling us with debt and misery for years to come.

    Nothing taking place on Election Day will alleviate the suffering of the American people.

    The government as we have come to know it—corrupt, bloated and controlled by big-money corporations, lobbyists and special interest groups—will remain unchanged. And “we the people”—overtaxed, overpoliced, overburdened by big government, underrepresented by those who should speak for us and blissfully ignorant of the prison walls closing in on us—will continue to trudge along a path of misery.

    With roughly 22 lobbyists per Congressman, corporate greed will continue to call the shots in the nation’s capital, while our elected representatives will grow richer and the people poorer. And elections will continue to be driven by war chests and corporate benefactors rather than such values as honesty, integrity and public service. Just consider: it’s estimated that more than $5 billion will be spent on the elections this year, yet not a dime of that money will actually help the average American in their day-to-day struggles to just get by.

    And the military industrial complex will continue to bleed us dry. Since 2001 Americans have spent $10.5 million every hour for numerous foreign military occupations, including in Iraq and Afghanistan. There’s also the $2.2 million spent every hour on maintaining the United States’ nuclear stockpile, and the $35,000 spent every hour to produce and maintain our collection of Tomahawk missiles. And then there’s the money the government exports to other countries to support their arsenals, at the cost of $1.61 million every hour for the American taxpayers.

    Then again, when faced with the grim, seemingly hopeless reality of the American police state, it’s understandable why Americans might opt for escapism. “Humankind cannot bear too much reality,” T. S. Eliot once said. Perhaps that is one reason we are so drawn to the unreality of the American political experience: it is spectacle and fiction and farce all rolled up into one glossy dose of escapism.

    Frankly, escapism or not, Americans should be mad as hell.

    Many of our politicians live like kings. Chauffeured around in limousines, flying in private jets and eating gourmet meals, all paid for by the American taxpayer, they are far removed from those they represent. Such a luxurious lifestyle makes it difficult to identify with the “little guy”—the roofers, plumbers and blue-collar workers who live from paycheck to paycheck and keep the country running with their hard-earned dollars and the sweat of their brows.

    Conveniently, politicians only seem to remember their constituents in the months leading up to an election, and yet “we the people” continue to take the abuse, the neglect, the corruption and the lies. We make excuses for the shoddy treatment, we cover up for them when they cheat on us, and we keep hoping that if we just stick with them long enough, eventually they’ll treat us right.

    People get the government they deserve.

    No matter who wins the presidential election come November, it’s a sure bet that the losers will be the American people.

    As political science professor Gene Sharp notes in starker terms, “Dictators are not in the business of allowing elections that could remove them from their thrones.” As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the Establishment—the shadow government and its corporate partners that really run the show, pull the strings and dictate the policies, no matter who occupies the Oval Office—are not going to allow anyone to take office who will unravel their power structures. Those who have attempted to do so in the past have been effectively put out of commission.

    So what is the solution to this blatant display of imperial elitism disguising itself as a populist exercise in representative government?

    Stop playing the game. Stop supporting the system. Stop defending the insanity. Just stop.

    Washington thrives on money, so stop giving them your money. Stop throwing your hard-earned dollars away on politicians and Super PACs who view you as nothing more than a means to an end. There are countless worthy grassroots organizations and nonprofits working in your community to address real needs like injustice, poverty, homelessness, etc. Support them and you’ll see change you really can believe in in your own backyard.

    Politicians depend on votes, so stop giving them your vote unless they have a proven track record of listening to their constituents, abiding by their wishes and working hard to earn and keep their trust.

    Stop buying into the lie that your vote matters. Your vote doesn’t elect a president. Despite the fact that there are 218 million eligible voters in this country (only half of whom actually vote), it is the electoral college, made up of 538 individuals handpicked by the candidates’ respective parties, that actually selects the next president. The only thing you’re accomplishing by taking part in the “reassurance ritual” of voting is sustaining the illusion that we have a democratic republic. What we have is a dictatorship, or as political scientists Martin Gilens and Benjamin Page more accurately term it, we are suffering from an “economic élite domination.”

    A healthy, representative government is hard work. It takes a citizenry that is informed about the issues, educated about how the government operates, and willing to make the sacrifices necessary to stay involved, whether that means forgoing Monday night football in order to attend a city council meeting or risking arrest by picketing in front of a politician’s office.

    It takes a citizenry willing to do more than grouse and complain. We must act—and act responsibly—keeping in mind that the duties of citizenship extend beyond the act of voting.

    Most of all, it takes a citizenry that cares enough to get mad and get active. As Howard Beale declares in the 1976 film Network:

    “I want you to get up right now, sit up, go to your windows, open them and stick your head out and yell, ‘I’m as mad as hell and I’m not going to take this anymore.’ Things have got to change. But first, you’ve gotta get mad!…You’ve got to say, ‘I’m as mad as hell, and I’m not going to take this anymore!’ Then we’ll figure out what to do about the depression and the inflation and the oil crisis. But first get up out of your chairs, open the window, stick your head out, and yell, and say it.”

     

  • Yen Plunges On Yet Another Strawman Headline About Stimulus, Then Surges On Denial

    Update: Well that didn't last long…

    Livesquawk: Japan Ministry of Finance say it is not true they are considering 50yr bonds – debunking earlier WSJ story –Rtrs

     

    Who could have seen that denial coming?

    *  *  *

     

    USDJPY just spiked back over 106.00 after headlines suggesting Japanese PM Shinzo Abe will unveil new stimulus as soon as today. News reports on 27t yen fiscal stimulus and issuance of 50-year bond, both spur yen selling, says David Lu, HK-based director at NBC Financial Markets Asia. We suspect there will be some disappointment after the algos are finished as FNN reports the package will include 13t yen of low-interest loans (so a smaller helicopter than expected) and besides, it's not like the Japanese are suffering from rates being too high.

    Abe wil speak today at 0400GMT – no confirmation yet as to whether the stimulus will be the topic.

    As one analyst noted, it appears Abe pre-announced the stimulus package. It looks like psuedo debt monetization is on the way, if as expected, the BoJ will buy these 'low interest loans'. But of course, direct debt monetization will never be admitted to… or will it?

     

    The question is – will this be it? Or is this to strawman the size once again to see if the market (for that is all that matters) will be satiated by Abe's promises.

  • NSA Whistleblower: Not So Fast On Claims Russia Behind Hillary Clinton Email Hack

    The mainstream media alleges that Russia was behind the hack of Hillary Clinton’s emails.

    The media is parading out the usual suspects alleged experts to back up this claim.

    Washington’s Blog asked the highest-level NSA whistleblower in history, William Binney – the NSA executive who created the agency’s mass surveillance program for digital information, who served as the senior technical director within the agency, who managed six thousand NSA employees, the 36-year NSA veteran widely regarded as a “legend” within the agency and the NSA’s best-ever analyst and code-breaker, who mapped out the Soviet command-and-control structure before anyone else knew how, and so predicted Soviet invasions before they happened (“in the 1970s, he decrypted the Soviet Union’s command system, which provided the US and its allies with real-time surveillance of all Soviet troop movements and Russian atomic weapons”) – what he thinks of such claims:

    Edward Snowden says the NSA could easily determine who hacked Hillary Clinton’s emails.

     

    But mainstream media say it couldn’t:   http://www.businessinsider.com/dnc-hack-russian-government-2016-7

     

    The mainstream media is also trumpeting the meme that Russia was behind the hack, because it wants to help Trump get elected. In other words, the media is trying to deflect how damaging the email leaks are to Clinton’s character by trying to somehow associate Trump with Putin.

     

    See e.g. http://www.nytimes.com/2016/07/26/us/politics/kremlin-donald-trump-vladimir-putin.html

     

    Who’s right?

    Binney responded:

    Snowden is right and the MSM is clueless. Here’s what I said to Ray McGovern and VIPS with a little humor at the end. [McGovern is a 27-year CIA veteran, who chaired National Intelligence Estimates and personally delivered intelligence briefings to Presidents Ronald Reagan and George H.W. Bush, their Vice Presidents, Secretaries of State, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and many other senior government officials. McGovern is co-founder of Veteran Intelligence Professionals for Sanity (“VIPS” for short).]

     

    Ray, I am suspicious that they may have looked for known hacking code (used by Russians). And, I’m sure they were one probably of many to hack her stuff. But, does that mean that they checked to see if others also hacked in?

     

    Further, do they have evidence that the Russians downloaded and later forwarded those emails to wikileaks? Seems to me that they need to answer those questions to be sure that their assertion is correct. Otherwise, HRC and her political activities are and I am sure have been prime targets for the Russians (as well as many others) but without intent of course.

     

    I would add that we proposed to do a program that would monitor all activity on the world-wide NSA network back in 1991/92. We called it “Wellgrounded.” NSA did not want anyone (especially congress) to know what was going on inside NSA and therefore rejected that proposal. I have not read what Ed has said, but, I do know that every line of code that goes across the network is logged in the network log. This is where a little software could scan, analyze and find the intruders initially and then compile all the code sent by them to determine the type of attack. This is what we wanted to do back in 1991/92.

    The newest allegation tying the Clinton email hack to Russia seems to be all innuendo.

    Binney explained to us:

     My problem is that they have not listed intruders or attempted intrusions to the DNC site.  I suspect that’s because they did a quick and dirty look for known attacks.

     

    Of course, this brings up another question; if it’s a know attack, why did the DNC not have software to stop it?  You can tell from the network log who is going into a site.  I used that on networks that I had.  I looked to see who came into my LAN, where they went, how long they stayed and what they did while in my network.

     

    Further, if you needed to, you could trace back approaches through other servers etc. Trace Route and Trace Watch are good examples of monitoring software that help do these things.  Others of course exist … probably the best are in NSA/GCHQ and the other Five Eyes countries.  But, these countries have no monopoly on smart people that could do similar detection software.

     

    Question is do they want to fix the problems with existing protection software.  If the DNC and OPM are examples, then obviously, they don’t care to fix weakness probably because the want to use these weaknesses to their own advantage.

    Why is this newsworthy?

    Well, the mainstream narrative alleges that the Clinton emails are not important … and that it’s a conspiracy between Putin and Trump to make sure Trump – and not Clinton – is elected.

    But there are other issues, as well …

    For example, an allegation of hacking could literally lead to war.

    So we should be skeptical of such serious and potentially far-reaching allegations – which may be true or may be false – unless and until they are proven.

  • FelonsVotesMatter (To Hillary) – Clinton's Election Fate In Virginia Lies With 200,000 Unregistered Offenders

    Reminding us once again that nothing is off limits to the Clintons when it comes to winning elections, Politico earlier today wrote about Virginia Governor Terry McAuliffe’s (D) efforts to register 200,000 ex-felons to vote in November.  For reference, 200,000 is over 5% of the 3.8mm people who voted in the Presidential race in 2012 and is larger than Obama’s margin of victory over Mitt Romney of 149,298.

    Taking a play from Obama’s playbook, McAuliffe signed a sweeping executive order it April 2016 granting 206,000 felons in Virgina, who had completed their sentence, the right to vote.  We previously wrote about this order hereHillary Clinton, a long-time friend of Governor McAuliffe, was quick to express her approval of the executive order over twitter:

    That said, Virginia’s Supreme Court recently reversed McAuliffe’s executive order asserting that he had overstepped his authority to grant a blanket restoration of voting rights to all felons simultaneously.  Instead, the Supreme Court ruled that McAuliffe could only restore voting rights to each felon individually, a task that he vowed to start right away.  We have no doubt that Governor McAuliffe’s office will spend every resource necessary to, in fact, accomplish that goal.

    We have written about McAuliffe multiple times over the past couple of months including here and here.  That said, we’ve included below a brief summary of his checkered history and deep connection with the Clinton family.

    McAuliffe is a long-time Clinton confidant currently embrioled in a federal investigation surrounding certain questionable contributions from Chinese businessman Wang Wenliang.  As CNN recently reported:

    McAuliffe is the subject of an ongoing investigation by the FBI and prosecutors from the Justice Department’s public integrity unit [that] are thrusting him back into the spotlight. U.S. officials briefed on the probe say the investigation dates to at least last year and has focused, at least in part, on whether donations to his gubernatorial campaign violated the law, the officials said.

     

    Authorities are looking into $120,000 in donations Chinese businessman Wang Wenliang gave to McAuliffe through his American business.

     

    Foreign nationals are not allowed to donate to any American political campaign.  But McAuliffe said Wenliang holds a green card, which would make him eligible to make such contributions.

    If there is any question as to where McAuliffe’s loyalties lie, and by extension what his motivations were in signing this executive order, we would encourage you to take a look at this CNN article from May 2016.  CNN notes that McAuliffe often refers to Bill Clinton as his “best friend” and says that he was handpicked by the former President to be his chair of the Democratic National Committee.   CNN goes on to point out:

    The Clinton family played a big role in helping build McAuliffe’s political profile in Virginia. He initially ran for governor in 2009, despite spending very little time working with Virginia Democrats and
    after flirting with runs for governor in both Florida and New York.

     

    Former President Clinton made several campaign appearances for his friend in the run-up to the 2009 primary…

     

    the ties between the McAuliffe campaign of 2013 and the Clinton campaign of 2016 are extensive. Clinton’s campaign manager Robby Mook ran McAuliffe’s successful campaign for governor. The attorney representing McAuliffe in this matter [FBI investigation], Mark Elias, is also an attorney for the Clinton campaign. There are also several staffers on many levels working for Clinton that played key roles in the governor’s 2013 race.

    Finally, McAuliffe was quoted by CNN as saying:

    The thing I do every day to try and be the most helpful to Hillary Clinton is be a successful governor … I’m governor now. I’m not her campaign chairman anymore, I am the governor of the commonwealth and that’s what I spend my time doing.

    Technically, the absolute best thing you could do for Hillary Clinton would be to use her clout to get yourself elected governor of a critical swing state and then use your executive power in that state to sign sweeping changes to voting laws to help elect Hillary Preident…but we don’t like to split hairs.

  • Judge Rules Bitcoin Isn't Money Because It "Can't be Hidden Under A Mattress"

    Submitted by Everett Numbers via TheAntiMedia.org,

    In a landmark decision, a Florida judge dismissed charges of money laundering against a Bitcoin seller on Monday following expert testimony showing state law did not apply to the cryptocurrency.

    Michell Espinoza was charged with three felony charges related to money laundering in 2014, but what appears to have helped to clear him of any and all wrongdoing was testimony given just a few weeks ago by an economics professor.

    “This is the most fascinating thing I’ve heard in this courtroom in a long time,” Miami-Dade Circuit Judge Teresa Mary Pooler said after hearing Barry University professor Charles Evans present evidence during a May hearing that Bitcoin was more akin to“poker chips that people are willing to buy from you,” according to theMiami Herald.

    Evans was given $3,000 in Bitcoin by defense attorneys for sharing his expertise, the newspaper reported.

    Judge Pooler found the cryptocurrency, which is based on verified encrypted transactions that are recorded on a public ledger, did not constitute “tangible wealth” and“cannot be hidden under a mattress like cash and gold bars,” reported the Herald.

    Pooler added that Bitcoin was not codified by government, nor backed by any bank.

    “The court is not an expert in economics, however, it is very clear, even to someone with limited knowledge in the area, the Bitcoin has a long way to go before it the equivalent of money,” Pooler wrote in her decision.

     

    “This court is unwilling to punish a man for selling his property to another, when his actions fall under a statute that is so vaguely written that even legal professionals have difficulty finding a singular meaning,” she added.

    Espinoza, 33, was charged after undercover detectives bought $1,500 worth of Bitcoin from him, claiming they would use the currency to purchase stolen credit card numbers. However, Judge Pooler found the Florida law prosecutors based their case upon to be too “vague.”

    Another man, Pascal Reid, was arrested in tandem with Espinoza. Reid took an early plea deal, pleading guilty to acting as an unlicensed money broker. The deal required him to serve a probation sentence and educate law enforcement on the workings of Bitcoin.

    While Monday’s ruling comes as a relief to Espinoza, it remains to be seen what comes next in Bitcoin regulation. States continue to grapple with the issue, and at the federal level, regulation has stalled.  But Bitcoin enthusiasts have recently been more optimistic about a price surge, so the powers that be may move quickly if the virtual currency’s popularity resurges.

  • New Legislation Proposes To "Bail-In' Social Security

    Submitted by Simon Black via SovereignMan.com,

    It was only a few weeks ago that I told you about the government’s annual report on Social Security.

    It was a veritable death sentence for the program.

    The Board of Trustees for Social Security (which includes the US Treasury Secretary) wrote that major parts of the program have already run out of money, and the rest of Social Security will run out of money in the next decade.

    Amazing. Even Social Security knows that they’re bankrupt and unable to keep their promises to taxpayers.

    This is going to cause an unbelievable crisis in the United States.

    Think about it: half of Americans have ZERO retirement savings and will be fully dependent on the Social Security once they retire.

    But by the time their retirement comes, the program will have likely already run out of money.

    Well, the government has figured out a solution. And it’s genius.

    Two weeks ago a new bill was introduced on the floor of Congress that, just like all the other really dangerous legislation, i.e. USA PATRIOT Act, this bill has a catchy acronym.

    It’s called the SAVE UP Accounts Act, which stands for. . .

    . . . “Secure, Accessible, Valuable, Efficient Universal Pension Accounts Act”.

    I just tasted vomit in my mouth.

    In short, SAVE UP mandates certain employers and businesses in the United States, including many small businesses, to start contributing a fixed amount of money per employee into a brand new national retirement fund.

    Based on the contribution requirements and the average wage in the United States (about $50,000 annually), the bill is slapping a 2% wage tax on employers.

    Funny thing, employers are already paying 6.2% to Social Security.

    So an additional 2% tax effectively constitutes a 32% proportional increase.

    This idea is such a classic example of government thinking.

    Social Security is failing and will be unable to keep its promises to taxpayers in the next decade.

    So there’s a pretty convincing track record suggesting that government-managed retirement funds are a very bad idea.

    And yet the best solution these people can come up with is to raise your taxes, steal more money, and establish a brand new government-run retirement fund.

    Their logic is unbelievable: “If at first you don’t succeed, keep trying the same loser tactics.”

    Sadly, SAVE UP is not isolated.

    A similar bill was introduced in the US Senate a few months ago.

    The Senate version aims to create an “American Savings Account”, i.e. another national retirement fund to be managed by the government.

    Then, of course, there’s President Obama’s “MyRA” program, where workers contribute a portion of their paychecks to a retirement account managed by the federal government.

    And MyRA has already been launched.

    (The SAVE UP bill, by the way, could also make it mandatory for a business to sign up all of its employees for a government MyRA account.)

    The trend here is pretty clear.

    Social Security is rapidly running out of cash, and they’re solving the problem by having American citizens and businesses essentially “bail in” the program with higher taxes and more contributions to government retirement funds.

    And this is just what’s happening right now, at a time when very few people are paying attention to the problem.

    Just imagine how much more they’re going to steal once the looming Social Security bankruptcy becomes front-page news in a few years.

    Right now time is on your side. They’re not going to unveil any hideous new program tomorrow morning.

    But there are two key lessons to take away here:

    1) It’s imperative to consider these long-term “bail-in” implications and structure yourself accordingly.

     

    The more assets you keep within a bankrupt government’s jurisdiction, the more likely you are to become a victim of future taxation and confiscation.

     

    2) You absolutely cannot depend on the government for your retirement.

     

    These programs are going broke. That is not a sensational statement. It is a direct representation of the facts as they have been laid out by the Treasury Secretary of the United States.

    Again, time is on your side.

    If you invest it wisely, you can develop the skills to supplement your income in retirement (for example, how to generate extra income online), and how to manage your finances to generate higher returns while taking less risk.

    Education is the greatest tool we have to solve this retirement problem… as long as you start early.

  • Assange: "A Lot More Material" Will Be Released

    One month ago, when Wikileaks’ Julian Assange told ITV’s Richard Peston that he would publish “enough evidence” to indict Hillary Clinton, few took him seriously. And while Hillary has not been indicted – yet – last Friday’s leak has already managed to wreak havoc and has led to revelations of cronyism and collusion within the Democratic party and the media, the resignation of the DNC Chair Debbie Wasserman Schultz, as well as chaos on the first day of the Democratic convention.

    Hence, why we believe Assange will be taken more seriously this time.

    Earlier today, Assange told CNN that Wikileaks might release “a lot more material” relevant to the US electoral campaign. Assange spoke to CNN following the release of nearly 20,000 hacked Democratic National Committee emails.

    The topic then turned to the topic du jour: “did Putin do it”?

    Assange refused to confirm or deny a Russian origin for the mass email leak, saying Wikileaks tries to create ambiguity to protect all its sources.

    “Perhaps one day the source or sources will step forward and that might be an interesting moment some people may have egg on their faces. But to exclude certain actors is to make it easier to find out who our sources are,” Assange told CNN.

    The Kremlin has rejected allegations its behind the hacking, calling suggestions it ordered the release of the emails to influence US politics the “usual fun and games” of the US election campaigns, while the Russian foreign minister had an even simpler reaction to the same question: “I don’t want to use four-letter words.” Dmitry Peskov, the Kremlin spokesman, added, “This is not really good for bilateral relations.”

    All of this now appears to be irrelevant, and as we speculated earlier, the “anti-Russia” narrative is now in motion and moments ago Obama said that it’s ‘possible’ Putin is trying to sway vote for Trump.

    Which brings us to the next point: speaking from the Ecuadorian embassy in London, where he faces extradition over sexual assault allegations, Assange told CNN that Democratic Party officials were using the specter of Russian involvement to distract from the content of the emails, which have had tumultuous affect on the party at the start of its national convention, where it is expected to make Hillary Clinton its presidential nominee.

    “It raises questions about the natural instincts of Clinton that when confronted with a serious domestic political scandal, she tries to blame the Russians, blame the Chinese, et cetera,” Assange told CNN.

    “Because if she does that while in government, it could lead to problems,” he added.

    Actually Julian, she already has done that, most recently when the Inspector General accused her of violating State Department rules for maintaining a personal email server: her response – blame the state department for having an “anti-Clinton” bias, and use the oldest, or rather youngest, defense in the book, one used by young children everywhere: “others did it” (something which we subsequently learned was incorrect).

    Then again, when the entire objective press is engaged in a full court press to crush the messenger (or the source), and ignore the message, none of this matters.

    Assange’s full interview is below.

  • DNC Day 2: Raucous Roll-Call & Bubba Speaks – Live Feed

    If you thought yesterday was chaos – with Debbie down, moaning media, booing Bernie fans – today could start with another raucous rabble as the state roll-call vote will take place. Debbie Wassserman Schultz's just-as-biased replacement Donna Brazile will address the crowd (grab the popcorn), as will Nancy Pelosi, but the headliner of the night – surely there to doom-and-gloom more evil Trumpiness – is Bill Clinton.

     

    *  *  *

    Live Feed: (DNC due to 'gavel in' at 4pmET)

    *  *  *

    As ABC notes, here are the five biggest things to watch for today:

    Reeling From the Fallout

    The Democratic National Convention did not get off to a smooth start on Monday. The bumpy ride began with a last-minute switch of the opening speaker. Democratic National Committee Chairwoman Debbie Wasserman Schultz — who had announced that she would be stepping down after the convention because of the drama surrounding the leak of DNC emails, which appear to show party officials supporting Clinton over Sanders — was originally set to gavel the convention into session but then bowed out. Instead, Baltimore Mayor Stephanie Rawlings-Blake formally started the convention. And at first, she forgot to use the gavel. After that, the first three hours were full of outbursts and boos from Sanders supporters.

    Roll Call Could Get Raucous

    The first hours of the convention were rowdy as the floor broke into jeers throughout several speakers’ addresses. The very first mention of Clinton sparked a round of “Bernie!” chants, which continued for much of the early part of the program. The state roll call vote on the nomination, scheduled for late this afternoon, is going to pose and even bigger opportunity for any disgruntled Sanders voters to show their displeasure. Both Clinton and Sanders have had their names placed into nomination for president at the convention. This is largely a technicality, since bound delegates will vote for their candidates even if a name isn't in nomination. But it's a symbolic gesture for his supporters, and per party rules, it means more Sanders time on the convention floor today.

    Maternal Movement

    One of the more emotional moments among tonight’s speeches will likely come when the Mothers of the Movement take the stage. The group, consisting of women who have lost their children to gun violence or excessive police force, includes Trayvon Martin’s mom, Sybrina Fulton; Michael Brown’s mother, Lezley McSpadden; and Eric Garner’s mother, Gwen Carr. The circumstances of their children’s deaths may be different, but all the women have endorsed Clinton’s campaign.

    Protests in Philadelphia

    PHOTO: Bernie Sanders supporters yell across a police line during a protest at the Democratic National Convention in Philadelphia, July 25, 2016.
     

    Hundreds of protesters took to the streets in Philadelphia on Monday, and the drama in the city and outside the convention center seems unlikely to let up. The demonstrations have generally been bigger than the ones held last week during the Republican National Convention. As in Cleveland, there have not been significant reports of violence. There were no arrests as of Monday night, but multiple people were detained, police told ABC.

    Bill Clinton Takes the Stage

    PHOTO: Former President Bill Clinton addresses the Democratic National Convention in Charlotte, N.C., on Sept. 5, 2012.  

    One of Hillary Clinton’s most active surrogates was been her husband, former President Bill Clinton, and now he’s headed to the main stage. He arrived in Philadelphia on Monday and attended a reception for members of Congress. Clinton has a history of making an impact at Democratic conventions. In his lauded speech at the 2012 gathering in Charlotte, North Carolina, he made a 48-minute, wonky case for President Barack Obama’s re-election.

    *  *  *

    Full order of business (via NJ.com):

    The list of speakers released by the Democratic National Committee is incomplete. Clinton's running mate, Virginia Sen. Tim Kaine, has yet to be added to the schedule, as well as many of the federal and state elected officials,who were announced as speakers on Thursday.

    Here is the current schedule:

    Monday, July 25

    Session begins at 4 p.m.

    • Pam Livengood of Keene, N.H., whose daughter struggles with drug addiction
    • Karla and Francisca Ortiz of Las Vegas. Karla is an American citizen but Francisca, her mother, is undocumented
    • Anastasia Somoza of New York, an advocate for Americans with disabilities
    • Astrid Silva, an undocumented immigrant who came to the U.S. as a child
    • Rep. Keith Ellison of Minnesota
    • National Education Association President Lily Eskelsen Garcia
    • Rep. Raul Grijalva of Arizona
    • Iowa Senate Majority Leader Mike Gronstal and candidates of the Democratic Legislative Campaign Committee
    • SEIU President Mary Kay Henry
    • Rep. Joe Kennedy of Massachusetts
    • Connecticut Gov. Dannel Malloy, chair of the Democratic Governors Association
    • Building Trades President Sean McGarvey
    • U.S. Sen. Jeff Merkley of Oregon
    • Rep. Linda Sanchez of California and members of the Congressional Hispanic Caucus
    • AFSCME President Lee Saunders
    • AFL-CIO President Richard Trumka
    • American Federation of Teachers President Randi Weingarten
    • U.S. Sen. Cory Booker
    • U.S. Sen. Bernie Sanders of Vermont
    • First Lady Michelle Obama

    Tuesday, July 26

    The session begins at 4 p.m.

    • Thaddeus Desmond, a Philadelphia advocate for children
    • Dynah Haubert, a Philadelphia lawyer for a disability rights organization
    • Kate Burdick, a lawyer at the Juvenile Law Center in Philadelphia
    • Anton Moore of Philadelphia, who founded a nonprofit community group to talk to youth about gun violence
    • Dustin Parsons of Little Rock, Ark., a fifth grade teacher
    • Students from Eagle Academy in New York City and Newark for at-risk youth
    • Joe Sweeney, a New York City police detective who responded to 9/11
    • Lauren Manning, a former executive and partner at Cantor Fitzgerald who was wounded in the World Trade Center attack on 9/11
    • Ryan Moore, originally from South Sioux City, Neb., who has a health condition that hie father's employer refused to cover
    • Donna Brazile, Democratic National Committee vice chair of voter registration and participation
    • Former Georgia state Sen. Jason Carter
    • House Democratic Leader Nancy Pelosi of California and the Democratic women of the House, including Rep. Bonnie Watson Coleman of New Jersey's 12th District.
    • Planned Parenthood Action Fund President Cecile Richards
    • President Bill Clinton, husband of Hillary Clinton
    • Mothers of the Movement, mothers who lost their children to gun violence or to enounters with law enforcement.

    Wednesday, July 27

    The session will begin at 4:30 p.m.

    • Erica Smegielski, whose mother Dawn was the principal of Sandy Hook Elementary School in Connecticut and was one of 26 people killed in the 2012 mass shooting there
    • Felicia Sanders and Polly Sheppard, two of the three survivors of the 2015 shooting at a black church in Charleston, S.C., which killed nine
    • Jamie Dorff, whose husband, an Army helicopter pilot from Minnesota, died while on a search and rescue mission in northern Iraq
    • Rep. G.K. Butterfield of North Carolina and members of the Congressional Black Caucus
    • Rep. Judy Chu of California and members of the Congressional Asian Pacific American Caucus
    • NARAL President Ilyse Hogue
    • Retired Navy Rear Adm. John Hutson 
    • Civil rights leader Jesse Jackson
    • Rep. Ben Ray Lujan of New Mexco and candidates of the Democratic Congressional Campaign Committee
    • Former Defense Secretary Leon Panetta
    • Former Philadelphia Police Commissioner Charles Ramsey
    • EMILY's List President Stephanie Schriock
    • Center for American Progress Action Fund President Neera Tanden
    • Vice President Joe Biden
    • President Barack Obama

    Thursday, July 28

    The session begins at 4:30 p.m.

    • Henrietta Ivey, a Michigan home care worker who advocates for a $15 an hour minimum wage.
    • Beth Mathias of Ohio, who works two jobs
    • Jensen Walcott and Jake Reed. Walcott was fired from her job in Bonner Springs, Kan., for asking why her co-worker, and friend,  Reed, made more than she did for the same job
    • Khizr Khan, whose son, , Humayun S. M. Khan, is one of 14 American Muslims killed after 9/11 serving in the U.S. Armed Forces
    • Retired Marine Corps Gen. John Allen, who commanded U.S. forces in Afghanistan
    • Candidates of the Democratic Senatorial Campaign Committee
    • Human Rights Campaign President Chad Griffin
    • League of Conservation Voters President Gene Karpinski
    • Rep. Sea Patrick Maloney of New York, co-chair of the Congressional LGBT Equality Caucus, and LGBT rights activist Sarah McBride
    • U.S. Sen. Barbara Mikulski of Maryland and Democratic women of the Senate
    • Chelsea Clinton, Clinton's daughter
    • Former U.S. Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, presumptive Democratic nominee

    Finally, there is one 'unified' group that Hillary can rely upon…

    h/t @Mark412NH

Digest powered by RSS Digest